Owner's Manual 2020

2019-01-31 ฀฀ 5:33:09 25 22 2020 Owner's Manual

Owner's Manual

25 LS95-EU92A 2019 KIA MOTORS AMERICA. INC. 2019 KIA MOTORS WARNING – California Proposition 65

“Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- vehicle.” on_en_us.book Page 1 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

FOREWORD

Dear Customer, Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle. As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with excep- tional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations. If technical assistance is needed on your vehicle, authorized Kia dealerships can provide you with factory-trained technicians, recommended special tools, and genuine Kia replacement parts. This Owner's Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment that are either standard or optional on this vehicle, along with the maintenance needs of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find some descriptions and illustrations not applicable to your vehicle. You are advised to read this publication carefully and follow the instructions and recommendations. Please always keep this manual in the vehicle for your, and any subsequent owner's, reference. All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time without notice and without incurring any obligations. Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!

( 2019 KIA MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.

Printed in U.S.A. on_en_us.book Page 2 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM on_en_us.book Page 3 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

How to use this manual You will find various WARNINGs, CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this man- We want to help you get the great - ual. These were prepared to est possible driving pleasure from enhance your personal safety. You your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual should carefully read and follow ALL can assist you in many ways. procedures and recommendations We strongly recommend that you provided in these WARNINGs, CAU- read the entire manual. In order to TIONs and NOTICEs. minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read the WARNING WARNING and CAUTION sections in the man- A WARNING indicates a situation in ual. which harm, serious bodily injury or Illustrations complement the words death could result if the warning is in this manual to best explain how ignored. to enjoy your vehicle. By reading your manual, you learn about features, important safety information, CAUTION and driving tips under various road A CAUTION indicates a situation in conditions. which damage to your vehicle could The general layout of the manual is result if the caution is ignored. provided in the Table of Contents. Use the index when looking for a NOTICE specific area or subject. The index has an alphabetical listing of all A NOTICE indicates interesting or information in your manual. helpful information is being provided. Chapters: This manual has nine chapters plus an index. Each chapter begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that chapter has the information you want. on_en_us.book Page 4 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM on_en_us.book Page 5 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Table of Contents

Introduction 1

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4

Driving your vehicle 5

What to do in an emergency 6

Maintenance 7

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting 8 safety defects

Abbreviation A

Index I on_en_us.book Page 6 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM on_en_us.book Page 1 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Introduction 1

Introduction Fuel requirements ...... 1-2 Vehicle break-in process ...... 1-4 Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle...... 1-5 Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders...... 1-5 on_en_us.book Page 2 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Introduction Fuel requirements

INTRODUCTION Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Fuel requirements Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alco- Your new vehicle is designed to use hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- only unleaded fuel having a pump taining methanol (also known as octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 wood alcohol) are being marketed (Research Octane Number 91) or along with or instead of leaded or higher. (Do not use methanol blend- unleaded gasoline. ed fuels.) Pursuant to Environmental Protec- Your new vehicle is designed to tion Agency (EPA) regulations, etha- obtain maximum performance with nol may be used in your vehicle. UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark Do not use gasohol containing more plug fouling. than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any Never add any fuel system cleaning methanol. Ethanol provides less agents to the fuel tank other than energy than gasoline and it attracts what has been specified. (Consult an water, and it is thus likely to reduce authorized Kia dealer for details.) your fuel efficiency and could lower Tighten the cap until it clicks one your MPG results. time, otherwise the Check Engine light will illuminate. Methanol may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and WARNING emission control system. Refueling Discontinue using gasohol of any Do not "top off" after the nozzle kind if drivability problems occur. automatically shuts off. Attempts to force more fuel into the tank Vehicle damage or drivability prob- can cause fuel overflow onto you lems may not be covered by the and the ground causing a risk of manufacturer's warranty if they fire. result from the use of: Always check that the fuel cap is 1. Gasoline or gasohol containing installed securely to prevent fuel methanol. spillage, especially in the event of 2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. an accident. 3. Gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.

1 2 on_en_us.book Page 3 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Introduction Fuel requirements

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp comprised of 85% ethanol and 15% (MIL) may illuminate. gasoline, and is manufactured 1 exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel NOTICE Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible Damage to the fuel system or per- with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may formance problem caused by the result in poor engine performance use of these fuels may not be cov- and damage to your vehicle's engine ered by your New Vehicle Limited and fuel system. Kia recommends Warranty. that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15%. Gasoline containing MMT NOTICE Some gasoline contains harmful Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty manganese- based fuel additives does not cover damage to the fuel Such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadi- system or any performance prob- eny l Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia lems caused by the use of "E85" does not recommend the use of fuel. gasoline containing MMT. This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission NOTICE control system. The Malfunction Never use any fuel containing meth- Indicator Lamp (MIL) on the cluster anol. Discontinue use of any metha- may come on. nol containing product which may inhibit proper drivability. Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol (wood Other fuels alcohol) should not be used in your vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si), vehicle performance and damage MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene components of the fuel system, (Fe), and Other metalic additives, engine control system and emission may cause vehicle and engine dam- control system. age or cause misfiring, poor acceleration, engine stalling, catalyst Fuel Additives melting, clogging, abnormal corrosion, life cycle reduction, etc. Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with

1 3 on_en_us.book Page 4 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Introduction Vehicle break-in process

detergent additives such as TOP Vehicle break-in process TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help No special break-in period is needed. prevent deposit formation in the By following a few simple precau- engine. These gasolines will help the tions for the first 600 miles (1,000 engine run cleaner and enhance km) you may add to the perfor- performance of the emission control mance, economy and life of your system. vehicle. For more information on TOP TIER Do not race the engine. Detergent Gasoline, please go to the While driving, keep your engine website (www.toptiergas.com) For speed (rpm, or revolutions per customers who do not use TOP TIER minute) between 2,000 rpm and Detergent Gasoline regularly, and 4,000 rpm. have problems starting or the Do not maintain a single speed for engine does not run smoothly, addi- long periods of time, either fast or tives that you can buy separately slow. Varying engine speed is may be added to the gasoline. needed to properly break-in the engine. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is Avoid hard stops, except in emer not available, one bottle of additive - gencies, to allow the brakes to should be added to the fuel tank at seat properly. every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or Don't tow a trailer during the first every engine oil change is recom- 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera mended. Additives are available - tion. from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to: Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance. Determine that acceptable fuel is available.

1 4 on_en_us.book Page 5 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Introduction Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle

Risk of burns when parking or Vehicle data collection and Event stopping vehicle Data Recorders Do not park or stop the vehicle This vehicle is equipped with an 1 near flammable items such as Event Data Recorder (EDR). The leaves, paper, oil, and tire. Such main purpose of an EDR is to record, items placed near the exhaust in certain crash or near crash-like system can become a fire hazard. situations, such as an air bag When an engine idles at a high deployment or hitting a road obsta- rpm with the rear side of the cle, data that will assist in under- vehicle in close proximity of the standing how a vehicle's systems wall, heat of the exhaust gas can performed. The EDR is designed to cause discoloration or fire. Keep record data related to vehicle enough space between the rear dynamics and safety systems for a part of the vehicle and the wall. short period of time, typically 30 Be sure not to touch the exhaust/ seconds or less. The EDR in this catalytic systems while the vehicle is designed to record such engine is running or right after data as: the engine is turned off. There is a risk of burns since the systems How various systems in your are extremely hot. vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened; How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gen-

1 5 on_en_us.book Page 6 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Introduction Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders

der, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data rou- tinely acquired during a crash investigation. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

1 6 on_en_us.book Page 1 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview...... 2-2 Interior overview...... 2-5 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-7 Engine compartment ...... 2-9 on_en_us.book Page 2 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview

YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE

Exterior overview

Front view

OON018001L * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Hood 4-40 2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-110 Head lamp (Maintenance) 7-62 3. Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-114 Front fog lamp (Maintenance) 7-64 4. Wheel and tire (Maintenance) 7-32 Wheel and tire (Specification) 8-5 5. Outside rearview mirror 4-61 6. Dual Sunroof 4-46

2 2 on_en_us.book Page 3 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview

7. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle) 4-119 Front windshield wiper blades (Maintenance) 7-27 8. Windows 4-36 9. Parking distance warning system 4-102

2 3 on_en_us.book Page 4 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview

Rear view

OON018002L * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Door locks 4-15 2. Fuel filler lid 4-42 3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance) 7-65, 7-65 4. High Mounted Stop Lamp (Maintenance) 7-66 5. Rear window wiper blade 4-120, 7-28 6. Liftgate 4-23, 4-26 7. Antenna 4-173 8. Liftgate open switch 4-23, 4-27 9. Rear view monitor 4-106 10.Parking distance warning system (reverse) 4-99, 4-102

2 4 on_en_us.book Page 5 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview

Interior overview

OON018005NR * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Inside door handle 4-16 2. Driver position memory button 3-12 3. Outside rearview mirror folding 4-62 4. Outside rearview mirror selection 4-61 5. Outside rearview mirror control 4-61 6. Central Door lock/unlock switch 4-17 7. Power window switch 4-38 8. Power window lock switch 4-39 Electronic Child Safety Lock switch 4-19 9. Instrument panel illumination control switch 4-65 10.BCW/BCA On/Off button 5-111 11.LKA system On/OFF button 5-100 12.ESC Off button 5-38

2 5 on_en_us.book Page 6 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview

13.Liftgate open/close button 4-27, 4-28 14.Steering wheel 4-51 15.Tilt and telescopic steering control lever 4-53 16.Brake pedal 5-26 17.Hood release lever 4-40 18.Inner fuse panel 7-47 19.Seat 3-5

2 6 on_en_us.book Page 7 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Your vehicle at a glance Instrument panel overview

Instrument panel overview

OON018006NR * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Driver's front air bag 3-65 2. Horn 4-54 3. Instrument cluster 4-64 4. Wiper and washer control lever 4-117 5. ENGINE START/STOP button 5-9 6. Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go 5-71 7. Hazard warning flasher 6-3 8. Climate control system 4-131, 4-140 9. Shift lever 5-13 10.Front seat warmer switch 4-159 11.Front seat air ventilation switch 4-160 12.Power outlet 4-162 13.USB port 4-174

2 7 on_en_us.book Page 8 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Your vehicle at a glance Instrument panel overview

14.USB charger 4-163 15.AWD mode dial 5-19 Drive mode dial 5-49, 5-53 16.AUTO HOLD button 5-33 17.EPB switch 5-28 18.Parking distance warning system On/Off button 4-102 19.Surround View Monitoring system On/Off button 4-107 20.ISG system OFF button 5-45 21.AC inverter 4-164 22.Center console storage box 4-156 23.Cup holder 4-158 24.Glove box 4-156 25.Passenger's front air bag 3-65 26.Lighting control lever 4-110

2 8 on_en_us.book Page 9 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Your vehicle at a glance Engine compartment

Engine compartment

Gasoline Engine (Lambda II 3.8L - GDI))

OON078001L * The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Engine coolant reservoir 7-18 2. Engine oil filler cap 7-17 3. Brake fluid reservoir 7-21 4. Air cleaner 7-23 5. Fuse box 7-48 6. Negative battery terminal 6-7, 7-29 7. Positive battery terminal 6-7, 7-29 8. Engine oil dipstick 7-17 9. Radiator cap 6-8, 7-18 10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7-22

2 9 on_en_us.book Page 10 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM on_en_us.book Page 1 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Safety features of your vehicle Important safety precautions ...... 3-3 Seat ...... 3-5 Feature of Seat Leather...... 3-9 Front seat adjustment for manual seat ...... 3-9 Front seat adjustment for power seat ...... 3-10 Driver position memory system for power seat ...... 3-12 Headrest for front seat...... 3-15 Seatback pocket (if equipped) ...... 3-18 Seatback hook...... 3-18 Headrest for rear seat ...... 3-19 Armrest...... 3-21 Folding the rear seat...... 3-21 Seat belts ...... 3-27 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-27 Driver's seat belt warning...... 3-28 Front passenger's seat belt warning ...... 3-29 Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor ...... 3-30 Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with combination locking retractor...... 3-31 Rear center seat belt (3rd row)...... 3-35 Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 3-37 Seat belt precautions...... 3-39 Care of seat belts ...... 3-41 Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-42 Children always in the rear...... 3-42 Selecting a CRS ...... 3-44 Installing a CRS...... 3-46 on_en_us.book Page 2 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

3 Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System ...... 3-53 How does the air bag system operate? ...... 3-54 Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's seat ...... 3-55 Air bag warning light...... 3-56 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components and functions ...... 3-56 Occupant Detection System (ODS)...... 3-59 Driver's and passenger's front air bag...... 3-65 Side air bag ...... 3-67 Curtain air bag...... 3-69 Air bag collision sensors ...... 3-71 Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)...... 3-72 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) care ...... 3-75 Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped vehicle ...... 3-76 Air bag warning label ...... 3-76 on_en_us.book Page 3 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Important safety precautions

SAFETY FEATURES OF YOUR Air bag hazards VEHICLE While air bags can save lives, they For the safety of the driver and can also cause serious or fatal inju- vehicle passengers, you should ries to occupants who sit too close become familiar with the vehicle's to them, or who are not properly safety features. restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflat Important safety precautions - ing air bag. Follow all instructions You will find many safety precau- and warnings in this manual. 3 tions and recommendations throughout this section, and Driver distraction throughout this manual. Driver distraction presents a serious The safety precautions in this sec- and potentially deadly danger, espe- tion are among the most important. cially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern Always wear your seat belt when behind the wheel and drivers A seat belt is your best protection in need to be aware of the wide array all types of accidents. Air bags are of potential distractions, such as designed to supplement seat belts, drowsiness, reaching for objects, not replace them. So even though eating, personal grooming, other your vehicle is equipped with air passengers, and using cellular bags, ALWAYS make sure you and phones. your passengers wear your seat Drivers can become distracted when belts, and wear them properly. they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the Restrain all children wheel to focus on activities other All children under age 13 should ride than driving. To reduce your risk of in your vehicle properly restrained in distraction or getting into an acci- a rear seat, not the front seat. dent: Infants and small children should be ALWAYS set up your mobile restrained in an appropriate child devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, restraint. Larger children should use navigation units, etc.) when your a booster seat with the lap/shoulder vehicle is parked or safely belt until they can use the seat belt stopped. properly without a booster seat.

3 3 on_en_us.book Page 4 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Important safety precautions

ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and when conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most states have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some states and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones. NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.

Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

3 4 on_en_us.book Page 5 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Seat

8 Seats

OON038038NR Front seat 11.Headrest 1. Forward and backward 12.Walk-in strap for emergency 2. Seatback angle 3rd row seat 3. Seat cushion height* 13.Seatback angle strap 4. Lumbar support (Driver's seat)* 14.2nd row seat remote folding 5. Cushion extension (Driver's seat)* button 6. Driver position memory system* 15.Headrest 7. Headrest *: if equipped 2nd row seat 8. Forward and backward 9. Walk-in switch 10.Seatback angle

3 5 on_en_us.book Page 6 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

7 Seats

OON038039NR Front seat 3rd row seat 1. Forward and backward 13.Seatback angle strap 2. Seatback angle 14.2nd row seat remote folding 3. Seat cushion height* button 4. Lumbar support (Driver's seat)* 15.Headrest 5. Cushion extension (Driver's seat)* * : if equipped 6. Driver position memory system* 7. Headrest 2nd row seat 8. Forward and backward 9. Walk-in switch 10.Seatback angle 11.Headrest 12.Walk-in strap for emergency

3 6 on_en_us.book Page 7 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

WARNING system's ability to restrain will be greatly reduced. Loose objects Do not place anything in the driver's footwell or under the front seats. WARNING Loose objects in the driver's foot Seat cushion area could interfere with the opera- Occupants should never sit on after- tion of the foot pedals. market seat cushions or sitting cushions. The passenger Occupant WARNING Detection System may not operate 3 properly, or passenger's hips may Uprighting seat slide under the lap portion of the Do not press the release lever on a seat belt during an accident or a manual seatback without holding sudden stop. and controlling the seatback. The seatback will spring upright possibly impacting you or other passengers. WARNING Driver's seat Never attempt to adjust the seat WARNING while the vehicle is moving. This Driver responsibility for passengers could result in loss of control of your vehicle. Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback. Storing items against the seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision. Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control ODEEV058002NR of the your vehicle. A distance of The driver must advise the passen- at least 10 in (25 cm) from your gers to keep the seatback in an chest to the steering wheel is rec- upright position whenever the vehi- ommended. Failure to do so can cle is in motion. If a seat is reclined result in air bag inflation injuries during an accident, the restraint to the driver.

3 7 on_en_us.book Page 8 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

WARNING WARNING Rear seatbacks Luggage and Cargo Always lock the rear seatback Do not stack pile or stack luggage or before driving. Failure to do so could cargo higher than the seatback in result in passengers or objects being the cargo area. In an accident the thrown forward injuring vehicle cargo could strike and injure a pas- occupants. senger. If objects are large, heavy or must be piled, they must be secured in the cargo area. WARNING Unexpected Seat Movement WARNING After adjusting a manual seat, always check that it is locked by Cargo Area shifting your weight to the front Do not allow passengers to ride in and back. Sudden or unexpected the cargo area under any circum- movement of the driver's seat could stance. The cargo area is solely for cause you to lose control of the the purpose of transporting luggage vehicle. or cargo.

WARNING WARNING Seat adjustment Small Objects Do not adjust the seat while Use extreme caution when picking wearing seat belts. Moving the up small objects trapped under the seat forward will cause strong seats or between the seat and the pressure on the abdomen. center console. Your hands might be Do not place your hand near the cut or injured by the sharp edges of seat bottom or seat track while the seats mechanism. adjusting the seat. Your hand could get caught in the seat mechanism.

3 8 on_en_us.book Page 9 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Feature of Seat Leather Front seat adjustment for manual Leather is made from the outer skin seat of an animal, which goes through a The front seat can be adjusted by special process to be available for using the control levers located on use. Since it is a natural substance, the outside of the seat cushion. each part differs in thickness or density. Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature 3 and humidity. The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort. The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting OON038001NR area is high which provides driving comfort and stability. Moving forward and backward Adjust the seat before driving, and CAUTION make sure the seat is locked Belts with metallic accessories, securely by trying to move forward zippers or keys inside the back and backward without using the pocket may damage the seat fab- lever. If the seat moves, it is not ric. locked properly. Make sure not to wet the seat. It To move the seat forward or back- may change the nature of natural ward: leather. 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment Jeans or clothes which could lever up and hold it. bleach may contaminate the sur - 2. Slide the seat to the position you face of the seat covering fabric. desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. NOTICE Wrinkles or abrasions may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of product. Wrinkles or abrasions are not covered by warranty.

3 9 on_en_us.book Page 10 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Reclining seatback your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.

OON038002NR Changing seat cushion height (if To recline the seatback: equipped) 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)

OON038003NR WARNING To change the height of the seat Reclining seatback cushion, push the lever upwards or Sitting in a reclined position when downwards. the vehicle is in motion can be dan- To lower the seat cushion, push gerous. Even when buckled up, the down the lever several times. protections of your restraint sys- To raise the seat cushion, pull up tem (seat belts and/or air bags) is the lever several times. greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. Front seat adjustment for power Seat belts must be snug against seat (if equipped) your hips and chest to work prop- The front seat can be adjusted by erly. When the seatback is reclined, using the control switches located the shoulder belt cannot do its job on the outside of the seat cushion. because it will not be snug against

3 10 on_en_us.book Page 11 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Before driving, adjust the seat to Reclining seatback the proper position so you can easily control the steering wheel, pedals and switches on the instrument panel.

CAUTION Power seating adjustments The power seating controls func- 3 tion by electronic motor. Exces- sive operation may cause damage OON038006NR to the electrical equipment. To recline the seatback: Do not operate two or more 1. Push the control switch forward power seat control switches at or backward to move the seat- the same time. Doing so may back to the desired angle damage the power seat motor or 2. Release the switch once the seat electrical components. reaches the desired position.

Changing seat cushion tilt and Moving forward and backward height

OON038004NR OON038007NR To move the seat forward or back- To change the height of the seat: ward: 1. Pull the front portion (1) of the 1. Push the control switch forward control switch up to raise or press or backward to move the seat to down to lower the front part of the desired position. the seat cushion. 2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

3 11 on_en_us.book Page 12 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

2. Pull the rear portion (2) of the Adjusting cushion extension for control switch up to raise or press driver's seat (if equipped) down to lower the seat cushion. 3. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

Adjusting lumbar support for driver's seat (if equipped)

OON038005NR 1. Press the front portion of the switch to raise the cushion extension, or the rear portion of the switch to lower it. 2. Release the switch once the cush- OON038008NR ion extension reaches the desired The lumbar support can be adjusted position. by pressing the lumbar support switch on the side of the seat. Driver position memory system for 1. Press the front portion of the power seat (if equipped) switch to increase support, or the A driver position memory system is rear portion of the switch, to provided to store and recall the decrease support. driver seat and outside rearview 2. Release the switch once it mirror position with a simple button reaches the desired position. operation.

OON038009NR

3 12 on_en_us.book Page 13 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

By saving the desired position into pressing the SET button. The sys- the system memory, different driv- tem will beep twice when mem- ers can reposition the driver seat ory has been successfully stored. based upon their driving prefer- When recalling an adjustment mem- ence. If the battery is disconnected, ory button while sitting in the vehi- the desired seat position memory cle, you can be surprised by the will need to be re-saved. setting chosen if the memory has been adjusted by someone else. If WARNING that occurs, immediately push the Driver position memory system seat position control switch in the 3 direction of the desired position to Never attempt to operate the driver stop further undesired movement. position memory system while the vehicle is moving. Recalling positions from memory This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death or Operate the following steps while serious injury. the vehicle is stopped: To recall a position already stored in the memory, press the desired CAUTION memory button (1 or 2). The system will beep once, then the The driver position memory system driver's seat will automatically requires a large amount of electric adjust to the stored position. power. If you adjust the control switch for Refrain from using the system the driver's seat while the system is when the engine is stopped to pre- recalling the stored position, the vent battery discharge. seat will stop and then move in the direction that the control switch is Storing driver's seat positions moved. 1. Place the Engine Strat/Stop button is ON while the vehicle stop. Setting the easy access function (if 2. Adjust the driver's seat and out- equipped) side rearview mirror comfortable The driver position memory system for the driver. will move the driver's seat automat- 3. Press SET button on the control ically as follows: panel. The system will beep once. 4. Press one of the memory buttons The driver can turn off or set the (1 or 2) within 4 seconds after driver's seat settings in the user

3 13 on_en_us.book Page 14 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

settings mode in the instrument NOTICE cluster. Upward/downward movement of 1. Press the MODE button ( ) sev- the seat may not work when pas- eral times on the steering wheel sengers get on/off the vehicle in until 'User Settings' menu appears on the LCD. order to prevent foot injuries in cer- 2. Select 'Convenience → Seat Easy tain places. Access → OFF/Normal/Extend' and 'Convenience → Seat upward/ downward' with the MOVE switch Resetting the driver position mem- ( / ) and the OK button on ory system the steering wheel. If the driver position memory sys- It will move the driver's seat rear- tem reset fails to work, initialize the ward when the ENGINE START/ system as follows. STOP button is changed to the OFF position. How to initialize: 1. Stop the car and open the driver's It will move the driver's seat for- door with the ENGINE START/ ward when the ENGINE START/ STOP button in ON and the auto- STOP button is changed to the matic shift lever in P (parking) ACC or START position and front position. driver's door is opened. 2. Pull the driver's seat forward as It will move the driver's seat for- far as possible and have the seat- ward and upward when the back upright as much as possible ENGINE START/STOP button is in using driver's seat forward/back- ON. It will move the driver's seat ward adjustment and seatback backward and downward when angle (recline) movement the ENGINE START/STOP button switches. is in OFF. 3. Push SET button and seat forward movement switch button You can activate or deactivate this for 2 seconds simultaneously. feature. Refer to "User Settings Initialization in the process: mode" on page 4-71. 1. Initialization begins as the alarm sounds. 2. The seat and seatback will automatically move backwards. The alarm sound will continue while the system is in operation.

3 14 on_en_us.book Page 15 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

3. Initialization will be all set after the seat and seatback move to the center with alarm sound being raised. However, the initialization process will come to a stop and the alarm sound will stop as well. When pushing driving position memory system button When pushing driver's seat OON038108NR 3 height adjustment switch When the driving speed exceeds The headrest not only provides 2 mph (3 km/h) comfort for the driver and front When the driver's door is closed passenger, but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a NOTICE rear collision. For maximum effectiveness in case When the operation of the driver's of an accident, the headrest should seat and alarm sound stop during be adjusted so the middle of the the initialization process, start the headrest is as high as the center of process again. Make sure that there are no gravity of an occupant's head. Gen- obstacles around the driver's seat erally, the center of gravity of most before starting initialization. people's head is similar with the When the initialization is finished, height of the top of their eyes. adjust the seat to a position com- Also, adjust the headrest as close to fortable for the driver and save it your head as possible. For this rea- to the driver position memory son, the use of a cushion that holds system. the body away from the seatback is not recommended.

Headrest for front seat The driver's and front passenger's seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant's safety and comfort.

3 15 on_en_us.book Page 16 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

WARNING NOTICE Headrest removal/adjustment If you recline the seatback towards Do not operate the vehicle with the front with the headrest and the headrests removed. Head- seat cushion raised, the headrest rests can provide critical neck and may come in contact with the sun head support in a crash. visor or other parts of the vehicle. Do not adjust the headrest height while the vehicle is in motion. Driver may lose control of the vehicle.

CAUTION Excessive pulling or pushing may damage the headrest.

ODEEV058008NR

Adjusting the height up and down Removing headrest Type A

OON038090NR To raise the headrest: 1. Pull it up to the desired position OON038011NR (1). 2. To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support. 3. Lower the headrest to the desired position (3).

3 16 on_en_us.book Page 17 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Type B Reinstalling headrest Type A

OON038012NR

To remove the headrest: OON038013NR 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the Type B recline lever or switch (1). 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. 3. Press the headrest release button (3) while pulling the headrest up (4).

WARNING Headrest Removal NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat with the headrest removed or reversed. Headrests can provide OON038014NR critical neck and head support in a To reinstall the headrest: crash. 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the recline lever or switch (3). 3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.

3 17 on_en_us.book Page 18 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

WARNING Seatback hook 1st row Headrest Reinstallation To reduce the risk of injury to the head or neck, always make sure the headrest is locked into position and adjusted properly after reinstalling.

Seatback pocket (if equipped) The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger's and driver's seatbacks. OON038100NR 3rd row

OON038015NR

OON038101NR WARNING Use it when hanging light shopping- Seatback pockets bags. Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident CAUTION they could come loose from the Hanging heavy clothing pocket and injure vehicle occupants. Do not hang heavy clothes, since they may damage the hook.

3 18 on_en_us.book Page 19 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Headrest for rear seat Adjusting the height up and down The rear seat is equipped with (2nd row seat and 3rd row center seat) headrests in all the seating positions for the occupant's safety and com- 2nd row fort.

OON038019NR

OON038018NR 3rd row center The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision. For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is as high as the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Gen- erally, the center of gravity of most OON038103NR people's heads is similar with the To raise the headrest, pull it up to height as the top of their eyes. the desired position (1). To lower the headrest, push and Also, adjust the headrest as close to hold the release button (2) on the your head as possible. For this rea- headrest support and lower the son, the use of a cushion that holds headrest to the desired position the body away from the seatback is (3). not recommended.

3 19 on_en_us.book Page 20 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Removing/reinstalling headrest Folding 3rd row headrest (except (2nd row seat and 3rd row center for center) seat) 2nd row

OON038105NR

OON038020NR 3rd row center

OON038106NR The headrest will fold down automatically when folding the seatback.

OON038020NR To fold the headrest manually: To remove the headrest, raise it Pull the strap. as far as it can go then press the To fold the headrest manually: release button (1) While pulling Raise the headrest manually. the headrest upward (2). To reinstall the headrest, put the Always be sure the headrest has headrest poles (3) into the holes locked into position after you return while pressing the release button the seatback. (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position.

3 20 on_en_us.book Page 21 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

WARNING If the liftgate is pushed down to close it when a passenger's head is not against a properly adjusted headrest or a tall person is seated, the liftgate may hit the occupant's head, which could cause injury.

OON038021NR 3

For 8 seats To use the armrest, pull it forward from the seatback.

OON038109NR

Armrest

For 7 seats The 2nd row seats have the armrest OON038055NR located on the side of seatback. To use the armrest, swing down Folding the rear seat the armrest to the lowest posi - The rear seatbacks may be folded tion. to facilitate carrying long items or Then, adjust the armrest to the to increase the luggage capacity of desired position while raising it. the vehicle. When adjusting the position, the operating sound will be heard. This indicates normal operation, not malfunction.

3 21 on_en_us.book Page 22 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

WARNING Folding down the rear seatback 1. Set the front seatback to the Folded Seatback upright position and if necessary, The purpose of the fold-down rear slide the front seat forward. seatbacks is to allow you to carry 2. Lower the rear headrests to the longer objects that could not other- lowest position. wise be accommodated. Never allow a passenger to sit on WARNING top of the folded down seatback Objects while the car is moving. This is not Objects carried on the folded down a proper seating position since no seatback should not extend higher seat belts are available for use. than the top of the front seatbacks. This could result in serious injury This could allow cargo to slide for- or death in case of an accident or ward and cause injury or damage sudden stop. during sudden stops.

WARNING CAUTION When folding the seatback, be sure When the seats in the 2nd-row are to hold the seatback or headrest folded to use the area as a cargo with your hands. compartment, be sure to turn off the seat heater. (if equipped)

CAUTION 3. When folding the seatback, insert When folding or unfolding a rear the rear seat belt buckle in the seat, make sure to lower the seat's pocket between the rear seatback headrest as much as possible and and cushion. Make sure both seat put the seatback of the seat in front belts do not interfere with stowed luggage and cargo. Then, the seat of the rear seat in the upright posi- belt webbing should be placed in tion. the webbing guide to prevent the If there is any interference when seat belt from being damaged by folding or unfolding the seat, the loaded cargo, etc. If the seat belt interfered area of the seat may be is loose, it may cause damage or damaged. noise. In that case, return the seatback to the upright position and put the webbing out from the guide to realign it.

3 22 on_en_us.book Page 23 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

4. Pull on the seatback folding lever 6. Return the rear seat belt to the (for 2nd row) or strap (for 3rd proper position. row), then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. When you Unfolding the rear seat return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has 2nd row seat locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback. 2nd row seat

OON038030NR 3rd row seat

OON038028NR 3rd row seat

OON038031NR 1. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback backward. Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into OON038029NR place. Make sure the seatback is 5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull locked in place. When you return the seatback backward by pulling the seatback to its upright posi- on the folding lever (for 2nd row) tion, always be sure it has locked or strap (for 3rd row). Pull the into position by pushing on the seatback firmly until it clicks into top of the seatback. place. Make sure the seatback is If you cannot see the red line at locked in place. the bottom of folding lever, it

3 23 on_en_us.book Page 24 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

means the seatback is locked WARNING completely. 2. Return the rear seat belt to the Rear seat folding proper position. Do not fold the rear seats (2nd & 3. When the seatback is completely 3rd row seats), if passengers, pets installed, check the seatback fold- or luggage are in the rear seats. ing lever again. It may cause injury or damage to passengers, pets, luggage. Folding 2nd row seat

OON038032NR OON038025NR This feature allows you to fold seats in the 2nd row while the liftgate is open. 1. Press the folding switch of the seatback located on the left and right sides of the liftgate. L: Folding the left seat in the 2nd-row R: Folding the right seat in the 2ndrow OON038026NR You can use additional space by folding the seatback forward. 2. If the seatback is not fully folded, try folding againto make it completely folded.

3 24 on_en_us.book Page 25 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

7 seat WARNING Do not pull the strap (3) when the 2nd-row seat(s) is/are occupied. Sudden movement of the seat(s) may result in injury. Use the strap only when the folding switch in the 2nd row (in the upper part of the second-row seatback or the outer part of the seat) does not work. 3 OON038027NR This strap (3) is for 3rd row pas- 8 seat sengers to exit the vehicle even if when the vehicle's battery power is in run-out emergency condition in an accident.

WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. If the seatback OON038086NR is returned without holding it, the If the folding switch (1 or 2) in the back of the seat could spring for- 2nd row (in the upper part of the ward, resulting in injury caused by 2nd row seatback or the outer being struck by the seatback. part of the seat) does not work, pull the strap (3) on the bottom left of the seat in the 2nd row. It WARNING works just like the folding switch Rear seatback and you can move the seat for- To ensure maximum protection in ward along with the seatback. the event of an accident or sudden stop, when returning the rear seat to the upright position: Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle.

3 25 on_en_us.book Page 26 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat

Do not allow the seat belt web- CAUTION bing or buckle to become pinched or caught in the rear seat. Be careful when loading cargo Ensure the seatback is completely through the rear passenger seats to locked into its upright position by prevent damage to the vehicle inte- pushing on the top of the seat- rior. back. Failure to adhere to any of these WARNING instructions could result in serious injury or death in the event of a Cargo crash. Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and causing CAUTION injury to the vehicle occupants. Do Damaging rear seat belt buckles not place objects in the rear seats, When you fold the rear seatback, since they cannot be properly insert the buckle between the rear secured and may hit the front seat seatback and cushion. Doing so can occupants in a collision. prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback. Cargo loading Make sure the engine is off, the transmission is in P (Park) and the CAUTION parking brake is securely applied Rear seat belts whenever loading or unloading When returning the rear seatbacks cargo. Failure to take these steps to the upright position, remember may allow the vehicle to move if the to return the rear shoulder belts to shift lever is inadvertently moved to their proper position. another position.

WARNING Unless the driver's position is properly set according to the driver's physical figure, do not fold the rear seat. It may increase bodily injuries in a sudden stop or collision.

3 26 on_en_us.book Page 27 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Seat belts Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap/ Seat belts are designed to bear upon shoulder belt. the bony structure of the body, and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis, chest and shoulders. WARNING Damaged seat belt Seat belt restraint system Replace the entire seat belt assem- For maximum restraint system pro- bly if any part of the webbing or tection, the seat belts must always hardware is damaged as you can no 3 be used whenever the vehicle is longer be sure that a damaged seat moving. belt will provide protection in a A properly positioned shoulder crash. belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your Seat belts are designed to bear upon collarbone. the bony structure of the body, and Never allow children to ride in the should be worn low across the front front passenger seat. See "Child of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, Restraint System (CRS)" on page as applicable; wearing the lap sec- 3-42 for further discussion. tion of the belt across the abdomi- nal area must be avoided. WARNING Seat belts should be adjusted as Twisted seat belt firmly as possible, consistent with Make sure your seat belt is not comfort, to provide the protection twisted when worn. A twisted seat for which they have been designed. belt may not properly protect you in an accident and could even cut into A slack belt will greatly reduce the your body. protection afforded to the wearer. Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with pol- WARNING ishes, oils and chemicals, and Shoulder Belt particularly battery acid. Cleaning Never wear the shoulder belt may safely be carried out using mild under your arm or behind your soap and water. The belt should be back. An improperly positioned replaced if webbing becomes frayed, shoulder belt cannot protect the contaminated or damaged. occupant in a crash.

3 27 on_en_us.book Page 28 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

No modifications or additions Driver's seat belt warning should be made by the user which As a reminder to the driver, the would either prevent the seat belt driver's seat belt warning lights will adjusting devices from operating illuminate for approximately 6 sec- to remove slack, or prevent the onds each time you turn the ENGINE seat belt assembly from being START/STOP button ON regardless adjusted to remove slack. of belt fastening. If the seatbelt is When you fasten the seat belt, be not fastened, the warning chime will careful not to latch the seat belt sound for about 6 seconds. in buckles of other seats. It is very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly. Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage. OON038091NR When fastening the seat belt, If you start to drive without the make sure that the seat belt does seat belt fastened or you unfasten not pass over objects that are the seat belt when you drive over 5 hard or can break easily. mph (9 km/h) and less than 12 mph (20 km/h), the corresponding warn- WARNING ing light will illuminate. The warning light will turn off when the vehicle Seat belt buckle speed drops below 5 mph (9 km/h). Do not allow foreign material (gum, crumbs, coins, liquids, etc.) to If you start to drive without the obstruct the seat belt buckle. This seat belt fastened or you unfasten may prevent the seat belt from fas- the seat belt when you drive 12 tening securely. mph (20 km/h) and faster, the warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds. When the seat belt is unfastened during driving, the warning light will illuminate when

3 28 on_en_us.book Page 29 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

the speed is under 12 mph (20 km/ unfasten the seat belt when you h). When the speed is 12 mph (20 drive 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster, km/h) and faster, the warning light the warning light will blink and will blink and warning chime will warning chime will sound for sound for approximately 100 sec- approximately 100 seconds. When onds. the passenger seat belt is unfastened during driving, the warning Front passenger's seat belt warn- light will illuminate when the speed ing is under 12 mph (20 km/h). When the speed is 12 mph (20 km/h) and 3 faster, the warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds.

NOTICE Even if the front passenger seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for 6

OON038091NR seconds. As a reminder to the front passen- The front passenger's seat belt ger, the front passenger's seat belt warning may operate when lug- warning lights will illuminate for gage is placed on the front pas- approximately 6 seconds each time senger seat. you turn the ENGINE START/STOP button ON regardless of belt fastening. If you start to drive without the passenger seat belt fastened or the passenger unfastens the seat belt when you drive over 5 mph (9 km/h) and less than 12 mph (20 km/ h), the corresponding warning light will illuminate. The warning light will turn off when the vehicle speed drops below 5 mph (9 km/h). If you start to drive without the passenger seat belt fastened or you

3 29 on_en_us.book Page 30 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system WARNING with emergency locking retractor You should place the lap belt portion The following explains how to fas- as low as possible and snugly across ten and adjust the driver's seat belt. your hips. If the lap belt is located too high on your waist, it may Fastening the your seat belt: increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision. The arm closest to the seat belt buckle should be over the belt while the other arm should be under the belt as shown in the illustration. Never wear the seat belt under the arm closest to the door.

The seat belt automatically adjusts

ODEEV058025NR to the proper length only after the Pull it out of the retractor and lap belt portion is adjusted manually insert the metal tab (1) into the so that it fits snugly around your buckle (2). hips. If you lean forward in a slow, There will be an audible "click" easy motion, the belt will extend when the tab locks into the and let you move around. If there is buckle. a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. Then you will be able to pull the belt out ODEEV058026NR smoothly.

3 30 on_en_us.book Page 31 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Adjusting the height of shoulder Improperly positioned seat belts can belt cause serious injuries in an accident. You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 WARNING positions for maximum comfort and Shoulder belt positioning safety. Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position at the appropriate height. Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. Improperly positioned seat belts can 3 cause serious injuries in an accident.

WARNING Seat belt replacement ODEEV058027NR Replace your seat belts after being The height of the adjusting seat belt in an accident. Failure to replace should not be too close to your neck. seat belts after an accident could The shoulder portion should be leave you with damaged seat belts adjusted so that it lies across your that will not provide protection in chest and midway over your shoul- the event of another collision. der near the door and not your neck. To adjust the height of the seat belt Seat belts - Front passenger and anchor, lower or raise the height rear seat 3-point system with adjuster into an appropriate posi- combination locking retractor tion. The following explains how to fas- To raise the height adjuster, pull it ten the passenger's and rear seat up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while belt. pressing the height adjuster button (2). Fastening your seat belt: Release the button to lock the Combination retractor type seat anchor into position. Try sliding the belts are installed in the rear seat height adjuster to make sure that it positions to help accommodate the has locked into position. installation of Child Restraint Sys- tem. Although a combination

3 31 on_en_us.book Page 32 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

retractor is also installed in the NOTICE front passenger seat position, it is strongly recommended that children Although the combination retractor always be seated in the rear seat. provides the same level of protec- NEVER place any infant restraint tion for seated passengers in either system in the front seat of the emergency or automatic locking vehicle. modes, have the seated passengers use the emergency locking feature This type of seat belt combines the for improved convenience. The features of both an emergency automatic locking function is locking retractor seat belt and an intended to facilitate child restraint automatic locking retractor seat installation. To convert from the belt. automatic locking feature to the Pull it out of the retractor and emergency locking operation mode, insert the metal tab into the allow the unbuckled seat belt to buckle. There will be an audible fully retract. "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates CAUTION in the same way as the driver's seat belt (emergency locking Do NOT fold down the left portion of retractor type). the rear seatback when the rear It automatically adjusts to the center seat belt is buckled. ALWAYS proper length only after the lap belt UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted before folding down the left portion of the rear seatback. If the rear cen manually so that it fits snugly - ter seat belt is buckled when the around your hips. left portion of the rear seatback is When the seat belt is fully extended folded down, distortion and damage from the retractor to allow the to the top portion of the seatback installation of a Child Restraint Sys- and seat belt garnish may result, tem, the seat belt operation causing the seatback to lock into the changes to allow the belt to retract, folded down position. but not to extend (automatic locking retractor type). Refer to "Securing a The seat belt should be locked into child restraint with a lap/shoulder the buckle on each seat cushion to belt" on page 3-50. be properly fastened.

3 32 on_en_us.book Page 33 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

2nd row seat WARNING Prior to fastening the rear seat belts, ensure the latch matches the seat belt buckle. Forcefully fastening the left or right seat belt to the center buckle can result in an improper fastening scenario that will not protect you in an accident.

3 When using the rear center seat OON038051NR belt, the buckle with the "CENTER" 3rd row seat mark must be used.

2nd row seat

OON038052NR 1. Rear right seat belt fastening buckle OON039053NR 2. Rear center seat belt fastening 3rd row seat buckle 3. Rear left seat belt fastening buckle

OON039041NR

3 33 on_en_us.book Page 34 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Stowing the rear seat belt 2nd row seat The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use.

2nd row seat

OON039116NR 3rd row seat

OON039115NR 3rd row seat

OON039037NR 2. After inserting the seat belt, tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up.

CAUTION OON039036NR When pulling out to wear the seat 1. Route the seat belt webbing belt, the tongue should be slowly through the rear seat belt guides. It will help keep the belts from pulled out of the seat belt guide so being trapped behind or under the that the seat belt guide does not seats. come off the trim.

3 34 on_en_us.book Page 35 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

WARNING When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back 3rd center seat belt into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to make sure it is not twisted, then try again.

Rear center seat belt (3rd row) To fasten your seatbelt: 1. Extract the tongue plate (A) from 3 the hole on the belt assembly cover.

OON038054NR Do not separate the mini tongue (1) and mini buckle (2) even if there is not an occupant. If it is separated, It may hit the rear seat occupants in a collision or sudden stops.

Releasing the seat belt: OON039042NR 2. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the buckle (A') until an audible "click" is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.

ODEEV058078NR The seat belt is released by pressing the release button (1) on the locking buckle.

OON039122NR

3 35 on_en_us.book Page 36 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

3. Pull out the tongue plate (B) from the pocket. Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert it into the buckle (B') until an audible "click" is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.

OON039118NR 2. To retract the rear center seatbelt, insert the tongue plate into the web release hole (A' ). Pull up on the seat belt web and allow the webbing to retract auto- OON039117NR matically. Insert the tongue plate When using the rear center seat (A) into the hole on the belt belt, the buckle with the "CEN- assembly cover. TER" mark must be used.

NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

To release your seatbelt: OON039119NR 1. Press the release button on the buckle (B') and remove the tongue plate (B).

3 36 on_en_us.book Page 37 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Pre-tensioner seat belt the pressure on the affected seat belt. (if equipped)

WARNING For your safety, be sure that the belt webbing is not loose or twisted and always sit properly on your seat.

OON038092NR NOTICE Your vehicle is equipped with pre- The pre-tensioner may activate not tensioner seat belts at the front only in a frontal collision but also in a outboard seating positions. side collision, if the vehicle is equipped with a side or curtain air The purpose of the pre-tensioner is bag. to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in a collision when the collision is severe enough. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner OON039121NR will activate and pull the seat belt The seat belt pre-tensioner system into tighter contact against the consists mainly of the following occupant's body components. Their locations are shown in the illustration: If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's 1. Supplemental Restraint System seat belt when the pre-tensioner (SRS) air bag warning light 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly activates, the load limiter inside the 3. SRS Control Module pre-tensioner will release some of

3 37 on_en_us.book Page 38 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

WARNING the ENGINE START/STOP button has been turned to the "ON" posi- To obtain maximum benefit from a tion, and then it should turn off. pre-tensioner seat belt: 1. The seatbelt must be working correctly and adjusted to the CAUTION proper position. Please read and If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not follow all of the important infor- working properly, the SRS air bag mation and precautions about warning light will illuminate even if your vehicle's occupant safety there is no malfunction of the SRS features including seat belts and air bag. If the SRS air bag warning air bags that are provided in this light does not illuminate when the manual. ENGINE START/STOP button is 2. Be sure you and your passengers turned to ON, or if it remains illumi- always wear seat belts properly. nated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds, or if it illuminates NOTICE while the vehicle is being driven, have the system inspected by an When the pre-tensioner seat authorized Kia dealer. belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be WARNING visible in the passenger compart - Pre-tensioners seat belts sys- ment. These are normal operating tems are designed to operate conditions and are not hazardous. only one time. After activation, Although it is harmless, the fine pre-tensioner seat belts must be dust may cause skin irritation and replaced. All seat belts, of any should not be breathed for pro- type, should always be replaced longed periods. Wash all exposed after they have been worn during skin areas thoroughly after an a collision. accident in which the pre-ten- The pre-tensioner seat belt sioner seat belts were activated. assembly mechanisms become Because the sensor that activates hot during activation. Do not the SRS air bag is connected with touch the pre-tensioner seat belt the pre-tensioner seat belt, the assemblies for several minutes SRS air bag warning light on the after they have been activated. instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after

3 38 on_en_us.book Page 39 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Do not attempt to inspect or Seat belt precautions replace the pre-tensioner seat Take the following precautions belts yourself. Have the system when using seat belts. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Infant or small child Do not attempt to service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt All 50 states have child restraint system in any manner. laws. You should be aware of the Improper handling of the pre-ten- specific requirements in your state. Child and/or infant seats must be sioner seat belt assemblies, and 3 failure to heed the warnings not properly placed and installed in the to strike, modify, inspect, replace, rear seat. For more information service or repair the pre-ten- about the use of these restraints, sioner seat belt assemblies may refer to "Child Restraint System lead to improper operation or (CRS)" on page 3-42. inadvertent activation and serious injury. NOTICE Always wear the seat belts when Small children are best protected driving or riding in a motor vehicle. from injury in an accident when If the vehicle or pre-tensioner properly restrained in the rear seat seat belt must be discarded, con- by a Child Restraint System that tact a professional workshop. Kia meets the requirements of the Fed- recommends to visit an autho- eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards rized Kia dealer. (FMVSS). Before buying any Child Body work on the front area of Restraint System, make sure that it the vehicle may damage the pre- has a label certifying that it meets tensioner seat belt system. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- Therefore, have the system ser- dard 213. The restraint must be viced by an authorized Kia dealer. appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to "Child Restraint System (CRS)" on page 3-42.

3 39 on_en_us.book Page 40 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Larger children WARNING Children who are too large for Child Small children Restraint System should always Do not allow small children to ride in occupy the rear seat and use the the vehicle without an appropriate available lap/shoulder belts. The lap Child Restraint System. If the shoul- portion should be fastened and snug der belt comes in contact with your on the hips as low as possible. Check child's neck or face your child is too periodically to insure that the belt small to ride in the vehicle. In a crash fits. A child's squirming could put the the seat belt will inflict injury to belt out of position. Children are your child's neck, throat and face. given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint Restraint of pregnant women system in the rear seat. If a larger Pregnant women should wear lap/ child (over age 13) must be seated shoulder belt assemblies whenever in the front seat, the child should be possible according to specific rec- securely restrained by the available ommendations by their doctors. The lap/shoulder belt and the seat lap portion of the belt should be should be placed in the rearmost worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS position. Children age 13 and under POSSIBLE. should be restrained securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a child age 13 and under in the front seat. WARNING NEVER place a rear facing child seat Pregnant women in the front seat of a vehicle. Pregnant women must never place If the shoulder belt portion slightly the lap portion of the seat belt touches the child's neck or face, try above or on the abdomen where the placing the child closer to the center fetus is located. The force of the seat belt during a collision will crush of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt the fetus. still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a Child Restraint System.

3 40 on_en_us.book Page 41 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts

Injured person WARNING A seat belt should be used when an Pinched seat belt injured person is being transported. Make sure that the webbing and/or When this is necessary, you should buckle does not get caught or consult a physician for recommen- pinched in the rear seat when dations. returning the rear seatback to its upright position. A caught or pinched One person per belt webbing/buckle may become dam- Two people (including children) aged and could fail during a collision 3 should never attempt to use a single or sudden stop. seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident. WARNING Seatbelts can become hot in a vehi- Do not lie down cle that has been closed up in sunny To reduce the chance of injuries in weather. They could burn infants the event of an accident and to and children. achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers Periodic inspection should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an All seat belts should be inspected upright position when the vehicle is periodically for wear or damage of moving. A seat belt cannot provide any kind. Any damaged parts should proper protection if the person is be replaced as soon as possible. lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined Keep belts clean and dry position. Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can Care of seat belts be cleaned by using a mild soap Seat belt systems should never be solution and warm water. Bleach, disassembled or modified. In addi- dye, strong detergents or abrasives tion, care should be taken to assure should not be used because they that seat belts and belt hardware may damage and weaken the fabric. are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.

3 41 on_en_us.book Page 42 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

When to replace seat belts Child Restraint System (CRS) The entire in-use seat belt assem- Infants and younger children must bly or assemblies should be replaced be restrained in an appropriate if the vehicle has been involved in an rear-facing or forward-facing Child accident. This should be done even if Restraint System (CRS) that has no damage is visible. Additional first been properly secured to the questions concerning seat belt rear seat of the vehicle. operation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer. Children always in the rear Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver.

WARNING Restraint Location Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger's seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating airbag and seriously injured.

WARNING Hot Child Restraint A Child Restraint System can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day. Be sure to check the seat cover, buckles and latches before placing a child in the restraint system.

According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly

3 42 on_en_us.book Page 43 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

restrained in the rear seats than in installation and use provided by the the front seat. Even with air bags, manufacturer of the CRS. children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child WARNING restraint must use the seat belts Child Restraint Installation provided. An improperly secured child All 50 states have child restraint restraint can increase the risk of laws which require children to travel serious injury or death in an acci- in approved child restraint devices. dent. Always take the following pre- The laws governing the age or cautions when using a Child 3 height/weight restrictions at which Restraint System: seat belts can be used instead of Always follow the Child Restraint child restraints differs among System manufacturer's instruc- states, so you should be aware of tions for installation and use. the specific requirements in your Always properly restrain your state, and where you are travelling. child in the child restraint. The CRS must be properly placed If the vehicle head restraint pre- and installed in the rear seat. You vents proper installation of a child must use a commercially available seat (as described in the Child CRS that meets the requirements of Restraint System manual), the the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety head restraint of the respective Standards (FMVSS). seating position shall be read- justed or entirely removed. A CRS is generally designed to be Do not use an infant carrier or a secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt child safety seat that "hooks" portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by over a seatback as it may not a LATCH system in the rear seats of provide adequate protection in an the vehicle. accident. Be especially careful when install- Child Restraint System (CRS) ing a child restraint on the center Infants and younger children must seating position in the second row be restrained in an appropriate as it is narrower than the out- rear-facing or forward-facing CRS board positions. A wide child that has first been properly secured restraint installed on the center to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read seat may cover the safety belt and comply with the instructions for buckles for the other seating positions. Do not allow someone

3 43 on_en_us.book Page 44 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

to ride in a seating position where Select a child restraint that fits the safety belt buckle is covered the vehicle seating position where by a child restraint. it will be used. A child restraint in the center Read and comply with the warn- seating position may also con- ings and instructions for installa- tact or push up against the safety tion and use provided with the belt buckles, which can damage CRS. the buckles and make them unusable or unsafe. Always check that WARNING the child restraint does not con- Holding Children tact any of the safety belt buckles. Check the placement of the Never hold a child in your arms or child restraint regularly to make lap when riding in a vehicle. The vio- sure that it has not shifted and lent forces created during a crash come into contact with any of the will tear the child from your arms safety belt buckles. and throw the child against the car's interior. Always use a Child Restraint System which is appropriate for NOTICE your child's height and weight. After an accident, have a Kia dealer check the Child Restraint System, WARNING seat belts, tether anchors and lower anchors. Unattended Children Never leave children unattended in a vehicle. The car can heat up very Selecting a CRS quickly, resulting in injuries to the When selecting a CRS for your child, child in the vehicle. always: Make sure the CRS has a label WARNING certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Seat Belt Use Standards (FMVSS 213). Do not use one seat belt for two Select a child restraint based on occupants at the same time. This your child's height and weight. will eliminate any safety benefit The required label or the instruc- provided by the seat belt to the tions for use typically provide this occupants. information.

3 44 on_en_us.book Page 45 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

CRS types allowed by the child seat manufac- There are three main types of the turer. It's the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has out- CRS: rear-facing seats, forward- grown the rear-facing child facing seats, and booster seats. restraint, your child is ready for a They are classified according to the forward-facing child restraint with a child's age, height and weight. harness.

Rear-facing child seats Forward-facing child restraints

ODEEV058035NR ODEEV058036NR A rear-facing child seat provides A forward-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface restraint for the child's body with a against the back of the child. The harness. Keep children in a forward- harness system holds the child in facing child seat with a harness until place, and in an accident, acts to they reach the top height or weight keep the child positioned in the seat limit allowed by your child and reduces the stress to the neck restraint's manufacturer. and spinal cord. Once your child outgrows the for- All children under age one must ward- facing child restraint, your always ride in a rear-facing infant child is ready for a booster seat. child restraint. Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats Booster seats typically have higher height and A booster seat is a restraint weight limits for the rear-facing designed to improve the fit of the position, allowing you to keep your vehicle's seat belt system. A booster child rear-facing for a longer period seat positions the seat belt so that of time. it fits properly over the lap of your Continue to use a rear-facing child child. seat for as long as your child will fit Keep your child in a booster seat within the height and weight limits until they are big enough to sit in

3 45 on_en_us.book Page 46 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

the seat without a booster and still Secure the child in the child have the seat belt fit properly. For a restraint. Make sure the child is seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt properly strapped in the child must lie snugly across the upper restraint according to the manu- thighs, not the stomach. The shoul- facturer instructions. der belt should lie snug across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age Lower Anchors and Tether for CHil- 13 must always ride in the rear dren (LATCH) system seats and must always be properly The LATCH system holds a child restrained to minimize the risk of restraint during driving and in an injury. accident. This system is designed to make installation of the child Installing a CRS restraint easier and reduce the pos- After selecting a proper child seat sibility of improperly installing your for your child, check to make sure it child restraint. The LATCH system fits properly in your vehicle. uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. Follow the instructions provided by The LATCH system eliminates the the manufacturer when installing need to use seat belts to secure the the child seat. Note these general child restraint to the rear seats. steps when installing the seat to your vehicle: Lower anchors are metal bars built Properly secure the child restraint into the vehicle. There are two lower to the vehicle. All child restraints anchors for each LATCH seating must be secured to the vehicle position that will accommodate a with the lap part of a lap/shoulder child restraint with lower attach- belt or with the LATCH system. ments. Make sure the child restraint is To use the LATCH system in your firmly secured. After installing a vehicle, you must have a child child restraint to the vehicle, push restraint with LATCH attachments. and pull the seat forward and from side-to-side to verify that it The child seat manufacturer will is securely attached to the seat. A provide you with instructions on child restraint secured with a seat how to use the child seat with its belt should be installed as firmly attachments for the LATCH lower as possible. However, some side- anchors. to-side movement can be expected.

3 46 on_en_us.book Page 47 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

The lower anchor position indicator symbols are located on the left and right 2nd row rear seatbacks to identify the position of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration).

7 seats 2nd row

OON039114NR 3 LATCH anchors have been provided in the left and right outboard of 2nd row and the left outboard of 3rd row seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. For 8-seater vehicles, LATCH is not provided for the middle seat in the OON038057NR 2nd row. 8 seats 2nd row For 7- or 8-seater vehicles, LATCH is not provided for the right seat in the 3rd row.

WARNING LATCH Lower Anchors Never attempt to attach a LATCH equipped seat in the center seating

position. LATCH lower anchors are OON038060NR only to be used in the left and right outboard of 2nd row and the left outboard of 3rd row seating positions. You may damage the anchors or the anchors may fail and break in a collision if the seat is in the center seating position.

3 47 on_en_us.book Page 48 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

3rd row seat the child restraint and the lower anchors. 3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer. 4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. OON039111NR 1. Lower Anchor position indicator WARNING 2. Lower Anchor Take the following precautions The LATCH anchors are located when using the LATCH system: between the seatback and the seat Read and follow all installation cushion of the left and right out- instructions provided with your board of 2nd row and the left out- Child Restraint System. board of 3rd row seating positions. To prevent the child from reaching Two LATCH anchors are also applied and taking hold of the unused to the left of the 3rd row seats. seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts before the child is Securing a child restraint with the placed into the vehicle. Lock each LATCH anchors system unused seatbelt following the To install a LATCH-compatible child instructions in the "automatic restraint in either of the rear out- locking mode" subsection, and board seating positions: place the webbing behind the child 1. Move the seat belt buckle away seat or against an unused seat- from the lower anchors. Other- back. Children can be strangled if wise, the webbing or buckle can a shoulder belt becomes wrapped be damaged by the latch anchor, around their neck and the seat which can make them become belt tightens. unusable or unsafe. (Especially NEVER attach more than one child 3rd row left outboard seating restraint to a single anchor. This positions) could cause the anchor or attach- 2. Move any other objects away ment to come loose or break. from the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between

3 48 on_en_us.book Page 49 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

Always have the LATCH system 8 seats inspected by your authorized Kia dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.

NOTICE

The recommended maximum 3

weight for the LATCH system is 65 OON039112NR lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper 3rd row seat child restraint, consider that the maximum total weight of the child plus the child restraint should be less than 65 lbs. (30 kg). As a guide, the MAX child restraint weight should be determined by the following calculation: Child Restraint Weight = 65 - (child's total weight in lbs.)

OON039113NR Securing a child restraint seat with First secure the child restraint with "Tether Anchor" system the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint man 7 seats - ufacturer recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor. Child restraint hook holders are located on the shelf behind the rear seats.

OON038059NR

3 49 on_en_us.book Page 50 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

WARNING 1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint Take the following precautions seatback. Route the tether strap when installing the tether strap: under the head restraint and Read and follow all installation between the head restraint posts, instructions provided with your or route the tether strap over the Child Restraint System. top of the vehicle seatback. Make NEVER attach more than one child sure the strap is not twisted. restraint to a single tether anchor. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to This could cause the anchor or the tether anchor, then tighten attachment to come loose or the tether strap according to the break. child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child Do not attach the tether strap to restraint to the seat. anything other than the correct 3. Check that the child restraint is tether anchor. It may not work securely attached to the seat by properly if attached to something pushing and pulling the seat for- else. ward and from side-to-side. Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harnesses, or Securing a child restraint with a for attaching other items or lap/shoulder belt equipment to the vehicle. Always fasten the seat belts When not using the LATCH system, behind the child restraint seat all child restraints must be secured when they are not used to secure to a vehicle rear seat with the lap the child seat. Failure to do so part of a lap/shoulder belt. may result in child strangulation. Automatic locking mode To install the tether anchor:

ODEEV058041NR

ODEEV058040NR

3 50 on_en_us.book Page 51 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

All passenger seat belts move freely 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the under normal conditions and only seat belt all the way out. When lock under extreme or emergency the shoulder portion of the seat conditions (emergency locking belt is fully extended, it will shift mode). So, in order to secure a child the retractor to the "automatic restraint, you must manually pull locking" (child restraint) mode. the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the "automatic locking" mode. The "automatic locking" mode will help prevent the normal movement 3 of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and com- promise the CRS. To install a CRS on the rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the CRS on a rear seat and ODEEV058043NR route the lap/shoulder belt 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion around or through the child of the seat belt to retract and lis- restraint, following the restraint ten for an audible "clicking" or manufacturer's instructions. "ratcheting" sound. This indicates Be sure the seat belt webbing is that the retractor is in the "auto- not twisted. matic locking" mode. If no distinct 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and into the buckle. Listen for the dis- 4. tinct "click" sound. Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

ODEEV058044NR 5. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the CRS while feeding the ODEEV058042NR

3 51 on_en_us.book Page 52 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)

shoulder belt back into the WARNING retractor. 6. Push and pull on the CRS to con- Auto lock mode firm that the seat belt is holding it Set the retractor to Automatic Lock firmly in place. If it is not, release mode when installing any Child the seat belt and repeat steps 2 Restraint System. If the retractor is through 6. not in the automatic locking mode, 7. Double check that the retractor is the child restraint can move when in the "automatic locking" mode your vehicle turns or stops sud by attempting to pull more of the - seat belt out of the retractor. If denly. A child can be seriously you cannot, the retractor is in the injured or killed if the child restraint "automatic locking" mode. is not properly anchored in the car. If your CRS manufacturer instructs To remove the child restraint, press or recommends you to use a tether the release button on the buckle anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, and then pull the lap/shoulder belt refer to "Securing a child restraint out of the restraint and allow the with the LATCH anchors system" on seat belt to retract fully. page 3-48 for more information.

NOTICE When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the retractor will automatically switch from the "automatic locking" mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.

3 52 on_en_us.book Page 53 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

OON038084NR * The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag 5. Driver's knee air bag Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

3 53 on_en_us.book Page 54 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

How does the air bag system oper- their storage compartments after ate? the collision. Air bags are activated (able to In addition to inflating in serious inflate if necessary) only when side collisions, side and/or curtain the ENGINE START/STOP button air bags will inflate if the sensing has been turned to the ON posi- system detects a rollover. tion. When a rollover is detected, side The appropriate air bags inflate and/or curtain airbags will remain instantly in the event of a serious inflated longer. This helps provide frontal collision or side collision in protection from ejection, espe- order to help protect the occu- cially when used in conjunction pants from serious physical with the seat belts. injury. In order to help provide protec- There is no single speed at which tion, the air bags must inflate the air bags will inflate. Generally, rapidly. The airbag inflates air bags are designed to inflate extremely fast between the based upon the severity of a colli- occupant and the vehicle struc- sion and its direction, etc. Several tures before the occupant factors determine whether the impacts the vehicle structures. sensors produce an electronic This speed of inflation reduces deployment / inflation signal. the risk of serious or life-threat- Air bags will not deploy in every ening injuries and is thus a neces- crash or collision situations. Air sary part of the air bag design. bag deployment depends on a However, airbag inflation can also number of factors including vehi- cause injuries which can include cle speed, angles of impact, and, fascial abrasions, bruises and bro- the density and stiffness of the ken bones. This is because the vehicles or objects which your rapid inflation also causes the air- vehicle hits in the collision. The bags to expand with a great deal determining factors are not lim- of force. ited to those mentioned above. There are even circumstances The front air bags will completely under which contact with the inflate and deflate in an instant. It steering wheel or passenger air is virtually impossible for you to bag can cause fatal injuries, espe- see the air bags inflate during an cially if the occupant is positioned accident. It is much more likely excessively close to the steering that you will simply see the wheel or passenger air bag. deflated air bags hanging out of

3 54 on_en_us.book Page 55 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

WARNING WARNING Airbag inflation Hot components Sit as far back as possible from the Do not touch the air bag storage steering wheel while still maintain- area's internal components immedi- ing comfortable control of the vehi- ately after airbag inflation. The air cle. A distance of at least 10 in (25 bag related parts in the steering cm) from your chest to the steering wheel, instrument panel and the wheel is recommended. Failure to do roof rails above the front and rear so can result in airbag inflation inju- doors are very hot. Hot components 3 ries to the driver. can result in burn injuries.

Noise and smoke WARNING When inflated, the air bags make a Do not install or place any accesso- loud noise and leave smoke and ries near air bag deployment areas, powder in the air inside the vehicle. such as the instrument panel, win- This is normal and is a result of the dows, pillars, and roof rails. ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing Do not install a child restraint on due to the contact of your chest the front passenger's seat with both the seat belt and the air Never place a rear-facing child bag, as well as from breathing the restraint in the front passenger's smoke and powder. Open your doors seat. and/or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder. Though smoke and powder are non- toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists. ODEEV058046NR If the air bag deploys, it would impact the rear-facing child

3 55 on_en_us.book Page 56 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

restraint, causing serious or fatal ation, an SRS component may not injury. be functioning properly and you should have your vehicle checked by In addition, do not place front-facing an authorized Kia dealer. child restraints in the front passenger's seat. If the front passenger air If any of the following conditions bag inflates, it could cause serious occur, this indicates a malfunction in or fatal injuries to the child. the air bag system. Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag WARNING system as soon as possible. The light does not turn on briefly Air bag deployment when you turn the ENGINE When children are seated in the rear START/STOP button to the ON outboard seats of a vehicle equipped position. with side and/or curtain air bags, The light stays on after illuminat- install the Child Restraint System as ing for approximately 6 seconds. far away from the door side as pos- The light comes on while the vehi- sible. Inflation of the side and/or cle is in motion. curtain air bags could impact the The light blinks when the ENGINE child. START/STOP button to the ON position. Air bag warning light Supplemental Restraint System The purpose of air bag warning light (SRS) components and functions in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag system, which could include your side and/or curtain air bags used for rollover protection.

ODEEV068100NR If the air bag warning light is illumi- OON038094NR nated for more than 6 seconds after * The actual position of SRS compo the ENGINE START/STOP button has - nents may differ from the illustra been turned to the ON position, or - tion. of it illuminates during vehicle oper-

3 56 on_en_us.book Page 57 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

The SRS consists of the following the vehicle, it will automatically components: deploy the front air bags. 1. Driver's front air bag module Driver's front air bag (2) 2. Passenger's front air bag module 3. Side air bag modules 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies (if equipped) 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS Control Module (SRSCM) / 3 rollover sensor 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors (if equipped) 10.Side pressure sensors (if ODEEV058049NR equipped) Upon deployment, tear seams 11.Occupant Detection System molded directly into the pad covers 12.Driver's knee air bag module will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Fur *: if equipped - ther opening of the covers then Driver's front air bag (1) allows full inflation of the air bags.

Driver's front air bag (3)

ODEEV058048NR The front air bag modules are ODEEV058050NR located both in the center of the A fully inflated airbag (with a prop- steering wheel and in the front pas- erly fastened seat belt) slows the senger's panel above the glove box. forward motion of the driver or pas- When the SRSCM detects a suffi- senger, reducing the risk of head ciently severe impact to the front of and chest injury.

3 57 on_en_us.book Page 58 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

After complete inflation, the air bag If an air bag deploys, there may immediately starts deflating, be a loud noise followed by a fine enabling the driver to maintain for- dust released in the vehicle. These ward visibility and the ability to conditions are normal and are not steer or operate other controls. hazardous - the air bags are packed in this fine powder. The Passenger's front air bag dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggravate asthma for some persons. Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed. The SRS can function only when the ENGINE START/STOP button ODEEV058051NR is in the ON position. The SRS is not working properly if any of the WARNING following situations occur: Air bag obstructions - the SRS airbag warning light Do not install or place any accesso- does not illuminate ries on the steering wheel, instru- - the SRS airbag warning light ment panel, or on the front remains on continuously after passenger's panel above the glove illuminating for about 6 seconds box in a vehicle. Such objects may when the ENGINE START/STOP become dangerous projectiles if the button is turned to the ON air bag deploys. position or after the vehicle is in ready mode - the SRS airbag warning light WARNING comes on while driving If this occurs, have your vehicle Flying objects immediately inspected by an Do not place any objects (an authorized Kia dealer. umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates.

3 58 on_en_us.book Page 59 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

NOTICE Main components of the ODS A detection device is located Before you replace a fuse or discon- within the front passenger seat nect a battery terminal, change the cushion. ENGINE START/STOP button to the An electronic system which OFF position. Never remove or determines whether the passen- replace the air bag related fuse(s) ger air bag systems should be when the ENGINE START/STOP but- activated or deactivated. ton is ON position. Failure to heed An indicator light located on the this warning will cause the SRS air instrument panel which illumi- 3 bag warning light to illuminate. nates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG " " indicates the front pas- Occupant Detection System (ODS) senger air bag system is deacti- Your vehicle is equipped with an vated. Occupant Detection System (ODS) in The instrument panel air bag the front passenger's seat. warning light is interconnected with the ODS. If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of appropriate size, and he/she sits properly (sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their

OON038095NR feet on the floor), the PASSENGER The ODS is designed to detect the AIR BAG " " indicator will turn off presence of a properly-seated front and the front passenger's air bag passenger and determine if the will be able to inflate, if necessary, passenger's front air bag should be in frontal crashes. enabled (may inflate) or not. Only You will find the PASSENGER AIR the front passenger front air bag is controlled by the ODS. BAG " " indicator on the center Do not put anything in front of the fascia panel. This system detects the conditions 1~4 in the following passenger air bag " " indicator. table and activates or deactivates

3 59 on_en_us.book Page 60 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

the front passenger air bag based can defeat the detection system. on these conditions. These include: 1. Failing to sit in an upright position. Always be sure that you and all 2. Leaning against the door or cen vehicle occupants are seated and - ter console. restrained properly (sitting upright 3. Sitting towards the sides or the with the seat in an upright position, front of the seat. centered on the seat cushion, with 4. Putting legs on the dashboard or the person's legs comfortably resting them on other locations extended, feet on the floor, and which reduce the passenger wearing the safety belt properly) weight on the front seat. for the most effective protection by 5. Improperly wearing the safety the air bag and the safety belt. belt. The ODS may not function properly 6. Reclining the seatback. if the passenger takes actions which

Conditions and operation of the front passenger ODS

Indicator/Warning light Devices Condition detected by the "PASSENGER occupant classification sys- SRS warning Front passenger AIR BAG OFF" tem light air bag indicator light 1. Adult*1 Off Off Activated 2. Child Restraint System (CRS) with child under 12 On Off Deactivated months old*2*3*4 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated 4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated *1. The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture. *2. Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a CRS sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position. *3. Never install a CRS on the front passenger seat. *4. The PASSENGER AIR BAG " " indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without a CRS) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

3 60 on_en_us.book Page 61 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

WARNING WARNING

Do not install a child restraint seat When the PASSENGER AIR BAG " " in the passenger seat when the symbol is illuminated, the passenger seat is heavily soaked with any air bag system will not operate. The type of liquid. passenger air bag system will oper- Do not alter or remodel the Occu- ate when necessary if the symbol is pant Detection System (ODS). not illuminated. This may damage the system and prevent its proper function in a 3 collision. NOTICE Do not modify or replace the front NOTICE passenger seat. Don't place anything on or attach anything such as Do not use car seat cushions that a blanket, front seat cover or after- cover up the surface of the seat market seat heater to the front and aftermarket manufactured passenger seat. This can adversely passenger seat heaters. affect the Occupant Detection Sys- After conducting car interior tem. cleaning using steam or detergent, the seat should be dried properly. Afterward, check for WARNING normal operation of the PASSEN- GER AIR BAG "OFF" and air bag Occupant Detection System warning lights. Riding in an improper position Any service related to the pas- adversely affects the Occupant senger seat and the ODS must be Detection System and may result in done at an authorized Kia dealer- the deactivation of the front pas- ship. senger airbag. It is important for the After the passenger seat has driver to instruct the passenger as been removed or installed for to the proper seating instructions as repair purposes, check for normal contained in this manual. operation of the PASSENGER AIR Do not place a heavy load in the BAG " " and air bag warning front passenger seatback pocket or on the front passenger seat. lights with a person seated or not seated in the passenger seat.

3 61 on_en_us.book Page 62 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

ODEEV058055NR ODEEV058002NR Do not place feet on the front Never place feet on the dash- passenger seatback. board.

ODEEV058056NR ODEEV058059NR Never sit with hips shifted Never lean on the door or center towards the front of the seat. console. Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

OON039120NR Never excessively recline the front passenger seatback. ODEEV058060NR

3 62 on_en_us.book Page 63 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

Do not use car seat accessories Wet passenger seat such as thick blankets and cush- Do not spill liquid in the passenger ions which cover up the car seat seat. Spilled liquid on the passen- surface. ger seat may cause the air bag Do not sit on the passenger seat warning light to illuminate or mal- wearing heavily padded clothes function. If any liquid is spilled, such as ski wear and hip protec- make sure the seat has been tor. completely dried before driving the vehicle.

ODEEV058061NR Do not place electronic devices ODEEV058063NR such as laptops, DVD player, or conductive materials such as Proper position water bottles on the passenger seat. Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.

ODEEV058064NR When an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, if the PASSENGER AIR BAG " " indicator is on, change the ENGINE START/STOP button to ODEEV058062NR the OFF position and ask the pas-

3 63 on_en_us.book Page 64 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

senger to sit properly (sitting NOTICE upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the The PASSENGER AIR BAG " " indi- seat cushion with their seat belt on, cator illuminates for about 4 sec- legs comfortably extended and their onds after the ENGINE START/STOP feet on the floor). Restart the vehi - button is turned to the ON position cle and have the person remain in after the vehicle is started. If the that position. This will allow the sys- front passenger seat is occupied, tem to detect the person and to the occupant detection sensor will enable the passenger air bag. then classify the front passenger If the PASSENGER AIR BAG " " indi- after several more seconds. cator is still on, ask the passenger to Even though your vehicle is move to the rear seat. equipped with the Occupant Detection System, never install a WARNING Child Restraint System in the PASSENGER AIR BAG " " light front passenger's seat. A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a Do not allow an adult passenger to child resulting in serious injuries or ride in the front seat when the PAS- death. SENGER AIR BAG " " indicator is Any child age 12 and under should illuminated, because the air bag will ride in the rear seat. Children too not deploy in the event of a crash. large for child restraints should use The driver must instruct the passenger to reposition himself in the the available lap/shoulder belts. No seat. Failure to properly position matter what type of crash, children yourself may lead to air bag deacti- of all ages are safer when vation resulting in air bag non- restrained in the rear seat. deployment in a collision. If the PAS- If the ODS is not working properly, SENGER AIR BAG " " indicator the Supplemental Restraint System remains illuminated after the pas- (SRS) air bag warning light on the senger repositions themselves instrument panel will illuminate properly and the car is restarted, it because the passenger's front air is recommended that passenger bag is connected with the ODS. If move to the rear seat because the there is a malfunction of the ODS passenger's front air bag will not the PASSENGER AIRBAG " " indica- deploy. tor will not illuminate. In this case,

3 64 on_en_us.book Page 65 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

the passenger's front airbag will Passenger's front air bag inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger seat.

Driver's and passenger's front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with an advanced supplemental restraint (air bag) system and lap/shoulder 3 belts at both the driver and passen- OON038065NR ger seating position. The indication of the system's presence are the letters "AIR BAG" Driver's front air bag located on the air bag pad cover on the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel above the

OON038063NR glove box. Driver's knee air bag The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity. The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver's and front passenger's seat belt usage and impact severity.

OON038064NR The seat belt buckle sensor determines if the front passenger's seat belt is fastened.

3 65 on_en_us.book Page 66 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

These sensors provide the ability to Manufacturers are required by gov- control the SRS deployment based ernment regulations to provide a on whether or not the seat belts are contact point concerning modifica- fastened, and how severe the tions to the vehicle for persons with impact is. disabilities, which modifications may affect the vehicle's advanced air bag The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with system. That contact is Kia's toll- free Customer Assistance center at two levels. A first stage level is pro- 1-800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does vided for moderate-severity not endorse nor will it support any impacts. A second stage level is pro- changes to any part or structure of vided for more severe impacts. the vehicle that could affect the According to the impact severity advanced air bag system, including and seat belt usage, the SRS Control the ODS. Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear WARNING seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. Replacement/modifications The front passenger seat, dash- Additionally, your vehicle is equipped board or door should not be replaced with an Occupant Detection System except by an authorized Kia dealer (ODS) in the front passenger's seat. using original Kia parts designed for The ODS detects the presence of a this vehicle and model. Any other passenger in the front passenger's such replacement or modification seat and will turn off the front pas- could adversely affect the operation senger's air bag under certain condi- of the Occupant Detection System tions. For more detail, see "Occupant and your advanced air bags. Detection System (ODS)" on page 3- 59. Advanced air bags are combined with pre-tensioner seat belts to WARNING help provide enhanced occupant Modification to the seat structure protection in frontal crashes. Front can cause the air bag to deploy at a air bags are not intended to deploy different level than should be pro- in collisions in which sufficient provided. tection can be provided by the seat belt.

3 66 on_en_us.book Page 67 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

NOTICE cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the Air bags can only be used once air bags to deploy. have an authorized Kia dealer Do not place any objects over the air replace the air bag immediately bag or between the air bag and after deployment. yourself. Additionally, never place or insert Front air bags are not intended to any object into any small opening deploy in side-impact, rear-impact near side airbag labels attached to or rollover crashes. However, when the vehicle seats. 3 frontal deployment threshold is sat- When the air bag deploys, the object isfied at side-impact, front air bags may affect the deployment and may deploy. In addition, front air result in unexpected accident or bags will not deploy in frontal bodily harm. crashes below the deployment threshold. Side air bag WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with a side SRS Wiring air bag in each front seat. Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative.

WARNING

No attaching objects OON038066NR No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could

3 67 on_en_us.book Page 68 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

START/STOP button is ON to prevent unexpected deployment of the side air bag.

The side air bag is supplemental to the driver's and the passenger's seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them. Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in OON038067NR operation. * The actual air bags in the vehicle For best protection from the side may differ from the illustration. air bag system and to avoid being The purpose of the air bag is to pro- injured by the deploying side air vide the vehicle's driver and/or the bag, both front seat occupants front passenger with additional pro- should sit in an upright position tection than that offered by the with the seat belt properly fas- seat belt alone. tened. The driver's hands should The side air bags are designed to be placed on the steering wheel at deploy during certain side-impact the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The collisions, depending on the crash passenger's arms and hands severity of impact. should be placed on their laps. The side air bags may deploy on the side of the impact or on both WARNING sides. Deployment The side and/or curtain air bags Do not install any accessories on both sides of the vehicle will including seat covers, on the side or deploy if a rollover or possible near the side air bag as this may rollover is detected. affect the deployment of the side The side air bags are not designed air bags. to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations. If seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and WARNING repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. Inform the dealer that Unexpected deployment your vehicle is equipped with side Avoid impact to the side impact air- air bags and an Occupant Detec- bag sensor when the ENGINE tion System (ODS).

3 68 on_en_us.book Page 69 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

WARNING Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along Flying objects both sides of the roof rails above Do not place any objects (an the front and rear doors. umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates.

WARNING 3 No attaching objects Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any OON038068NR objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar. Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy. Never place or insert any object into any small opening near side OON038069NR airbag labels attached to the vehi- * The actual air bags in the vehicle cle seats. When the air bag may differ from the illustration. deploys, the object may affect They are designed to help protect the deployment and result in occupants in certain side impacts unexpected accident or bodily and to help prevent them from harm. ejecting out of the vehicle as a result Do not install any accessories on of a rollover, especially when the the side or near the side air bags. seatbelts are also in use. The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the severity of impact. However,

3 69 on_en_us.book Page 70 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

when side deployment threshold WARNING is satisfied at front-impact, side air bags may deploy. No attaching objects The curtain air bags may deploy Do not place any objects over the on the side of the impact or on air bag. Also, do not attach any both sides. objects around the area the air Also, the curtain air bags on both bag inflates such as the door, side sides of the vehicle will deploy in door glass, front and rear pillar, certain rollover situations. roof side rail. The curtain air bags are not Do not hang hard, breakable, or designed to deploy in all side heavy objects on the coat hooks impact or rollover situations. for safety reasons. Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies against the doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side impact and/or curtain air bags.

NOTICE Never try to open or repair any components of the side and curtain air bag system. This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer.

3 70 on_en_us.book Page 71 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

Air bag collision sensors The air bag collision sensors are located in the following positions

OON038070L

OON038071NR OON038072NR OON038073NR OON038087NR OON038074NR * The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration. 1. Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) control module / rollover sensor 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side pressure sensor 4. Side impact sensor 5. Side impact sensor

3 71 on_en_us.book Page 72 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

WARNING Installing bumper guards (or side step or running board) or replacing a Air bag sensors bumper (or front door module) with Do not hit or allow any objects to non-genuine parts may adversely impact the locations where air affect your vehicle's collision and air bags or sensors are installed. bag deployment performance. This may cause unexpected air bag deployment, which could Why didn't my air bag go off in a result in serious personal injury or collision? (Inflation and non-infla- death. tion conditions of the air bag) If the installation location or angle There are many types of accidents of the sensors is altered in any in which the air bag would not be way, the air bags may deploy expected to provide additional pro- when they should not or they tection. may not deploy when they should. These include rear impacts, second Therefore, do not try to perform or third collisions in multiple impact maintenance on or around the air accidents, as well as low speed bag sensors. Have the vehicle impacts. checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. Air bag inflation conditions Do not arbitrarily touch the front impact sensor. When the angle of Front air bags the sensor is changed, the air bag system may malfunction.

Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper, front end module, body or front doors where side collision sensors are installed. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an autho- OON039075NR rized Kia dealer.

3 72 on_en_us.book Page 73 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

Front air bags are designed to Also, the side and curtain air bags inflate in a frontal collision depend- are designed to inflate when a rolling on several factors, including the over is detected by a rollover sensor. severity of impact of the front colli- Although the front air bags (driver's sion. and front passenger's air bags) are primarily designed to inflate in fron- Side and/or curtain air bags tal collisions, they may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact. 3 Similarly, although side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions, they may inflate in other types of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors. For instance, side air bag and/or curtain air bags may OON039076NR inflate if rollover sensors indicate the possibility of a rollover occurring (even if none actually occurs) or in other situations, including when the vehicle is tilted while being towed. Even if side and/or curtain air bags do not provide impact protection in a rollover, they will deploy to prevent ejection of occupants, especially those who are restrained with seat belts. OON038067NR If the vehicle chassis is impacted by * The actual air bags in the vehicle bumps or objects on unimproved may differ from the illustration. roads, the air bags may deploy. Side and/or curtain air bags are Drive carefully on unimproved roads designed to inflate when an impact or on surfaces not designed for is detected by side collision sensors vehicle traffic to prevent unintended depending on several factors, air bag deployment. including the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision.

3 73 on_en_us.book Page 74 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

Air bag non-inflation conditions Front airbags may not inflate in In certain low-speed collisions the side impact collisions, because air bags may not deploy. The air passengers move in the direction bags are designed not to deploy in of the collision. Thus, in side such cases because they may not impacts, frontal airbag deploy- provide benefits beyond the pro- ment would not provide additional tection of the seat belts in such occupant protection. collisions.

OON039076NR

OON039077NR In an angled collision, the force of Air bags are not designed to impact may direct the occupants inflate in rear collisions, because in a direction where the air bags occupants are moved backward would not be able to provide any by the force of the impact. In this additional benefit, and thus the case, inflated air bags would not sensors may not deploy any air be able to provide any additional bags. benefit.

OON039123NR

OON039078NR Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking

3 74 on_en_us.book Page 75 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

lowers the front portion of the Airbags may not inflate if the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle collides with an object such vehicle with a higher ground as a utility pole or tree. This is clearance. Air bags may not because the point of impact is inflate in this "under-ride" situa- concentrated in one area and the tion because deceleration forces full force of the impact is not that are detected by sensors may delivered to the sensors. be significantly reduced by such "under-ride" collisions. 3

OON039082NR

OON039081NR Supplemental Restraint System Front air bags may not inflate in (SRS) care all rollover accidents when the The Supplemental Restraint System SRS Control Module (SRSCM) indi- (SRS) is virtually maintenance-free cates that the front air bag and so there are no parts you can deployment would not provide safely service by yourself. additional occupant protection. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Any work on the SRS, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails must be performed by OON039124NR an authorized Kia dealer. Improper

3 75 on_en_us.book Page 76 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System

handling of the SRS may result in because of the rollover sensors in serious personal injury. the vehicle. For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use only a soft, dry cloth or one Adding equipment to or modifying which has been moistened with your air bag-equipped vehicle plain water. Solvents or cleaners If you modify your vehicle by chang- could adversely affect the air bag ing your vehicle's frame, bumper covers and proper deployment of system, front end or side sheet the system. metal or ride height, this may affect If components of the air bag system the operation of your vehicle's air must be discarded, or if the vehicle bag system. must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. An Air bag warning label authorized Kia dealer knows these Air bag warning labels, some precautions and can give you the required by the U.S. National High- necessary information. Failure to way Traffic Safety Administration follow these precautions and proce- (NHTSA), are attached to the sun dures could increase the risk of visor to alert the driver and passen- bodily injury. gers of potential risks of the air bag system. WARNING Tampering with SRS Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring, or other components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in the accidental inflation of the air bags or by render the SRS inoperative.

WARNING OON038096NR Towing Vehicle Always have the ignition off when your vehicle is being towed. The side air bags may inflate if the vehicle is tilted such as when being towed

3 76 on_en_us.book Page 1 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle 4

Features of your vehicle Smart key...... 4-7 Replacing smart key battery ...... 4-11 Smart key immobilizer system...... 4-12 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 4-13 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-13 Armed stage...... 4-13 Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-14 Disarmed stage...... 4-14 Door locks...... 4-15 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ...... 4-15 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ...... 4-16 Door lock/unlock features...... 4-18 Electronic child safety lock system...... 4-19 Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system...... 4-20 Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system...... 4-21 Manual liftgate...... 4-23 Opening the manual liftgate...... 4-23 Closing the manual liftgate...... 4-24 Opening the manual liftgate in emergency ...... 4-24 Power liftgate ...... 4-26 Opening the power liftgate ...... 4-27 Closing the power liftgate ...... 4-28 Power liftgate non-opening conditions...... 4-29 Automatic reversal...... 4-30 Setting the speed of opening/closing of power liftgate...... 4-30 Resetting the power liftgate...... 4-31 Setting the opening height of the power liftgate ...... 4-31 on_en_us.book Page 2 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

4 Features of your vehicle

Smart Power Liftgate ...... 4-32 Using the smart power liftgate ...... 4-32 Deactivating the smart power liftgate with the smart key...... 4-34 Detecting area...... 4-35 Windows ...... 4-36 Window opening and closing...... 4-38 Power window lock switch...... 4-39 Hood ...... 4-40 Opening the hood ...... 4-40 Closing the hood ...... 4-41 Fuel filler lid...... 4-42 Opening the fuel filler lid ...... 4-42 Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-43 Dual sunroof ...... 4-46 Sliding the sunroof for front seat ...... 4-48 Tilting the sunroof for front seat...... 4-48 Sunshade...... 4-49 Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-50 Sunroof open warning ...... 4-51 Steering wheel...... 4-51 Electric Power Steering (EPS) system...... 4-51 Tilt & telescopic steering wheel ...... 4-53 Heated steering wheel ...... 4-54 Horn ...... 4-54 Mirrors ...... 4-55 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-55 Outside rearview mirror...... 4-61 Instrument cluster...... 4-64 on_en_us.book Page 3 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle 4

Instrument cluster control...... 4-65 Gauges...... 4-65 Transmission shift indicator...... 4-68 LCD display...... 4-68 LCD Display Control...... 4-68 LCD Display Modes ...... 4-69 LCD displays...... 4-78 Trip information (trip computer)...... 4-78 Drive mode ...... 4-80 Service Mode ...... 4-81 Driving info display...... 4-81 LCD display messages ...... 4-82 Warning and indicator lights...... 4-87 Warning lights ...... 4-87 Indicator lights ...... 4-93 Head-Up Display (HUD)...... 4-97 Parking distance warning-reverse system ...... 4-99 Parking distance warning system ...... 4-102 Rear view monitor system ...... 4-106 Rear view monitor Top view...... 4-107 Surround View Monitoring (SVM) system...... 4-107 Blind-spot View Monitor (BVM) system...... 4-109 To turn on BVM...... 4-109 To turn off BVM...... 4-109 Lighting...... 4-110 Battery saver function ...... 4-110 Daytime Running Light (DRL)...... 4-110 Lighting control...... 4-110 on_en_us.book Page 4 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

4 Features of your vehicle

Operating high beam ...... 4-112 Operating turn signals and lane change signals...... 4-113 Operating front fog light...... 4-114 High Beam Assist (HBA) system...... 4-114 Wipers and washers ...... 4-117 Operating windshield washer ...... 4-119 Operating rear window wiper and washer switch...... 4-120 Interior lights ...... 4-121 Automatic turn off function ...... 4-121 Map lamp ...... 4-121 Room lamp...... 4-122 Liftgate room lamp ...... 4-122 Vanity mirror lamp...... 4-123 Glove box lamp...... 4-123 Welcome system...... 4-124 Defroster...... 4-125 Operating rear window defroster...... 4-125 Operating outside mirror defroster ...... 4-126 Climate control system...... 4-126 System operation...... 4-126 Climate control air filter ...... 4-128 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant ...... 4-129 Air conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-130 Manual climate control system...... 4-131 Heating and air conditioning...... 4-132 Controlling rear climate ...... 4-136 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-140 Heating and air conditioning automatically ...... 4-141 on_en_us.book Page 5 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle 4

Heating and air conditioning manually ...... 4-142 Controlling rear climate...... 4-147 Windshield defrosting and defogging ...... 4-151 Defogging inside windshield with manual climate control system...... 4-151 Defrosting outside windshield with manual climate control system...... 4-152 Defogging inside windshield with the automatic climate control ...... 4-152 Defrosting outside windshield with automatic climate control ...... 4-153 Defogging logic ...... 4-153 Auto Defogging System (ADS) (only for automatic climate control system) ...... 4-154 Additional features of climate control...... 4-155 Sunroof inside air recirculation ...... 4-155 Automatic ventilation ...... 4-155 Storage compartment ...... 4-156 Center console storage ...... 4-156 Glove box...... 4-156 Sunglass holder...... 4-157 Luggage box ...... 4-157 Interior features ...... 4-158 Cup holder...... 4-158 Seat warmer ...... 4-159 Air ventilation seat...... 4-160 Sun visor ...... 4-161 Power outlet ...... 4-162 USB charger...... 4-163 on_en_us.book Page 6 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

4 Features of your vehicle

AC inverter...... 4-164 Wireless smart phone charging system...... 4-166 Coat hook ...... 4-169 Side curtain...... 4-170 Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 4-170 Luggage net holder ...... 4-171 Exterior features ...... 4-172 Roof rack...... 4-172 Audio system...... 4-173 Shark fin antenna...... 4-173 USB port...... 4-174 How vehicle radio works...... 4-174 Declaration of Conformity...... 4-177 FCC ...... 4-177 on_en_us.book Page 7 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Smart key

FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE

Smart key The mechanical key and various remote functions are integrated into the smart key for convenience to the driver.

Record your key number OSK3048400NR The key code num- To reinstall the mechanical key, put ber is stamped on the key into the hole and push it the bar code tag until a click sound is heard. 4 attached to the key set. Should you lose your keys, this number will With a smart key, you can lock or enable an authorized Kia dealer to unlock a door (and liftgate). duplicate the keys easily. Remove Refer to the following for more the bar code tag and store it in a details. safe place. Also, record the code number and keep it in a safe and WARNING handy place, but not in the vehicle. Smart key Never leave the keys in your vehicle Smart key function with unsupervised children. Leaving To remove the mechanical key, children unattended in a vehicle with press and hold the release button the smart key is dangerous even if (1) and remove the mechanical key the ENGINE START/STOP button is (2). not in the ACC or ON position. Chil- dren copy adults and they could press the ENGINE START/STOP button. The key would enable children to operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious bodily injury or death.

4 7 on_en_us.book Page 8 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Smart key

Locking Unlocking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles, with all doors (and liftgate) closed and locked, unlocks all the doors (and liftgate). The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors (and liftgate) are unlocked. The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.

OON048002NR When the 2-press unlock function is activated: Pressing the button of the front If you press the Door Unlock but outside door handles with all doors - ton (2) on the smart key, the (and liftgate) closed and any door unlocked, locks all the doors (and driver's door will unlock. liftgate). If you press the Door Unlock but- The hazard warning lights will blink ton (2) on the smart key within once to indicate that all doors (and four seconds again, then all the liftgate) are locked. The button will doors will unlock. only operate when the smart key is If you press the driver's outside within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m) from the door handle button, the driver's outside door handle. If you want to door will unlock. make sure that a door has locked or If you press the driver's outside not, you should check the door lock door handle button within four button inside the vehicle or pull the seconds again, then all the doors outside door handle. will unlock. In some instances, when the outside door button is pressed the doors will not lock and an audible chime will NOTICE sound if any of the following occurs: You can activate or deactivate the The smart key is in the vehicle. 2-press unlock function. Refer to The ENGINE START/STOP button "User Settings mode" on page 4-71. is in the ACC or ON position. Any door except the liftgate is opened.

4 8 on_en_us.book Page 9 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Smart key

Liftgate unlocking doors are closed after the lock but- If you are within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m) ton is pressed, the hazard warning from the outside liftgate handle, lights will blink once. with your smart key in possession, the liftgate will unlock and open Unlock (2) when you press the liftgate handle The driver's door is unlocked if the switch. unlock button is pressed once. The The hazard warning lights will blink hazard warning lights will blink twice twice to indicate that the liftgate is and the chime will sound twice to unlocked. indicate that the driver's door is Also, once the liftgate is opened and unlocked. then closed, the liftgate will lock All doors are unlocked if the unlock automatically. button is pressed once more within 4 seconds. The hazard warning 4 lights will blink (for smart key, the chime also sounds) twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked. After pressing this button, the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds. If you attempt to lock or unlock the door by pressing the door lock/ unlock button in any of the following

OON048001NR situations, the door will not be locked or unlocked. Lock (1) When you want to lock or unlock All doors are locked if the lock but- the door in the ACC or ON state. ton is pressed. If all doors are closed, When you want to lock a door in a the hazard warning lights will blink car with one or more doors open. and the chime will sound once (for Depending on the vehicle, the driver Type B) to indicate that all doors are can turn off or set the 2-press locked. unlock setting function. Also, if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds, the NOTICE hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to confirm If the keyless entry system is inop- that the door is locked. erative due to exposure to water or However, if any door remains open, liquids, it will not be covered by your the hazard warning lights (and/or manufacturer's vehicle warranty. the chime) will not operate. But if all

4 9 on_en_us.book Page 10 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Smart key

Liftgate open (3) the vehicle, if necessary) to protect If you press the button for longer it from potential theft. than a second, the lock will be released or the lift gate will be NOTICE opened according to the options of the vehicle. Smart key precautions Once the liftgate is opened and then The smart key will not work if any closed, the liftgate will lock auto- of the following occur: matically. The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio sta- Panic (4) tion or an airport which can inter- If you press the key's panic button fere with normal operation of the in an emergency situation, the smart key. alarm system will be activated and The smart key is near a mobile alert others around you of the two-way radio system or a cellu- emergency situation. lar phone. 1. Press the panic button (4) for a Another vehicle's smart key is few seconds. being operated close to your vehi 2. The horn sounds and hazard - cle. warning light flash for a few sec- When the smart key does not work onds. correctly, open and close the door To stop the horn and lights, press any button on the smart key. with the mechanical key and contact an authorized Kia dealer. Start-up If the smart key is in close proximity You can start the vehicle without to your cell phone or smart phone, inserting the key. the signal from the smart key could * For information, refer to "ENGINE be blocked by normal operation of START/STOP button" on page 5-9. your cell phone or smart phone. This is especially important when the Loss of the smart key phone is active, such as when making calls, receiving calls, text mes A maximum of 2 smart keys can be - saging, and/or sending/receiving registered to a single vehicle. emails. Avoid placing the smart key If you happen to lose your smart and your cell phone or smart phone key, you will not be able to start the in the same pants or jacket pocket vehicle. You should immediately and maintain adequate distance take the vehicle and remaining key between the two devices. to your authorized Kia dealer (tow

4 10 on_en_us.book Page 11 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Smart key

NOTICE Replacing smart key battery A smart key battery should last for To prevent the electronic key from several years, but if the smart key is becoming damaged by magnetic not working properly, try replacing fields, do not leave it near the fol- the battery with a new one. lowing electrical appliances: TVs Personal computers Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers Table lamps Induction cookers

4 NOTICE If you have to leave the vehicle's key OSK3048402NR with a parking attendant, remove If you are unsure how to use your the mechanical key for your own smart key or replace the battery, use and provide the attendant with contact an authorized Kia dealer. the electronic key only. 1. Remove the mechanical key. 2. Pry open the rear cover. 3. Replace the battery with a new NOTICE battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the When bringing a key with wireless battery is in the correct position. remote control function onto an air- 4. Install the battery in the reverse plane, make sure you do not press order of removal. any button on the key while inside The smart key is designed to give the cabin. If you are carrying the key you years of trouble-free use, how in your bag etc., make sure that the - ever, it can malfunction if exposed buttons cannot be pressed acciden- to moisture or static electricity. If tally. If you press a button, the key you are unsure how to use or may emit radio waves that could replace the battery, contact an interfere with the operation of the authorized Kia dealer. aircraft. Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction. Be sure to use the correct battery.

4 11 on_en_us.book Page 12 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Smart key

To avoid damaging the smart key, If the system repeatedly does not don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it recognize the coding of the key, it is to heat or sunlight. recommended that you contact your Kia dealer. An inappropriately disposed battery can be Do not attempt to alter this system harmful to the environ- or add other devices to it. Electrical ment and human health. Dispose problems could result that may the battery according to your local make your vehicle inoperable. law(s) or regulations. If the following objects are placed near the ENGINE START/STOP but- CAUTION ton, there may be a problem with Smart key damage starting the engine. Do not drop, get wet or expose the 1. Metal accessories smart key to heat or sunlight, or it 2. Another registered key will be damaged. 3. Keys registered in other vehicles 4. Electronic device

Smart key immobilizer system NOTICE The immobilizer system protects When starting the vehicle, do not your vehicle from theft. If an use the key with other immobilizer improperly coded key (or other keys around. Otherwise, the vehicle device) is used, the vehicle's power may not start or may stop soon system is disabled. after it starts. Keep each key sepa- When the ENGINE START/STOP but- rate in order to avoid a starting ton is placed in the ON position, the malfunction. immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button in the OFF position, then place the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position again.

4 12 on_en_us.book Page 13 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system

This device complies with Part 15 Theft-alarm system of the FCC rules. The theft-alarm system is designed Operation is subject to the following to provide protection from unau- two conditions: thorized entry into the vehicle. 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTICE Changes or modifications not 4 expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could This system is operated in three void the user's authority to operate stages: the first is the "Armed" the equipment. If the smart key is stage, the second is the "Theft- inoperative due to changes or modi- alarm" stage, and the third is the fications not expressly approved by "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, the the party responsible for compli- system provides an audible alarm ance, it will not be covered by your with blinking of the hazard warning manufacturer's vehicle warranty. lights.

Armed stage Park the vehicle and stop the engine. Arm the system as described below. 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Make sure that all doors, the hood and liftgate are closed and latched. 3. Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handle with the smart key in your possession. After completion of the steps above, the hazard warning lights

4 13 on_en_us.book Page 14 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system

will operate once to indicate that Theft-alarm stage the system is armed. The alarm will be activated if any of If any door (or liftgate) or hood the following occurs while the sys remains open, the hazard warning - tem is armed. lights and the chime will not operate and the theft-alarm will not A front or rear door is opened arm. If all doors, liftgate and hood without using the smart key. are closed after the lock button is The liftgate is opened without pressed, the hazard warning using the smart key. lights blink once. The hood is opened. The system can also be armed by The horn will sound and the hazard locking the doors with the key from the front doors; however, warning lights will blink continuously the hazard warning lights will not for approximately 27 seconds, and blink using this method. the horn will repeat 3 times unless 4. Lock the doors by pressing the the system is disarmed. To turn off lock button on the smart key. the system, unlock the doors with After completion of the steps the transmitter (or smart key). above, the hazard warning lights will operate once to indicate that Disarmed stage the system is armed. The system will be disarmed when: NOTICE The door unlock button is pressed. Do not arm the system until all pas - The button of the front outside sengers have left the vehicle. If the door is pressed while carrying the system is armed while a passen - smart key. ger(s) remains in the vehicle, the The engine is started. (within 3 alarm may be activated when the seconds) remaining passenger(s) leaves the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or After pressing the unlock button, hood is opened within 30 seconds the hazard warning lights will blink after the system enters the armed and the chime will sound twice (in stage, the system will be disarmed smart key) to indicate that the sys- to prevent unnecessary alarm. tem is disarmed. After pressing the unlock button, if any door (or liftgate) is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed.

4 14 on_en_us.book Page 15 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Door locks

NOTICE Door locks Avoid trying to start the engine Know how to use the door lock so while the alarm is activated. The that you can lock or unlock the door vehicle starting motor is disabled if necessary. during the theft-alarm stage. If the system is not disarmed with Operating door locks from outside the transmitter, turn the ENGINE the vehicle START/STOP button to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds. Then the system will be disarmed. If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer. 4

OON048047NR 1. Pull out the door handle. 2. Press the lever (1) located inside the bottom part of the cover with a key or flat-head screwdriver. 3. Push out the cover (2) while pressing the lever. 4. Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock (A) and toward the front of the vehicle to lock (B). If you lock the driver's door with a key, only the driver's door will lock/unlock. From the driver's door, turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle once to unlock the driver's door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors. Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the smart key.

4 15 on_en_us.book Page 16 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Door locks

Once the doors are unlocked, they WARNING may be opened by pulling the door handle. If adult passengers must remain in When closing the door, push the the vehicle while it is very hot or cold door by hand. Make sure the outside, there is risk of injuries or doors are closed securely. danger to life. Do not lock the vehi- Before pulling the outside door cle from the outside when there are handle, remove the key to avoid adult passengers in the vehicle. damaging the paintwork. CAUTION NOTICE Do not unnecessarily open and close In cold and wet climates, door lock the door repeatedly or with exces- and door mechanisms may not sive force. Such action can damage work properly due to freezing the vehicle door. conditions. If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession NOTICE with either the vehicle key or door Always place the ENGINE START/ lock switch, the system may stop STOP button in the OFF position, operating temporarily in order to engage the parking brake, close all protect the circuit and prevent windows, and lock all doors when damage to system components. leaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING Operating door locks from inside Securely close your door before the vehicle you begin driving. Failure to fully You can operate door locks with the close your door may cause it to door lock button or central door lock open during vehicle operation. switch. Keep your body out of the way of the closing door to prevent injuries.

4 16 on_en_us.book Page 17 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Door locks

With the door lock button Door lock malfunction If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try one or more of the following techniques to exit: Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle. Operate the other door locks and

OON048048NR handles, front and rear. To unlock a door, push the door Lower a front window and use the lock button (1) to the "Unlock" key to unlock the door from out- 4 position. The red mark on the side. door lock button will be visible. To lock a door, push the door lock WARNING button (1) to the "Lock" position. If Do not pull the inner door handle of the door is locked properly, the the driver's (or passenger's) door red mark on the door lock button while the vehicle is moving. will not be visible. To open a door, pull the door handle (2) outward. With central door lock switch If the inner door handle of the Driver side driver's (or front passenger's) door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button will unlock and the door will open. Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and/or door is open.

OON048049NR

4 17 on_en_us.book Page 18 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Door locks

Passenger side Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door. Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury.

WARNING

OON048410NR Unattended children/animals Operate by pressing the central Never leave children or animals door lock switch. unattended in your vehicle. An When pressing the right portion enclosed vehicle can become (1) for the driver side or the upper extremely hot, causing death or portion (1) for the passenger side severe injury to unattended chil- of the switch, all vehicle doors will dren or animals who cannot escape lock. the vehicle. When pressing the left portion (2) for the driver side or the lower Door lock/unlock features portion (2) for the passenger side of the switch, all vehicle doors will The vehicle is equipped with door unlock. lock/unlock features for the safety If the smart key is in the vehicle and convenience of passengers. and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the right Impact sensing door unlock system portion (1) for the driver side or All doors will automatically unlock upper portion (1) for the passen- when an impact causes the air bags ger side of the central door lock to deploy. switch is pressed.

Speed sensing door lock system WARNING All doors will automatically lock Doors after the vehicle speed exceeds 10 The doors should always be fully mph (15 km/h). closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental You can activate or deactivate the opening of a door. auto door lock/unlock features in

4 18 on_en_us.book Page 19 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Door locks

the vehicle. Refer to "User Settings mately 10 minutes after the engine mode" on page 4-71. is turned off. If your vehicle is equipped with the Electronic child safety lock system Electronic child safety lock system, If you push the electronic child the Child-protector rear door locks, safety lock switch and the indicator which are manually operated, are illuminates, rear passengers cannot not provided. open the rear door from inside the If electronic child safety lock system vehicle. is activated, rear passenger cannot open or close the rear window also. For more details, refer to "Windows" on page 4-36. 4 CAUTION If the Electronic child safety lock system is not operated when pushing the Electronic child safety lock switch, the message is displayed OON048051NR and the alarm will sound. To cancel the electronic child safety lock system, push the electronic child safety lock system switch one more time and then the indicator turns off. The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system is operated when the electronic child safety lock system is activated and the SEA function is selected in the cluster. However, the SEA does not OON048103NR automatically activate the electronic If this occurs, have the system child safety lock system. checked by a professional workshop. The electronic child safety lock sys- Kia recommends to visit an autho- tem is always on when the ENGINE rized Kia dealer. START/STOP button is in the ON or ignition ON state and for approxi-

4 19 on_en_us.book Page 20 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Door locks

Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system door is opened, the "Watch for traf- The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system is fic" warning message appears on provided to help prevent passengers the cluster and a warning sounds. from opening their door by warning The above 2 and 3 functions are them when a vehicle approaching activated when you select 'Driver from the rear is detected after your Assistance → Blind-Spot → vehicle has stopped. Safety Safe Exit Assistance (SEA)' from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The Electronic child safety lock system is always on when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON or ignition ON state and for approximately 10 minutes after the engine is turned off. After about 10 minutes, the indicator on the switch turns off and OON058001NR you cannot deactivate the elec- When the system detects an tronic child safety lock system. To approaching vehicle, the rear doors deactivate the electronic child will not unlock even if the driver safety lock system, press the attempts to unlock them using the Electronic child safety lock switch electronic child safety lock button. again with the ENGINE START/ The "Check surroundings then try STOP button in the ON position or again" warning message appears on after starting the engine. the cluster and a warning sounds. When the power is supplied again after removing/discharging the However if you press the switch battery while the child safety lock within 10 seconds after the warning was in the lock position, press the message appears (the indicator on child safety lock switch once the switch will turn off), the system again. This makes the state of the determines that the driver has indicator on the child safety lock intentionally unlocked the doors, switch correspond with the actual being aware of the rear status, and status of the electronic child unlocks the doors regardless of the safety lock system. actual rear situation. If the airbag is activated while the When the system detects an child safety lock switch is ON (the approaching vehicle the moment a indicator on the switch illumi-

4 20 on_en_us.book Page 21 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Door locks

nates) it automatically switches WARNING OFF and the rear door is unlocked. The system does not detect every CAUTION obstacle approaching the vehicle exit. The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system The driver and passenger are may not operate normally if there responsible for any obstacles is any vehicle or obstacle at the while exiting the vehicle. rear area of your vehicle. Always check the surrounding The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system before you exit the vehicle. may not operate normally when a vehicle is coming rapidly two lanes over from your vehicle or a vehicle Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system is approaching at a fast speed (if equipped) 4 from the rear in the lane next to The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) is your vehicle. provided to help prevent exiting the The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system vehicle with a rear passenger left in may be activated later than nor- the vehicle. mal or may not operate normally 1st alert if a vehicle is approaching fast - When you open the front door from the rear of your vehicle. after opening and closing the The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system rear door and turning off the will not operate if there is a mal- engine, the "Check rear seats" function with the Blind-Spot Colli- warning message appears on sion Warning (BCW) system as the cluster. follows: 2nd alert - When the BCW warning mes- - After the 1st alert the 2nd alert sage appears. operates when any movement When the BCW sensor or the is detected in the rear seat sensor surrounding is polluted after the driver's door is closed or covered. and all the doors are locked. - When the BCW does not warn The horn will activate for about or warns wrongly. 25 seconds. If the system con- For more details, refer to cautions tinues to detect a movement and limitations in "Blind-Spot Colli- the alert operates up to 8 sion Warning (BCW)" on page 5- times. 1115.

4 21 on_en_us.book Page 22 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Door locks

- Unlock the door with the Steering wheel remote key or smart key to stop the alert. - The system detects movement in the vehicle for 24 hours after the door is locked. The 2nd alert is activated only after the prior activation of the 1st alert. You can activate or deactivate the ROA from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The option OON048096NR can be found under the following If you do not want to use the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system, menu: press OK button on the steering User Settings → Convenience → wheel when the 1st alert is dis- Rear Occupant Alert played on the cluster. Doing so will deactivate the 2nd alert once. CAUTION If boxes or objects are stacked in Make sure that all the windows the vehicle, the system may not are closed. If the window is open, detect the obstacle. Also, the the alert may activate by the warning may generate if the box sensor detecting an unintended or object falls off. movement (e.g., wind or bugs). The sensor may not operate normally if the senor is obscured by Cluster foreign substances. The alert may activate if movement in the driver or passenger seat is detected. The alert may activate with the doors locked due to car wash or surrounding vibration or noise. Inside movement detection is stopped under remote start (if equipped) status.

OON048125NR

4 22 on_en_us.book Page 23 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual liftgate

WARNING Manual liftgate Even if your vehicle is equipped When you open the liftgate, you will with the Rear Occupant Alert see a space where you can load the (ROA) system, always make sure cargo. you check the rear seat before you get off the vehicle. Opening the manual liftgate The alert may not operate if: The liftgate is locked or unlocked - The movement does not con- when all doors are locked or tinue for a certain period of unlocked with the key, smart key or time or the movement is small. central door lock/unlock switch. - If a child sits on a vehicle seat without a child car seat. CAUTION - The rear passenger is covered 4 with an obstacle such as a blan- Liftgate lift ket. Make certain that you close the lift- - Also, always be cautious of the gate before driving your vehicle. passenger's safety as the Possible damage may occur to the detection function and 2nd liftgate lift cylinders and attached alert may not operate depend- hardware if the liftgate is not closed ing on the surrounding environ- prior to driving. ment and certain conditions.

OON048052NR Only the liftgate is unlocked if the liftgate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key is pressed for approximately 1 second.

4 23 on_en_us.book Page 24 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual liftgate

If unlocked, the liftgate can be Make sure your hands, feet and opened by pressing the handle other parts of your body are safely and pulling it up. out of the way before closing the Once the liftgate is opened and liftgate. then closed, the liftgate locks automatically. (All doors must be WARNING locked.) Exhaust Fumes NOTICE The liftgate should always be kept completely closed while the vehicle In cold and wet climates, door lock is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, and door mechanisms may not work poisonous exhaust gases may enter properly due to freezing conditions. the car and serious illness or death may result. WARNING The liftgate swings upward. Make Opening the manual liftgate in sure no objects or people are near emergency the rear of the vehicle when opening Your vehicle is equipped with the the liftgate. emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the liftgate. When someone is inadver- Closing the manual liftgate tently locked in the luggage com- Lower and push down the liftgate partment. firmly. Make sure that the liftgate is securely latched.

OON048069NR The liftgate can be opened by doing

OON048053NR as follows:

4 24 on_en_us.book Page 25 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual liftgate

1. Input the mechanical key into the WARNING hole. 2. Push the mechanical key to the Do not grasp the part supporting right (1). the liftgate (gas lifter), as this may 3. Push the liftgate upwards. cause serious injury.

WARNING No one should be allowed to occupy the cargo area of the vehicle at any time. The cargo area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash. Use the release lever for emer- 4 gencies only. Use with extreme

caution, especially while the vehi- OON048097NR cle is in motion.

CAUTION Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before opening or closing the liftgate. Wait until the liftgate is open fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo from the vehicle.

4 25 on_en_us.book Page 26 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Power liftgate

Power liftgate (if equipped) When you open the liftgate, you will see a space where you can load the cargo.

OON049403NR 1. Power liftgate open/close button 2. Power liftgate handle switch 3. Power liftgate close button 4. Power liftgate open/close button OON048054NR

NOTICE If ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position, the power liftgate can operate when the shift lever is in P (Park).

WARNING

OON048055NR Unattended children/pets Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. Children or animals might operate the power liftgate in such a way that could result in injury to themselves or others or damage to the vehicle.

OON048056NR

4 26 on_en_us.book Page 27 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Power liftgate

NOTICE that there is sufficient clearance above the liftgate. In cold and wet climates, power liftgate may not work properly due to CAUTION freezing conditions. It is recommended to open and close the liftgate automatically. Do not NOTICE apply excessive force when opening Do not attach heavy objects to the or closing the lift gate manually. It power liftgate when you operate may damage the power liftgate the power liftgate. Additional system. weight on liftgate could cause damage to the system. Opening the power liftgate 4 The power liftgate will open auto- WARNING matically by doing one of the following: Make sure that there are no passengers or objects in the path of the Press the power liftgate open/ close button on the smart key for power liftgate (or smart power lift- approximately one second. gate) prior to use. Serious injury, damage to the vehicle or damage to surrounding objects may result if contact with the power liftgate (or smart power liftgate) occurs.

OON048058NR Press the power liftgate open/ close button for approximately one second. For emergency stop while power OON048057NR liftgate operating, press the power liftgate open/close button The liftgate swings upwards when it shortly. is opened. Therefore, make sure

4 27 on_en_us.book Page 28 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Power liftgate

OON048059NR OON048059NR Press the liftgate handle switch For emergency stop while power with the smart key in your pos- liftgate operating, press the session. power liftgate open/close button shortly. Press the power liftgate close button when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close automatically.

OON048052NR

Closing the power liftgate Press the power liftgate open/ close button for approximately one second when the liftgate is OON048060NR opened. The liftgate will close At the beginning of the closure, automatically. the buzzer will sound twice. Press the power liftgate open/ close button on the transmitter or smart key for approximately one second when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close automatically.

4 28 on_en_us.book Page 29 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Power liftgate

CAUTION Do not operate the power liftgate more than 5 times continuously. It may damage the power liftgate system. If you operate the power liftgate more than 5 times continuously, the chime will sound 3 times and the power liftgate will not operate. At this time, stop operating the OON048058NR liftgate and leave it for more than 1 minute. WARNING Make sure there are no people or 4 objects around the liftgate before NOTICE opening or closing the power lift- The power liftgate can be oper- gate. Wait until the liftgate is open ated when the engine is not run- fully and stopped before loading or ning. unloading cargo from the vehicle. However, the power liftgate operation consumes large amounts of vehicle electric power. To prevent Power liftgate non-opening condi- the battery from being dis tions - charged, do not operate it exces- The power liftgate will not open or sively. close automatically, when the vehi- To prevent the battery from being cle is moving more than 2mph (3km/ discharged, do not leave the h) or the automatic shift lever is not power liftgate in the open posi- in P (Park) position. tion for a long time. Do not modify or repair any part NOTICE of the power liftgate by yourself. The chime will sound continuously if This must be done by an autho- you drive over 2 mph (3 km/h) with rized Kia dealer. When jacking up the vehicle to the liftgate opened. Stop your vehi- change a tire or repair the vehicle, cle at a safe place as soon as possible to check if your liftgate is do not operate the power liftgate. opened. This could cause the power liftgate to operate improperly.

4 29 on_en_us.book Page 30 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Power liftgate

In cold and wet climates, the and move in the opposite direc- power liftgate may not work tion. properly due to freezing condi- If the resistance is detected while tions. closing the liftgate, it will stop and It is recommended to wait until move in the opposite direction. the power liftgate is fully closed However, if the resistance is weak before starting the vehicle. The such as from an object that is thin power liftgate may not close fully or soft, or the liftgate is near the if the vehicle is started during latched position, the automatic stop automatic closing. and reversal may not detect the resistance. CAUTION If the automatic reversal feature operates continuously more than Never operate the power lift gate twice during opening or closing with any heavy objects attached operation, the power liftgate may (e.g. bicycles) as it could become stop at that position. At this time, damaged. close the liftgate manually and operate the liftgate automatically again. Automatic reversal WARNING Never place any object or part of your body in the path of the power liftgate as it is operating. Doing so could result in personal injury.

Setting the speed of opening/closing of power liftgate OON048061NR You can adjust the speed by your- During power opening and closing if self. the power liftgate is blocked by an object or part of the body, the How to set the speed power liftgate will detect the resis- Select 'Door' → 'Power liftgate tance. speed' → 'Fast/Normal' on the If the resistance is detected while user settings of the instrument opening the liftgate, it will stop cluster.

4 30 on_en_us.book Page 31 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Power liftgate

You cannot change the speed 1. Put the automatic shift lever in P when the power liftgate func- (Park). tion is turned off or the liftgate 2. While pressing the liftgate close is not completely closed. button, press the liftgate handle switch for more than 3 seconds. The power liftgate speed is ini- (the chime will sound) tially set as 'fast'. 3. Close the liftgate manually. Please refer to "User Settings If the power liftgate does not work mode" on page 4-71. properly after the above procedure, have the system checked by an NOTICE authorized Kia dealer. If the power liftgate does not operate normally, check again if the gear NOTICE position is in P (Park) position. 4 If the power liftgate does not operate normally, first check the follow- Resetting the power liftgate ing condition before using the power liftgate. If the battery has been discharged Make sure the automatic shift lever or disconnected, or if the related is in P (Park). fuse has been replaced or disconnected, the power liftgate may not work properly. For the power lift- Setting the opening height of the gate to operate normally, reset the power liftgate power liftgate as follows:

OON048060NR OON049437NR The driver may set the height of a fully opened liftgate by following the below instruction.

4 31 on_en_us.book Page 32 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Smart Power Liftgate

1. Position the liftgate manually to Smart Power Liftgate (if the preferred height. equipped) 2. Press the liftgate close button for more than 3 seconds. 3. Close the liftgate manually after hearing the buzzer sound. The liftgate will open to the height the driver has set up.

OON048062NR On a vehicle equipped with a smart key, the liftgate can be opened using the Smart Power Liftgate system.

Using the smart power liftgate The liftgate can be opened with no- touch activation when all of the below conditions have been satisfied. 15 seconds have passed after all doors have been closed and locked. The smart key is positioned within the detecting area for more than 3 seconds.

NOTICE The Smart Power Liftgate does not operate when: - The smart key is detected within 15 seconds after the doors are closed and locked, and is continuously detected.

4 32 on_en_us.book Page 33 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Smart Power Liftgate

- The smart key is detected the chime will sound for about 3 within 15 seconds after the seconds. This alerts you that the doors are closed and locked, smart key has been detected and and within 60 in (1.5 m) from the liftgate will open. the front door handles. (for vehicles equipped with Welcome NOTICE Light) Do not approach the detecting area - A door is not locked or closed. if you do not want the liftgate to - The smart key is in the vehicle. open. If you have unintentionally entered the detecting area and the To activate the Smart Power Lift- hazard warning lights and chime gate starts to operate, leave the detect- 1. Press the MODE button ( ) sev- ing area with the smart key. The 4 eral times on the steering wheel liftgate will stay closed. until 'User Settings' menu appears on the LCD. 2. Select 'Door → Smart Power Lift- gate' with the MOVE switch ( / ) and the OK button on the steering wheel. For more information, refer to "LCD display" on page 4-68.

OON048065NR

Automatic opening The hazard warning lights will blink and chime will sound 2 times and then the liftgate will open. Make sure you close the liftgate

OON048063NR before driving your vehicle. Make sure there are no people or Detect and Alert objects around the liftgate before If you are in the detecting area opening or closing the liftgate. Make (20~39 in (50~100 cm) behind the sure objects in the liftgate do not vehicle) carrying a smart key, the come out when opening the liftgate hazard warning lights will blink and on a slope. It may cause serious

4 33 on_en_us.book Page 34 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Smart Power Liftgate

injury. Make sure to deactivate the If you press any button of the Smart Power Liftgate when wash- smart key during the Detect and ing your vehicle. Otherwise, the lift- Alert stage, the Smart Power gate may open inadvertently. The Liftgate function will be deacti- key should be kept out of reach of vated. children. Children may inadvertently Make sure to be aware of how to open the Smart Power Liftgate deactivate the Smart Power Lift while playing around the rear area - of the vehicle. gate function for emergency situations. CAUTION NOTICE Liftgate lift If you press the door unlock but Make certain that you close the lift- - gate before driving your vehicle. ton (2), the Smart Power Liftgate Possible damage may occur to the function will be deactivated tem- liftgate lift cylinders and attached porarily. But, if you do not open hardware if the liftgate is not closed any door for 30 seconds, the prior to driving. smart power liftgate function will be activated again. If you press the liftgate open but- Deactivating the smart power lift- ton (3) for more than 1 second, gate with the smart key the liftgate opens. If you press the door lock button (1) or liftgate open button (3) when the Smart Power Liftgate function is not in the Detect and Alert stage, the smart power liftgate function will not be deactivated. In case you have deactivated the Smart Power Liftgate function by pressing the smart key button OON048001NR and opened a door, the smart 1. Door lock power liftgate function can be 2. Door unlock activated again by closing and 3. Liftgate open and close locking all doors. 4. Panic

4 34 on_en_us.book Page 35 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Smart Power Liftgate

Detecting area NOTICE The Smart Power Liftgate function will not work if any of the following occurs: - The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter. - The smart key is near a mobile OON048068NR two-way radio system or a cel- The Smart Power Liftgate oper- lular phone. ates with a welcome alert if the - Another vehicle's smart key is 4 smart key is detected within being operated close to your 20~39 in (50~100 cm)from the vehicle. liftgate. The detecting range may The alert stops once the smart decrease or increase when: key is positioned outside the - One side of the tire is raised to detecting area during the Detect replace a tire or to inspect the and Alert stage. vehicle. - The vehicle is parked on a slope or unpaved road, etc.

4 35 on_en_us.book Page 36 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Windows

Windows The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be operated by a switch.

OON049438NR 1. Driver's door power window switch 2. Front passenger's door power window switch 3. Rear door (left) power window switch 4. Rear door (right) power window switch 5. Window opening and closing 6. Automatic power window up/down 7. Power window lock switch

4 36 on_en_us.book Page 37 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Windows

NOTICE NOTICE In cold and wet climates, power win- While driving with the rear windows dows may not work properly due to down or with the sunroof (if freezing conditions. equipped) in an open (or partially open position), your vehicle may The ENGINE START/STOP button demonstrate a wind buffeting or must be in the ON position for pulsation noise. This noise is a nor- power windows to operate. mal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following Each door has a power window actions. If the noise occurs with one switch that controls the door's win- or both of the rear windows down, dow. The driver has a power window partially lower both front windows lock switch which can block the approximately 1 in (2.5 cm). If you 4 operation of rear passenger win- experience the noise with the sun- dows. The power windows can be roof open, slightly reduce the size of operated for approximately 10 min - the sunroof opening. utes after the ENGINE START/STOP button has been placed in the ON position. However, if the front doors CAUTION are opened, the power windows Do not install any accessories in the cannot be operated even within the vehicle that extend into the open 10 minutes period. window area. Such objects will The driver's door has a master impact the proper function of the power window switch that controls Automatic reversal "jam protection" all the windows in the vehicle. feature. If the window cannot be closed because it is blocked by objects, NOTICE remove the objects and close the window. If you press the one-touch window button for micro adjustment, the glass will go down to a specific location to improve your convenience.

4 37 on_en_us.book Page 38 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Windows

Window opening and closing Automatic reversal You can open and close windows If the upward movement of the using the power window switch. window is blocked by an object or part of the body, the window will Auto up/down window detect the resistance and will stop upward movement. The window will then lower approximately 11.8 in (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared.

OON048071NR Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers or raises the window ODEEV068020NR even when the switch is released. To If the window detects the resistance stop the window at the desired while the power window switch is position while the window is in oper- pulled up continuously, the window ation, pull up or press down and will stop upward movement then release the switch. lower approximately 1 in (2.5 cm). If the power window does not oper- If the power window switch is being ate normally, the automatic power continuously pulled up again within window system must be reset as 5 seconds after the window was follows: lowered by the automatic window 1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP reversal feature, the automatic win- button to the ON position. dow reversal will not operate. 2. Close the window and continue pulling up the power window NOTICE switch for at least 1 second after The automatic reverse feature for the window is completely closed. the window is only active when the "auto up" feature is used by fully

4 38 on_en_us.book Page 39 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Windows

pulling up the switch. The automatic Power window lock switch reverse feature will not operate if The driver can disable the power the window is raised using the half- window switches on the rear pas- way position on the power window sengers' doors by pressing the switch. power window lock switch to the lock position (pressed). WARNING Always check for obstructions before raising any window to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If an object less than 0.16 in (4 mm) in diameter is caught between the 4 window glass and the upper window channel, the automatic reverse window may not detect the resistance and will not stop and reverse direc- OON048072NR tion. When the power window lock switch is pressed: The driver's master control can WARNING operate the front passenger's power window and the rear pas The automatic reverse feature - doesn't activate while resetting the sengers' power windows. power window system. Make sure The front passenger's control can body parts or other objects are operate the front passenger's safely out of the way before closing power window. The rear passengers' control can the windows to avoid injuries. - not operate the rear passengers' power window. WARNING Always double check to make sure Do not install any accessories in the all arms, hands, head and other vehicle that extend into the open obstructions are safely out of the window area. Such objects could way before closing a window. prevent the automatic reverse fea- If the window cannot be closed ture from functioning. because it is blocked by objects, remove the objects and close the window.

4 39 on_en_us.book Page 40 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Hood

WARNING Hood Power windows The hood serves as a cover for the engine compartment. Open the Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the hood if maintenance works needs to power window lock switch (on the be performed in the engine com- driver's door) in the LOCK partment or if you need to look at (pressed) position. the compartment. Do not extend a face or arms outside the window opening while the Opening the hood vehicle is in motion. Doing so could 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch result in significant bodily injury. the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.

WARNING When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, take the key with you, and make sure that all children have also exited the vehicle. If a child is left alone inside the vehicle, they may accidentally operate the vehicle, which could

lead to an accident or injury. OON048073NR Do not leave children, seniors, or animals in your vehicle with the WARNING doors and windows closed. Open the hood after turning off the Do not allow a child to hold both engine on a flat surface, shifting the the remote control key and the shift lever to the P (Park) position mechanical key together. and setting the parking brake.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push the secondary latch (1) up side and lift the hood (2).

4 40 on_en_us.book Page 41 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Hood

Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly installed. Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment. OON048074NR 2. Lower the hood halfway and push 3. Raise the hood. It will completely down to securely lock in place. rise by itself after it has been 3. Then double check to be sure the raised about halfway. hood is secure. 4 If the hood can be raise slightly, Hood open warning it is not properly engaged. A warning message will appear on Open it again and close it with a the LCD display when hood is open. little more force.

CAUTION Hood obstruction Before closing the hood, ensure that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in severe personal injury or properly damage.

OON048104NR The warning chime will operate when the vehicle is being driven WARNING above 2 mph (3 km/h) with the hood Fire risk open. Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the motor compartment. Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire.

4 41 on_en_us.book Page 42 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid

WARNING Fuel filler lid Unsecured hood The vehicle's fuel filler lid must be opened and closed by hand from Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before outside the vehicle. driving away. If it is not latched, the hood could fly open while the vehicle Opening the fuel filler lid is being driven, causing a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.

OON048075NR If the fuel filler lid does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid. Do not pry on the lid. If necessary, spray around the lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. 1. Stop the engine. 2. To open the fuel filler lid, press the 3 o'clock position edge of the fuel filler lid.

NOTICE The fuel filler lid will open when driver door is unlocked.

4 42 on_en_us.book Page 43 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid

3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to NOTICE fully open. When refueling on unlevel ground, the fuel gauge may not point to the F position. It is not a malfunction. If you move your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel gauge will move to the full position.

NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks one OON048076NR time, otherwise, the engine warn- 4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), ing indicator light will illuminate. 4 turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes. Always check that the fuel cap is 5. Place the cap on the fuel filler lid. installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident. Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise WARNING until it "clicks" one time. This indi- Fire/explosion risk cates that the cap is securely Read and follow all warnings posted tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push on at the gas station facility. Failure to it lightly gently to make sure that follow all warnings will result in it is securely closed. severe personal injury, severe burns or death due to fire or explosion. WARNING Refueling WARNING Always remove the fuel cap care - Static electricity fully and slowly. If the cap is venting Before touching the fuel nozzle, fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, you should eliminate potentially wait until the condition stops before dangerous static electricity dis- completely removing the cap. charge by touching another metal If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can part of the vehicle, a safe distance cover your clothes or skin and sub - away from the fuel filler neck, ject you to the risk of fire and burns. nozzle, or other gas source.

4 43 on_en_us.book Page 44 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid

Do not get back into a vehicle WARNING once you have begun refueling since you can generate static Cell phone fires electricity by touching, rubbing or Do not use cellular phones while sliding against any item or fabric refueling. Electric current and/or (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) electronic interference from cellular capable of producing static elec- phones can potentially ignite fuel tricity. Static electricity discharge vapors causing a fire. can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning. If you must reenter the vehicle, you should once again WARNING eliminate potentially dangerous Refueling & Vehicle fires static electricity discharge by When refueling, always shut the touching a metal part of the vehi- engine off. Sparks produced by elec- cle, away from the fuel filler neck, trical components related to the nozzle or other gasoline source. engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refueling is complete, check to make sure the filler cap and WARNING filler door are securely closed, Portable fuel container before starting the engine. When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to WARNING refueling. Static electricity discharge Smoking from the container can ignite fuel DO NOT use matches or a lighter vapors causing a fire. Once refueling and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit has begun, contact with the vehicle cigarette in your vehicle while at a should be maintained until the filling gas station especially during refuel- is complete. Use only approved por- ing. Automotive fuel is highly flam- table plastic fuel containers mable and can, when ignited, result designed to carry and store gaso- in fire. line. Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to "Fuel requirements" on page 1-2. If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine Kia cap or

4 44 on_en_us.book Page 45 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid

the equivalent specified for your Immediately rinse fuel off your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap skin with soap and water. can result in a serious malfunction If fuel comes into contact with of the fuel system or emission con- your eyes, immediately rinse trol system. them thoroughly with clean water. Seek medical attention CAUTION immediately. If you swallow fuel, seek medical Exterior paint attention immediately. Do not Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur- induce vomiting. faces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel Change immediately out of cloth- spilled on painted surfaces may ing that has come into contact damage the paint. with fuel. 4

WARNING NOTICE Do not allow anyone that has not Damage caused by the wrong fuel discharged static electricity from Fuel that does not conform to the their body to come close to an required quality can lead to open fuel tank. increased wear as well as damage to Do not inhale vaporized fuel. the engine and exhaust system. Only use the fuel recommended. WARNING Risk of injury from fuel NOTICE Fuels are poisonous and harmful to Damage caused by the wrong fuel your health. Vehicles with a gasoline engine: Fuel contains substances that are Even small amounts of the wrong harmful if inhaled. fuel could result in damage to the Do not swallow fuel or let it come fuel system, the engine and the into contact with skin, eyes or emission control system. clothing. Do not inhale fuel vapors. Keep children away from fuel. NOTICE If you or other people come into Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles contact with fuel, observe the fol- with a gasoline engine. lowing:

4 45 on_en_us.book Page 46 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Dual sunroof

NOTICE Dual sunroof (if equipped) Do not switch on the ignition if you If your vehicle is equipped with a accidentally refuel with the wrong sunroof, you can slide or tilt your fuel. Otherwise, fuel can enter the sunroof with the sunroof control fuel system. switch (1) located on the overhead Even small amounts of the wrong console. fuel could result in damage to the The blind in the rear seat roof can fuel system and the engine. Have be opened or closed with the switch the system serviced by an autho- (2). rized Kia dealer.

NOTICE Do not overfill the fuel tank Do not overfill the fuel tank; otherwise fuel may slide, causing harm to the environment and damaging the vehicle.

OON048077NR The sunroof can only be opened, closed, or tilted when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position. The sunroof can be operated for approximately 10 minutes after the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to the ACC or OFF position. However, if the front door is opened, the sunroof cannot be operated even within the 10 minutes period.

4 46 on_en_us.book Page 47 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Dual sunroof

NOTICE WARNING In cold and wet climates, the sun- Never adjust the sunroof or sunroof may not work properly due to shade while driving. This could result freezing conditions. in loss of control and an accident After the vehicle is washed or in a that may cause death, serious rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any injury, or property damage. water that is on the sunroof before operating it. CAUTION The sunroof cannot be tilted while in an open or slide position. Make sure the sunroof is fully closed when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is opened, rain or snow may CAUTION leak through the sunroof and wet 4 To prevent damage to the sunroof, the interior as well as increase the periodically remove any dirt that risk of theft. may accumulate on the guide rail. WARNING CAUTION Roof cargo Sunroof control lever Do not operate the sun roof while Do not continue to press the sun- using the roof rack to transport roof control lever after the sunroof cargo. This may cause the cargo to is fully opened, closed, or tilted. come loose and distract the driver. Damage to the motor or system components could occur. WARNING Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. WARNING It may cause vehicle damage. Sunroof operation When closing the sunroof, make WARNING sure there are no body parts in the movement range of the sliding roof. In order to prevent accidental oper- Parts of the body could become ation of the sunroof, especially by a trapped or crushed. child, do not let a child operate the sunroof.

4 47 on_en_us.book Page 48 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Dual sunroof

Sliding the sunroof for front seat dren could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.

Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detected while the sunroof is closing automatically, it will reverse direction, and then stop.

OON048078NR To open or close the sunroof (manual slide feature), push the sunroof control switch backward or forward to the first detent position. To open the sunroof (autoslide feature), push the sunroof control switch backward to the second ODEEV068027NR detent position. The auto reverse function will not The sunroof will slide all the way work if a small obstacle is caught in open. the sunroof. You should always To stop the sunroof sliding at any make sure that all passengers and point, pull or push the sunroof objects are away from the sunroof control switch momentarily. before closing it. To close the sunroof (autoslide feature), move the sunroof con- Tilting the sunroof for front seat trol switch forward to the second detent position. The sunroof will close all the way. To stop the sunroof sliding at any point, pull or push the sunroof control switch momentarily.

CAUTION Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended chil- OON048080NR

4 48 on_en_us.book Page 49 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Dual sunroof

The sunroof will open only while Sunshade pressing the control switch upward. for Front Seat Move the control switch forward to close the sunroof. It will close only while pressing the control switch. You cannot tilt the sunroof while sliding it or tilt the sunroof when it is completely closed.

WARNING OON049434NR Sunroof for Rear Seat 4 Do not extend the face, neck, arms or body outside through the sunroof opening while driving or operating the sunroof.

CAUTION Sunroof motor damage If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing OON049435NR or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, the glass or the motor Front seat could be damaged. Use to block direct sunlight coming through the sunroof glass window. WARNING Use the sunshade to block sunlight coming through the sunroof Sunroof Operation glass window. When closing the sunroof, make To open the sunshade, push the sure there are no body parts in the sunroof control switch backward. movement range of the sliding roof. To close the sunshade, push the Parts of the body could become sunroof control switch forward, trapped or crushed then grab the sunshade handle and move it forward.

4 49 on_en_us.book Page 50 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Dual sunroof

The sunshade can be manually 1. The ENGINE START/STOP button closed. must be in the ON position. 2. Close the sunroof completely. 3. Release the control switch. Rear seat 4. Push the control switch forward To slide open the rear sunshade, until the sunroof tilts and slightly move the rear sunshade switch moves up. Then, release switch. backward. 5. Press and hold the control switch To slide close the rear sunshade, forward until the sunroof is oper- move the rear sunshade switch ated as follows: forward. 1)SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE 2)Then, release the control NOTICE switch. Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as NOTICE material characteristic are normal. Do not release the switch until the operation is completed. CAUTION If you release the switch during Do not pull or push the sunshade operation, try again from step 2. by hand. It could cause sunshade 6. Release the sunroof control failure. switch. (The sunroof system has Close the sunroof when driving been reset.) through dusty roads. Dust may cause a malfunction of the vehicle * For more detailed information, system. contact an authorized Kia dealer. NOTICE Resetting the sunroof If the sunroof is not reset when the Reset the sunroof when: vehicle battery is disconnected or The battery is discharged or dis- discharged, or related fuse is blown, connected or the sunroof fuse has the sunroof may operate improp- been replaced or disconnected. erly. The sunroof control switch is not operating correctly. Reset the sunroof as described below.

4 50 on_en_us.book Page 51 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Steering wheel

Sunroof open warning Steering wheel If the driver turns off the ENGINE The steering wheel of this vehicle is START/STOP button when the sun- equipped with the Electronic Power roof is not fully closed, the warning Steering (EPS) system. chime will sound for approximately a few seconds and a message will Electric Power Steering (EPS) sys- appear on the LCD window. tem Electric power steering is a device that uses an electric motor to help the driver provide less effort in steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is off or if the Elec- 4 tronic Power Steering (EPS) becomes inoperative, the vehicle may still be steered, but it will require increased steering effort. OON048105NR Close the sunroof securely when The EPS is controlled by the power leaving your vehicle. steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor. The steering effort becomes heavier as the vehicle's speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle's speed decreases for better control of the steering wheel. Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the power steering checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 51 on_en_us.book Page 52 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Steering wheel

NOTICE CAUTION The following symptoms may occur When you continuously operate the during normal vehicle operation: steering wheel, the overcurrent When the ENGINE START/STOP protection device is activated and it button is the ON position, the requires more force to operate the steering wheel enters normal steering wheel. However, this operation mode after diagnosing doesn't indicate a malfunction, and the Electric Power Steering sys- it works for your safety and will tem (for about 3 seconds). return to normal after some time. A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after turning the ENGINE START/STOP button is CAUTION turned to the ON or OFF position. If the steering wheel is operated If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) when the vehicle is not in motion system does not work or an error or driven at a low speed, you may occurs, the warning light on the hear some noise. instrument panel may be turned on If the Electronic Power Steering or blink and it may require more system does not operate nor- force to operate the steering wheel. mally, the warning light will illumi - In this case, please hold the steering nate or blink on the instrument wheel more tightly than usual and cluster. If the power assistance of steering fails, you will need to use operate with greater force. And more force to steer. then immediately pull your vehicle Operating the steering wheel at over to a safe place and have your lower temperatures may require vehicle inspected by an authorized more force and accompany noise. Kia dealer. However, when the temperature increases, it returns to normal. If the EPS does not operate nor- Take your vehicle to an authorized mally, the warning light will illumi- Kia dealer and have the vehicle nate on the instrument cluster. The checked as soon as possible. steering wheel may become difficult When the charging system warn- to control or operate abnormally. In ing light comes on due to the low voltage (when the alternator or this case, have the system battery does not operate nor- inspected by an authorized Kia mally or malfunctions), the steer- dealer. ing wheel may require increased When you operate the steering steering effort. wheel in low temperature, the

4 52 on_en_us.book Page 53 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Steering wheel

steering effort may be high and Adjusting steering wheel angle and abnormal noise could occur. If tem- height perature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition. When the vehicle is stationary, and the steering wheel is turned all the way to the left or right continuously, the steering wheel becomes harder to turn. The power assist is limited to protect the motor from overheating. As time passes, the steering wheel OON048082NR will return to its normal condition. 1. To change the steering wheel 4 angle, pull down the lock release lever (1). Tilt & telescopic steering wheel 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the A tilt and telescopic steering wheel desired angle (2) and height (3). allows you to adjust the steering 3. Pull up the lock-release lever to wheel before you drive lock the steering wheel in place. 4. Be sure to adjust the steering You can also raise it to give your wheel to the desired position legs more room when you exit and before driving. enter the vehicle. The steering wheel should be posi- NOTICE tioned so that it is comfortable for After adjustment, sometimes the you to drive, while permitting you to lock-release lever may not lock the see the instrument panel warning steering wheel. lights and gauges. It is not a malfunction. This occurs when two gears engage. In this WARNING case, adjust the steering wheel Steering wheel adjustment again and then lock the steering wheel. Never adjust the angle and height of the steering wheel while driving. You may lose steering control.

4 53 on_en_us.book Page 54 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Steering wheel

Heated steering wheel (if equipped) Doing so may damage the surface With the ENGINE START/STOP but- of the steering wheel. ton in the ON position, pressing the If the surface of the steering heated steering wheel button wheel is damaged by a sharp warms the steering wheel. The indi- object, damage to the heated cator on the button will illuminate. steering wheel components could occur.

WARNING If the steering wheel becomes too warm, turn the system off. The heated steering wheel may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. OON048083NR To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button once again. Horn The indicator on the button will turn To sound the horn, press the area off. indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustra- NOTICE tion). The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on.

CAUTION Do not install any type of grip cover for the steering wheel, it may impair the function of the OON048084NR heated steering wheel system. The horn will operate only when this When cleaning the heated steer- area is pressed. Check the horn reg- ing wheel, do not use an organic ularly to be sure it operates prop- solvent such as paint thinner, erly. benzene, alcohol and gasoline.

4 54 on_en_us.book Page 55 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Mirrors

Mirrors CAUTION This vehicle is equipped with inside Cleaning mirror and outside rearview mirrors to When cleaning the mirror, use a provide views of objects behind the paper towel or similar material vehicle. dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the Inside rearview mirror mirror. It may cause the liquid Adjust the rearview mirror so that cleaner to enter the mirror housing. the center view through the rear window is seen. Make this adjustment before you start driving. Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped) Do not place objects in the rear seat Make this adjustment before you 4 or cargo area which would interfere start driving and while the day/night with your vision through the rear lever is in the day position (1). window.

WARNING Mirror adjustment Do not adjust the rearview mirror while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control.

NOTICE OON048085NR Do not modify the inside mirror in * (1): Day, (2): Night any manner, including installing a wide mirror. Doing so could result in Pull the day/night lever toward you (2) to reduce the glare from the injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag. headlights of the vehicles behind you when driving at night. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

4 55 on_en_us.book Page 56 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Mirrors

Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if equipped) The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you at night or in low-light driving conditions. The sensor (3) mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle, and automatically controls OON048086NR the headlight glare from the vehicles Press the ON/OFF button (1) to behind you. turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator When the engine is running, the light will turn off. glare is automatically controlled by Press the ON/OFF button (1) to the sensor mounted in the rearview turn the automatic dimming mirror. Whenever the shift lever is function on. The mirror indicator shifted into reverse (R), the mirror light (2) will illuminate. will automatically go to the bright- est setting in order to improve the Electric chromic mirror with Home- drivers view behind the vehicle. Link system (if equipped)

CAUTION Operating the electric rearview mirror Cleaning mirror When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. It may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.

Operating the electric rearview

mirror OON048099NR The mirror defaults to the ON posi- Press the I button (1) to turn the tion whenever the ENGINE START/ automatic- dimming function on. STOP button is turned on.

4 56 on_en_us.book Page 57 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Mirrors

The mirror indicator light will illu- poses (follow step 1 in "Program- minate. ming HomeLink" on page 4-57). Press the O button (2) to turn the automatic- dimming function off. Programming HomeLink The mirror indicator light will turn off. Your vehicle may require the ENGINE START/STOP button to be HomeLink- Wireless Control sys- turned to the ACC position for pro- tem gramming and/or operation of HomeLink. It is also recommended that a new battery be replaced in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to Home- Link for quicker training and accu- 4 rate transmission of the radiofrequency. Follow these steps to train your HomeLink mirror:

OON048400NR 1. When programming the buttons 1. Homelink buttons for the first time, press and hold 2. Indicator light the left and center buttons ( , 3. Glare detection sensor ) simultaneously until the indi- Your new mirror comes with an cator light begins to flash after integrated HomeLink Universal approximately 20 seconds. (This Transceiver, which allows you to procedure erases the factory-set program the mirror to activate your default codes. Do not perform garage door(s), estate gate, home this step when programming the lighting, etc. The mirror actually additional HomeLink buttons.) learns the codes from your various existing transmitters. Retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures (i.e., new vehicle purchase). It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security pur-

4 57 on_en_us.book Page 58 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Mirrors

OON048401NR OON048402NR 1)Flashing 1)Flashing 2)Transmitter NOTICE 3. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rap- For non-rolling code garage door idly. When the indicator light openers, follow steps 2-3. flashes rapidly, both buttons may For rolling code garage door open- be released. (The rapid flashing ers, follow steps 2-6. light indicates successful pro- For Canadian Programming, please gramming of the new frequency follow the Canadian Programming signal.) section. For help with determining whether your garage door opener is NOTICE non-rolling code or rolling code, please refer to the garage door Some gate and garage door openers openers owner's manual or contact may require you to replace step 3 HomeLink customer service at 1- with the "cycling" procedure noted 800-355-3515. in the "Canadian Programming" section of this document. 2. Press and hold the button on the HomeLink system you wish to train and the button on the trans- Programming rolling code mitter while the transmitter is To train a garage door opener (or approximately 1~3 in (2~8 cm) other rolling code equipped devices) away from the mirror. Do not with the rolling code feature, follow release the buttons until step 3 these instructions after completing has been completed. "Programming HomeLink" on page 4-57. (A second person assisting

4 58 on_en_us.book Page 59 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Mirrors

may make the following training mitter of the device may also be procedures quicker & easier.) used at any time. The HomeLink 4. Locate the "learn" or "smart" but- Wireless Controls system (once pro- ton on the device's motor head grammed) or the original hand-held unit. Exact location and color of transmitter may be used to activate the button may vary by product the device (e.g., garage door, entry brand. If there is difficulty locat- door lock, etc.). In the event that ing the "learn" or "smart" button, there are still programming difficul- reference the device's owner's ties, contact HomeLink at 1-800- manual or contact HomeLink at 1- 355-3515 or on the internet at 800- 355-3515 or on the internet www.homelink.com. at www.homelink.com. 5. Press and release the "learn" or Erasing programmed HomeLink 4 "smart" button on the device's buttons motor head unit. You have 30 seconds to complete step 6. 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button up to three times. The rolling code equipped device should now recognize the HomeLink signal and activate when the HomeLink button is pressed. The remaining two buttons may now be programmed OON048401NR if they have not already been pro- To erase the three programmed grammed. Refer to "Programming buttons (individual buttons cannot HomeLink" on page 4-57. be erased): Press and hold the left and center Operating HomeLink buttons simultaneously, until the indicator light begins to flash To operate, simply press the pro- (approximately 20 seconds). grammed HomeLink button. Release both buttons. Do not hold Activation will now occur for the for longer than 30 seconds. trained product (garage door, secu- HomeLink is now in the train (or rity system, entry door lock, estate learning) mode and can be pro- gate, or home or office lighting). For grammed at any time. convenience, the hand-held trans-

4 59 on_en_us.book Page 60 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Mirrors

Reprogramming a single HomeLink HomeLink" on page 4-57) while you button press and re-press ("cycle") your To program a device to HomeLink handheld transmitter every two using a HomeLink button that has seconds until the frequency signal already been trained, follow these has been learned. Upon successful steps: training, the indicator light will flash 1. Press and hold the desired Home- slowly and then rapidly after several Link button. Do NOT release until seconds. step 4 has been completed. 2. When the indicator light begins to Accessories flash slowly (after 20 seconds), If you would like additional informa position the hand-held transmit- - ter 1~3 in (12~8 cm) away from tion on the HomeLink Wireless Con- the HomeLink surface. trol system, HomeLink compatible 3. Press and hold the hand-held products, or to purchase other transmitter button (or press and accessories such as the HomeLink- "cycle" - as described in "Canadian Lighting Package, please contact Programming"). HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on 4. The HomeLink indicator light will the internet at www.homelink.com. flash, first slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 begins to flash rapidly, release IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 both buttons.

The previous device has now been This device complies with Part 15 erased and the new device can be of the FCC rules. activated by pushing the HomeLink 1. This device may not cause harm- button that has just been pro- ful interference, and grammed. This procedure will not 2. This device must accept any affect any other programmed interference received, including HomeLink buttons. interference that may cause undesired operation. Canadian Programming Garage & The transceiver has been tested and gate openers complies with FCC and Industry Can- During programming, your hand- ada rules. Changes or modifications held transmitter may automatically not expressly approved by the party stop transmitting. Continue to press responsible for compliance could and hold the HomeLink button (note void the user's authority to operate steps 2 through 4 in "Programming the device.

4 60 on_en_us.book Page 61 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Mirrors

Outside rearview mirror moving. This could result in loss of Your vehicle is equipped with both control. left-hand and right-hand outside rearview mirrors. Adjusting the outside rearview mir- Be sure to adjust the mirror angles rors before driving. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street. 4 WARNING Estimating distances accurately OON048088NR Objects reflected in the mirror are Adjusting the rearview mirrors: 1. Move the L (Front left side) or R closer than they appear in the mir- (Front right side) switch (1) to ror. Do not estimate the distance of select the rearview mirror you vehicles behind you based on what would like to adjust. you see in the mirror, as this could 2. Use the mirror adjustment control increase your risk of accident. (2) to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use CAUTION an approved spray de-icer (not radi- The mirrors stop moving when ator antifreeze) to release the fro- they reach the maximum adjust- zen mechanism or move the vehicle ing angles, but the motor contin- to a warm place and allow the ice to ues to operate while the switch is melt. pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor WARNING may be damaged. Mirror adjustment Do not attempt to adjust the out- Do not adjust or fold the outside side rearview mirror by hand. rearview mirrors while the vehicle is Doing so may damage the parts.

4 61 on_en_us.book Page 62 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Mirrors

Folding the outside rearview mirror 1. To fold the outside rearview mir- Manual type ror depress the button (1). 2. To unfold it, depress the button To fold the outside rearview mir- (1) again. ror, grasp the housing of the mir- The mirror will fold or unfold ror and then fold it toward the when the door is locked or rear of the vehicle. unlocked by the key. The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle. The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows: The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key. The mirror will fold or unfold OON048089NR when the door is locked or Electric type unlocked by the button on the The outside rearview mirror can outside door handle. be folded or unfolded by pressing The mirror will unfold when you the switch when the ENGINE approach the vehicle (all doors START/STOP button is in the ON closed and locked) with a smart position as below. key in possession when the Wel- come Mirror function is activated in User Settings. (if equipped)

CAUTION Do not fold an electric type outside rearview mirror by hand as this could cause motor failure.

OON048090NR

4 62 on_en_us.book Page 63 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Mirrors

Reverse parking aid function (if The outside rearview mirrors will equipped) automatically revert to their original positions under the following conditions: 1. The ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position. 2. Shift lever is moved to any position except R (Reverse). 3. Remote control outside rearview mirror switch is not selected.

OON048091NR While the vehicle is moving rear- 4 ward, the outside rearview mirror(s) will move downward to aid reverse parking. According to the position of the outside rearview mirror switch (1), the outside rearview mirror(s) will operate as follows: L/R: When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is selected to the L (left) or R (right) position, both outside rearview mirrors will move downward. Neutral: When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is placed in the middle, the outside rearview mirrors will not move downward even though the vehicle is moving rearward.

4 63 on_en_us.book Page 64 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster

Instrument cluster

Type A

OON048100NR Type B

OON048101NR * The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights 6. LCD display

4 64 on_en_us.book Page 65 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster

Instrument cluster control Gauges The brightness of the instrument The gauges display various informa- panel illumination is changed by tion such as the speed of the vehi- pressing the illumination control cle, the amount of charge of the button ("+" or "-") when ENGINE battery, and so on. START/STOP button is ON, or the taillights are turned on. Speedometer If you hold the illumination control button ("+" or "-"), the brightness will continuously change.

OON048107NR The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is cali- OON048092NR brated in miles per hour (mph) and/ If the brightness reaches to the or kilometers per hour (km/h). maximum or minimum level, an alarm will sound. Tachometer

OON048106NR

OON048108NR The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).

4 65 on_en_us.book Page 66 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster

Use the tachometer to select the CAUTION correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the If the gauge pointer moves beyond engine. the normal range area toward the "H" position, it indicates overheating CAUTION that may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with an Do not operate the engine within overheated engine. If your vehicle the tachometer's RED ZONE. This overheats, refer to "If the engine may cause severe engine damage. overheats" on page 6-8.

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge WARNING Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.

Fuel Gauge

OON048109NR This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the ENGINE START/STOP button or ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.

OON049138NR This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.

4 66 on_en_us.book Page 67 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster

NOTICE Odometer The fuel tank capacity is given in "Recommended lubricants and capacities" on page 8-6. The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty. On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may OSK3048112NR come on earlier than usual due to The odometer Indicates the total the movement of fuel in the tank. distance that the vehicle has been 4 driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance WARNING should be performed. Odometer range: 0~999,999 miles Fuel Gauge or 1,599,999 kilometers. Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. Outside Temperature Gauge You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the "E" level.

CAUTION Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could OSK3048113NR cause the engine to misfire damag- This gauge indicates the current ing the catalytic converter. outside air temperatures by 1 /F (1 /C). NOTICE Temperature range: -40~140 /F (-40~60 /C) The fuel display may not be accu- The outside temperature on the rate if the vehicle is on an incline. display may not change immedi-

4 67 on_en_us.book Page 68 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD display

ately, like a normal thermometer LCD display would, so as to prevent the driver The LCD display shows trip com from being distracted. - puter and other information. To change the temperature unit (from /F to /C or from /C to /F) LCD Display Control The temperature unit can be The LCD display modes can be changed by using the "User Set- tings" mode of the LCD display. changed by using the control buttons. * For more details, refer to "LCD display" on page 4-68.

Transmission shift indicator Transmission shift indicator displays gear information depending on your vehicle's transmission type.

Automatic Transmission Shift Indi- cator OON048093NR This indicator displays which automatic transmission shift lever is 1. : MODE button for changing selected. modes 2. / : MOVE switch for changing items 3. OK: SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

OSK3048128NR Park: P Reverse: R Neutral: N Drive: D Sports Mode: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

4 68 on_en_us.book Page 69 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD display

LCD Display Modes The LCD display provides 5 modes. You can switch modes by pressing the Mode button.

Mode

Trip Computer Turn By Turn Assist User Settings Master warning (TBT) Fuel Economy Route Guidance Lane Safety Head-Up Display The Master Accumulated Driver Attention Driver Assis- Warning mode Destination Info Info Warning tance displays warning messages Drive Info Door related to the Speedometer Lights vehicle when 4 AWD Drive Mode Sound one or more systems is not Up/Down Convenience operating nor- Service Interval mally. Other features TPMS Language Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

NOTICE Keep the engine running when con- figuring the display settings to prevent the battery from discharging.

4 69 on_en_us.book Page 70 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD display

Trip Computer mode Assist mode

OON048111NR OON048112NR The trip computer mode displays This mode displays the state of: information related to vehicle driv- Lane Safety system ing parameters including fuel econ- Driver Attention Warning (DAW) omy, tripmeter information and AWD vehicle speed. TPMS * For more details, refer to "Trip * For more details, refer to each information (trip computer)" on system information in "Driving page 4-78. your vehicle" on page 5-6.

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode TPMS status * For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 6-9.

Master warning mode

OSK3048115NR This mode displays the state of the navigation.

OON048113NR

4 70 on_en_us.book Page 71 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD display

This warning light informs the driver 6. Convenience the following situations. 7. Service Interval LED headlamp malfunction (if 8. Other features equipped) 9. Language Lamp malfunction 10.Reset High Beam Assist malfunction (if The information provided may dif- equipped) fer depending on which functions At this time, a Master Warning icon are applicable to your vehicle. ( ) will appear beside the User Shift to P to edit settings Settings icon ( ), on the LCD dis - This warning message appears if play. you try to adjust the User Settings If the warning situation is resolved, while driving. 4 the master warning light will be turned off and the Master Warning icon will disappear.

User Settings mode In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc.

OSK3048130NR For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and moving the shift lever to P (Park).

OSK3048119NR 1. Head-Up Display 2. Driver Assistance 3. Door 4. Lights 5. Sound

4 71 on_en_us.book Page 72 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD display

1. Head-Up Display (if equipped)

Explanation Enable Head-Up Display If this item checked, the Head-Up Display will be activated. Adjust the height (1~20) of the HUD image on the HUD Display Height screen. Rotation Adjust the degree (-5~+5) of the HUD rotation. Brightness Adjust the intensity (1~20) of the HUD brightness. If below items are checked, the items will be activated. Turn By Turn Traffic Info Contents Selection Driving Assist Info Lane Safety Info Blind-Spot Safety Info AV Info Speedometer size Small/Medium/Large Speedometer color White/Orange/Green

2. Driver Assistance (if equipped)

Explanation Slow/Normal/Fast To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system. SCC response * For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system" on page 5-71. Leading vehicle departure alert / LFA / HDA Driving Assist To select the functions. Driver Attention Warning Driver Attention Warn- To select the function. ing * For more details, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system" on page 5-108. Normal/Later Warning timing To select the Warning time High/Medium/Normal/Off Warning volume To select the Warning volume LKA/LDW/Off Lane Safety To select the functions.

4 72 on_en_us.book Page 73 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD display

Explanation Active assist, Warning only, Off Forward Safety To select the functions. Blind-Spot view Safe Exit Assist (SEA) Active Assist Blind-spot safety Warning Only Off To select the functions. Rear Cross-Traffic Safety: You can turn on/off the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) and Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA). With the RCCW/ RCCA on, if there is a vehicle approaching from the rear Parking safety side when reversing, it helps you avoid collision through 4 warning and control. * For more details, refer to "Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system (if equipped)" on page 5-123. * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

3. Door

Explanation Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h). Automatically Lock Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when Automatically Unlock the Engine Star/Stop button is set to the OFF position. On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the gear is shifted to the P (Park) position. Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked. Two Press Unlock On: The driver's door will unlock if the door is unlocked. (if equipped) When the door is unlocked again within 4 seconds, all doors will unlock.

4 73 on_en_us.book Page 74 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD display

Explanation If this item is checked, the power liftgate function will be Power Liftgate (if activated. equipped) * For more details, refer to "Power liftgate (if equipped)" on page 4-26. Power Liftgate Speed Normal/ Fast (if equipped) You can select the operating speed of the power liftgate. If this item is checked, the smart power liftgate function will be activated. Smart Power Liftgate If the power liftgate function is not activated, you cannot (if equipped) activate this function. * For more details, refer to "Smart Power Liftgate (if equipped)" on page 4-32. * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

4. Lights

Explanation Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. One touch turn signal 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly. * For more details, refer to "Lighting" on page 4-110. If this item checked, the head lamp delay function will be Head Lamp Delay activated. * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

5. Sound

Explanation If this item checked, the welcome sound function will be Welcome sound activated. * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

4 74 on_en_us.book Page 75 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD display

6. Convenience (if equipped)

Explanation Off: The seat easy access function will be deactivated. Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rear 3 in (7.6 cm) (Enhanced) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more com- Seat (forward/back- fortably. ward) Easy Access (if If you change the ENGINE START/STOP button from OFF equipped) position to the AC function, the driver's seat will return to the original position. * For more details, refer to "Driver position memory system for power seat (if equipped)" on page 3-12.

Seat (upward/down- To activate or deactivate Seat (upward/downward) Easy 4 ward) Easy Access (if Access equipped) To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert. Rear Occupant Alert (if * For more details, refer to "Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) sys- equipped) tem (if equipped)" on page 4-21. On door unlock/ On door approach. Welcome Mirror/Light You can choose one of these two functions. If this item checked, the Wiper/Lights Display will be acti- Wiper/Lights Display vated. Auto rear wiper If this item checked, the Auto rear wiper will be activated. (reverse) If this item is checked, the Gear position pop-up display will Gear Position Pop-up be activated. If this item is checked, the Icy road warning display will be Icy road warning activated. * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

4 75 on_en_us.book Page 76 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD display

7. Service Interval

Explanation If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be Enable Service Interval activated. If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the Adjust Interval time and distance. Reset To reset the service interval function. If the service interval is activated and the time and distance are adjusted, messages are displayed each time the vehicle is turned on in the following situations. Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed. If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. The battery cable is disconnected. The battery is discharged.

8. Other features (if equipped)

Explanation Fuel Economy Auto If this item checked, the average fuel economy will reset Reset automatically after refueling or after ignition. mph, km/h Speed Unit To select Speed unit. US gallon, UK gallon To select the Fuel economy unit. Fuel Economy Unit * For more details, refer to "Trip information (trip computer)" on page 4-78. /F//C Temperature Unit To select the Temperature unit. psi, kPa, bar Tire Pressure Unit To select the Tire Pressure Unit * The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

4 76 on_en_us.book Page 77 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD display

9. Language (if equipped)

Explanation Language To select language.

10. Reset

Explanation You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All Reset menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.

4 77 on_en_us.book Page 78 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD displays

LCD displays Trip modes LCD displays show the following To change the trip mode, scroll the information to drivers. toggle the switch ( / ) on the Trip information steering wheel. LCD modes Warning messages

Trip information (trip computer) The trip computer is a microcom- puter-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving.

NOTICE Some driving information stored in the trip computer resets if the battery is disconnected.

Fuel Economy

OON048116NR

4 78 on_en_us.book Page 79 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD displays

Average Fuel Economy (1) Instant Fuel Economy (2) The average fuel economy is cal- This mode displays the instant culated by the total driving dis- fuel economy. tance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy Accumulated Info display reset. This display shows the accumulated - Fuel economy range: 0~99.9 trip distance (1), the average fuel mpg or L/100 km efficiency (2), and the total driving The average fuel economy can be time (3). reset both manually and automatically. Manual reset To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the OK button on 4 the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed. Automatic reset To automatically reset the average fuel economy select either menu from the 'Fuel economy auto reset' OON048118NR in the User Settings mode on the Accumulated information is calcu- LCD display. lated after the vehicle has run for OFF - You may set to default more than 0.19 miles (300 manually by using the trip switch meters). reset button. If you press "OK" button for more After ignition - The vehicle will than 1 second after the Cumula- automatically set to default once tive Information is displayed, the 4 hours pass after the Ignition is information will be reset. in OFF. If the engine is running, even After refueling - After refueling when the vehicle is not in motion, more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters) the information will be accumu- and driving over 1 mph (1 km/h), lated. the vehicle will reset to default automatically.

4 79 on_en_us.book Page 80 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD displays

NOTICE NOTICE The vehicle must be driven for a The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition cycle meters) since the last ignition cycle before the average accumulated before the average accumulated driving information is recalculated. driving information is recalculated.

Drive Info display Digital speedometer This display shows the trip distance This digital speedometer display (1), the average fuel efficiency (2), shows the speed of the vehicle. and the total driving time (3) information once per one ignition cycle.

OSK3048331NR

OON048117NR Drive mode Fuel efficiency is calculated after This mode displays the currently the vehicle has run for more than selected drive mode. 0.19 miles (300 meters). If you press "OK" button for more than 1 second after the Driving Information is displayed, the information will be reset. If the engine is running, even when the vehicle is not in motion, the information will be accumulated.

OON049136NR

4 80 on_en_us.book Page 81 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD displays

Service Mode Driving info display This mode reminds you of scheduled At the end of each driving cycle, the maintenance information. Driving Info message is displayed.

Service in It calculates and displays when you need a scheduled maintenance service (mileage or days). If the remaining mileage or time reaches 900 miles (1,500 km) or 30 days, "Service in" message is displayed for several seconds each

time you set the ENGINE START/ OON048117NR 4 STOP button to the ON position. This display shows the trip distance (1), average energy consumption Service required (2), driving time (3). If you do not have your vehicle ser - This information is displayed for a viced according to the already few seconds when you turn off the inputted service interval, "Service vehicle, and then goes off automati- required" message is displayed for cally. The information is calculated several seconds each time you set for each time the vehicle is turned the ENGINE START/STOP button to on. the ON position. To reset the service interval to the NOTICE mileage and days that were previ- If sunroof open warning is dis- ously inputted: played in the cluster, the Driving Press the OK button (Reset) for Information message may not be more than 1 second. displayed. NOTICE If any of the following conditions occurs, the mileage and days may be incorrect. The battery cable is disconnected. The battery is discharged.

4 81 on_en_us.book Page 82 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD displays

LCD display messages If the steering wheel lock system has a problem. In this case, have Engine has overheated your vehicle inspected by an autho- This warning message illuminates rized Kia dealer. when the engine coolant temperature is above 248 /F (120 /C). This Check Steering Wheel Lock system mean that the engine is overheated for smart key system and may be damaged. This warning message illuminates if there is malfunction in steering * If your vehicle is overheated, refer wheel lock system when the ENGINE to "If the engine overheats" on START/STOP button changes to the page 6-8. OFF position.

Low Key Battery for smart key system Key not in vehicle for smart key system This warning message illuminates if This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is dis- the smart key is not in the vehicle charged when the ENGINE START/ when the ENGINE START/STOP but STOP button changes to the OFF - position. ton is in the ON position. It means that you should always Press START button while turning have the smart key with you. wheel for smart key system It means that you should press the Key not detected for smart key ENGINE START/STOP button while system turning the steering wheel right and This warning message illuminates if left. the smart key is not detected when you press the ENGINE START/STOP Steering wheel unlocked for smart button. key system This warning message illuminates as follows: If the steering is not locked when the ENGINE START/STOP button changes to the OFF position.

4 82 on_en_us.book Page 83 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD displays

Door, Hood, Liftgate open warning Sunroof open warning display (if display equipped)

OON048119NR OON048120NR This warning is displayed if any door This warning is displayed if you turn 4 or the hood or the liftgate is left off the vehicle when the sunroof is open. The warning will indicate open. which door is open in the display. Close the sunroof securely before leaving your vehicle. CAUTION Before driving the vehicle, you Low Pressure warning display should confirm that the door/hood/ liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.

OON068004NR This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.

4 83 on_en_us.book Page 84 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD displays

* For more details, refer to "Tire This indicator displays which wiper Pressure Monitoring System speed is selected using the wiper (TPMS)" on page 6-9. control. You can activate or deactivate Lights mode Wiper/Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.

Shift to P or N to start engine for smart key system This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position.

OON048121NR This indicator displays which exte- Press brake pedal to start engine rior light is selected using the light- for smart key system ing control. This warning message illuminates if You can activate or deactivate the ENGINE START/STOP button Wiper/Lights Display function from changes to the ACC position twice the User Settings mode in the clus- by pressing the button repeatedly ter LCD display. without depressing the brake pedal. It means that you should depress Wiper mode the brake pedal to start the engine.

Battery discharging due to external electrical devices The vehicle can detect self-discharge of the battery due to overcurrent that is generated by unauthorized electrical devices such as black box mounting during parking. Please note that functions such as OON048122NR Idle Stop and Go (ISG) are limited

4 84 on_en_us.book Page 85 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD displays

and battery discharge problems Check DAW system (if equipped) may occur. This warning message is displayed if If the warning continues even after there is a problem with the Driver external electrical devices are Attention Warning system. In this removed, have your vehicle case, have the vehicle inspected by inspected by an authorized Kia an authorized Kia dealer. dealer. * For more information, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) Press START button again for system" on page 5-108. smart key system This warning message illuminates if Check BCW system (if equipped) you cannot operate the ENGINE This warning message is displayed if START/STOP button when there is a 4 there is a problem with the Blind- problem with the ENGINE START/ spot Collision Warning (BCW) sys- STOP button system. tem. In this case, have the vehicle It means that you could start the inspected by an authorized Kia engine by pressing the ENGINE dealer. START/STOP button once more. * For more information, refer to If the warning illuminates each time "Blind-Spot Collision Warning you press the ENGINE START/STOP (BCW)" on page 5-111. button, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Icy Road Warning (if equipped)

Press START button with key for smart key system This warning message illuminates if you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while the warning message "Key not detected" is illuminating. At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.

OON048123NR This warning is to warn the driver the road may be icy.

4 85 on_en_us.book Page 86 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle LCD displays

When the following conditions occur, Check ECS the warning light (including outside This warning message illuminates temperature gauge) blinks 5 times when a malfunction occurs with the and then illuminates, and also warn- Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) ing chime sounds once. system. In this case, have your vehi- The temperature on the outside cle inspected by an authorized Kia temperature gauge is below dealer. approximately 40 /F (4 /C).

NOTICE If the icy road warning appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and refrain from speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning.

Check headlight This warning message illuminates if there is a malfunction (burned-out bulb except LED lamp or circuit malfunction) with the headlamp. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE Be sure to use the bulb that meets the specified capacity. Refer to "Bulb wattage" on page 8-4. When you do not use a bulb that does not meet the specified capacity, the above warning message appears.

4 86 on_en_us.book Page 87 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

Warning and indicator lights Seat belt warning light The warning light and indicator light This warning light informs the driver indicate a situation where the driver that the seat belt is not fastened. should be careful and whether the various functions are activated. * For more details, refer to "Seat belts" on page 3-27. Warning lights Parking brake & brake fluid warning The warning light indicates situations that require the driver to pay light attention. This warning light illuminates: NOTICE Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position. 4 Warning lights - It illuminates for approximately Make sure that all warning lights are 3 seconds OFF after starting the vehicle. If any -It remains on if the parking light is still ON, this indicates a situ- brake is applied. ation that needs attention. When the parking brake is applied. When the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low. Air bag warning light - If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake This warning light illuminates: released, it indicates the brake Once you set the ENGINE START/ fluid level in reservoir is low. STOP button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately If the brake fluid level in the reser- 6 seconds and then goes off. voir is low: When there is a malfunction with 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe the Supplemental Restraint Sys- location and stop your vehicle. tem (SRS). 2. With the vehicle stopped, check In this case, have the vehicle the brake fluid level immediately inspected by an authorized Kia and add fluid as required (For dealer. more details, refer to "Brake fluid" on page 7-21). Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. If any leak on the brake system is still found, the warning light

4 87 on_en_us.book Page 88 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

remains on, or the brakes do not Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) operate properly, do not drive the warning light vehicle. In this case, have your vehicle This warning light illuminates: towed to an authorized Kia dealer Once you set the ENGINE START/ and inspected. STOP button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately Dual-diagonal braking system 3 seconds and then goes off. Your vehicle is equipped with dual- When there is a malfunction with diagonal braking systems. This the ABS (The normal braking sys- means that braking still works for tem will still be operational with- two wheels even if one of the dual out the assistance of the Anti- systems should fail. lock Brake System). With only one of the dual systems working, greater pedal pressure is In this case, have your vehicle required to stop the vehicle. inspected by an authorized Kia Also, the vehicle will require dealer. increased stopping distance with only a portion of the brake system Electronic Brake force Distribution working. (EBD) system warning light WARNING Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning These two warning lights illuminate Light at the same time while driving: Driving the vehicle with a warning When the ABS and regular brake light ON is dangerous. If the Parking system are not working, have Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light your vehicle inspected by an illuminates with the parking brake authorized Kia dealer. released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. WARNING In this case, have your vehicle Electronic Brake force Distribution inspected by an authorized Kia (EBD) system warning light dealer. When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an

4 88 on_en_us.book Page 89 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

unexpected and dangerous situation If there is a malfunction with either during sudden braking. the alternator or electrical charging In this case, avoid high speed driving system: and abrupt braking. 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe Have your vehicle inspected by an location and stop your vehicle. authorized Kia dealer as soon as 2. Turn the engine off and check the possible. alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage. In this case, have the vehicle Electronic Power Steering (EPS) inspected by an authorized Kia warning light dealer.

This warning light illuminates: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) 4 When the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to ON, the warning light illuminates for about 3 This warning light illuminates: seconds and turns off automati- Once you set the ENGINE START/ cally if no problem. STOP button to the ON position. If the warning light is tuned on, it - It remains on until the engine is may indicate the failure of the EPS started. system, so have your vehicle When there is a malfunction with inspected by an authorized Kia the emission control system. dealer. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia Charging system warning light dealer.

This warning light illuminates: CAUTION Once you set the ENGINE START/ Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) STOP button to the ON position. When there is a malfunction with Driving with the Malfunction Indica- either the alternator or electrical tor Lamp (MIL) on may cause dam- charging system. age to the emission control systems which could affect drivability and/or fuel economy.

4 89 on_en_us.book Page 90 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

CAUTION CAUTION If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Engine Overheating (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic Do not continue driving with the converter damage is possible which engine overheated. Otherwise, the could result in loss of engine power. engine may be damaged. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. CAUTION Engine damage If the engine is not stopped immedi- Engine oil pressure warning light ately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated and This warning light illuminates: stays on while the engine is running, serious engine damage may result. Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position. - It remains on until the engine is Low fuel level warning light started. When the engine oil pressure is low. This warning light illuminates: When the fuel tank is nearly empty. If the engine oil pressure is low: If the fuel tank is nearly empty: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. Add fuel as soon as possible. 2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more details, CAUTION refer to "Engine oil and filter" on Low Fuel Level page 7-17. If the level is low, add Driving with the Low Fuel Level oil as required. warning light on or with the fuel If the warning light remains on level below "E" can cause the engine after adding oil or if oil is not to misfire and damage the catalytic available, have the vehicle converter. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 90 on_en_us.book Page 91 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

Low tire pressure warning light WARNING (if equipped) Low tire pressure This warning light illuminates: Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and Once you set the ENGINE START/ can contribute to loss of vehicle STOP button to the ON position. control and increased braking dis- - It illuminates for approximately tances. 3 seconds and then goes off. Continued driving or low pressure When one or more of your tires tires will cause the tires to over- are significantly under inflated. heat and fail. (The location of the underinflated tires are displayed on the LCD display). WARNING 4 * For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System Safe Stopping (TPMS)" on page 6-9. The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage This warning light remains on after caused by external factors. blinking for approximately 70 sec- If you notice any vehicle instabil- onds or repeats blinking on and off ity, immediately take your foot at the intervals of approximately 3 off the accelerator pedal, apply seconds: the brakes gradually with light When there is a malfunction with force, and slowly move to a safe the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys- position off the road. tem (TPMS). In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia Master warning light dealer. * For more details, refer to "Tire This warning light informs the Pressure Monitoring System driver the following situations (TPMS)" on page 6-9. LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped) Lamp malfunction High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunction (if equipped) To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.

4 91 on_en_us.book Page 92 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

LED headlamp warning light (if When there is a malfunction with the FCA. If this occurs, have your equipped) vehicle inspected by an authorized This warning light illuminates: Kia dealer. * For more details, refer to "Forward Once you set the ENGINE START/ Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) STOP button to the ON position. Sensor fusion type (front Camera + - It illuminates for approximately front radar type) system" on page 3 seconds and then goes off. 5-57. When there is a malfunction with the LED headlamp. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) In this case, have your vehicle warning light (3% (if equipped) inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. This warning light illuminates: CAUTION Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position. This warning light blinks when there - It illuminates for approximately is a malfunction with a LED head- 3 seconds and then goes off. lamp related part. In this case, have When there is a malfunction with your vehicle inspected by an autho- the EPB. rized Kia dealer. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist dealer. (FCA) system warning light (if equipped) NOTICE Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) This indicator light illuminates: Warning Light Once you set the ENGINE START/ The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) STOP button to the ON position. Warning Light may illuminate when - It illuminates for approximately the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3 seconds and then goes off. Indicator Light comes on to indicate When the FCA is turned off. that the ESC is not working properly When the radar sensor or cover is (This does not indicate malfunction blocked with dirt or snow. Check of the EPB). the sensor and cover and clean them by using a soft cloth.

4 92 on_en_us.book Page 93 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light * For more details, refer to "Elec- (if equipped) tronic Stability Control (ESC) system" on page 5-38. This warning light illuminates: Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Once you set the ENGINE START/ STOP button to the ON position. OFF indicator light - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. This indicator light illuminates: When there is a malfunction with Once you set the ENGINE START/ the AWD. STOP button to the ON position. In this case, have your vehicle - It illuminates for approximately inspected by an authorized Kia 3 seconds and then goes off. dealer. When you deactivate the ESC 4 system by pressing the ESC OFF Indicator lights button. The indicator light indicates * For more details, refer to "Elec- tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys whether the various functions are - tem" on page 5-38. activated.

Immobilizer indicator light Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds: This indicator light illuminates: When the vehicle detects the Once you set the ENGINE START/ smart key in the vehicle properly STOP button to the ON position. while the ENGINE START/STOP - It illuminates for approximately button is ACC or ON. 3 seconds and then goes off. - At this time, you can start the When there is a malfunction with engine. the ESC. - The indicator light goes off In this case, have your vehicle after starting the engine. inspected by an authorized Kia This indicator light blinks for a few dealer. seconds: This indicator light blinks: When the smart key is not in the vehicle. While the ESC is operating.

4 93 on_en_us.book Page 94 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

- At this time, you cannot start NOTICE the engine. When the engine automatically This indicator light illuminates for 2 starts by the ISG system, warning seconds and goes off: lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or When the vehicle cannot detect Parking brake warning light) may the smart key which is in the turn on for a few seconds. vehicle while the ENGINE START/ This happens because of the low STOP button is ON. battery voltage. It does not mean In this case, have your vehicle the system is malfunctioning. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Turn signal indicator light This indicator light blinks: This indicator light blinks: When the battery of the smart When you turn the turn signal key is weak. light on. When there is a malfunction with If any of the following occurs, there the immobilizer system. may a malfunction with the turn In this case, have your vehicle signal system. inspected by an authorized Kia In this case, have your vehicle dealer. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Auto stop indicator The indicator light does not blink but illuminates. This indicator will illuminate when The indicator light blinks more the engine enters the Idle Stop rapidly. mode of the Idle Stop and Go (ISG) The indicator light does not illumi- system. nate at all. When the automatic starting occurs, the auto stop indicator on Low beam indicator light (if the cluster will blink for 5 seconds. equipped) * For more details, refer to "Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system" on page 5- This indicator light illuminates: 45. When the headlights are on.

4 94 on_en_us.book Page 95 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

High beam indicator light Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) indicator (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: The LKA indicator will illuminate When the headlights are on and in when you turn the LKA on by press- the high beam position. ing the LKA button. When the turn signal lever is If there is a problem with the sys pulled into the Flash-to-Pass - tem, the yellow LKA indicator will position. illuminate. * For more details, refer to "Lane High Beam Assist indicator (if Keeping Assist (LKA) system" on equipped) page 5-100.

This warning light illuminates: 4 Cruise indicator light (if When the high beam is on with equipped) the light switch in the AUTO light position. This indicator light illuminates: If your vehicle detects oncoming When the cruise control system is or preceding vehicles, the HBA enabled. system will switch the high beam * For more details, refer to "Smart to low beam automatically. Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go * For more details, refer to "High system" on page 5-71. Beam Assist (HBA) system (if equipped)" on page 4-114. SPORT mode indicator light (if equipped) Light ON indicator light

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: When the tail lights or headlights When you select "SPORT" mode are on. as drive mode. * For more details, refer to "Drive mode integrated control system Front fog indicator light (if (FWD)" on page 5-49 and "Drive equipped) mode integrated control system (AWD)" on page 5-53. This indicator light illuminates: When the front fog lights are on.

4 95 on_en_us.book Page 96 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights

ECO mode indicator light All Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indica- (if equipped) tor light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: When you select "ECO" mode as Once you set the ENGINE START/ drive mode. STOP button to the ON position. * For more details, refer to "Drive - It illuminates for approximately mode integrated control system 3 seconds and then goes off. (FWD)" on page 5-49 and "Drive When you select AWD lock mode mode integrated control system by pressing the AWD LOCK button. (AWD)" on page 5-53. - The AWD lock mode is to increase the drive power when AUTO HOLD indicator light (AUTO driving on wet pavement, snow HOLD) (if equipped) covered roads and/or off-road.

This indicator light illuminates: NOTICE White When you activate the auto hold system by pressing the AWD Lock Mode AUTO HOLD button. Do not use AWD LOCK mode on dry Green When you stop the vehicle paved roads or highway, it can completely by depressing the cause noise, vibration or damage of brake pedal with the auto hold AWD related parts. system activated. Yellow When there is a malfunction with the auto hold system. SMART mode indicator (if In this case, have your vehicle equipped) inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. This indicator light illuminates: * For more details, refer to "AUTO When you select "SMART" mode HOLD" on page 5-33. as drive mode. * For more details, refer to "Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)" on page 5-49 and "Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)" on page 5-53.

4 96 on_en_us.book Page 97 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Head-Up Display (HUD)

Head-Up Display (HUD) (if When the HUD needs inspection equipped) or repair, have your vehicle inspected or repaired by an The Head-Up Display (HUD) is a authorized Kia dealer. transparent display that projects an image of certain information from HUD ON/OFF the instrument cluster and navigation system on the windshield glass.

OON048124NR The HUD display can be activated or OON048094NR deactivated in user setting mode The HUD image on the HUD while engine is ON. screen may not be visible when: - Sitting posture prevents visibility. WARNING - Wearing a polarized sunglasses. Head-Up Display - There is an object on the cover The Head-Up Display is a supple- of the Head-Up Display. mental system. Do not solely rely on - Driving on a wet road. the system, always drive safely, and - Lighting is turned on inside the pay attention to the driving condi- vehicle. tions on the road. - Light is entering the vehicle from the outside. - Wearing inadequate glasses for your eyesight. If the HUD image is not displayed well, adjust the height, rotation or illumination of the HUD in the cluster.

4 97 on_en_us.book Page 98 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Head-Up Display (HUD)

HUD Information HUD Setting On the LCD display, you can change the HUD settings as follows. 1. Display height 2. Rotation 3. Brightness 4. Content selection 5. Speedometer size 6. Speedometer color * For more details, refer to "LCD Dis- OON049137NR play Modes" on page 4-69 1. Turn By Turn navigation information (if equipped) 2. Road signs (if equipped) 3. Speedometer 4. Cruise setting speed (if equipped) 5. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) information (if equipped) 6. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) information (if equipped) 7. Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) information (if equipped) 8. Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system information (if equipped) 9. HDA system steering control information (if equipped) 10.HDA system automatic speed setting information (if equipped) 11.Warning lights (low fuel) 12.AV mode information * Road signs and Turn By Turn navigation information are available depending on the region.

4 98 on_en_us.book Page 99 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning-reverse system

Parking distance warning- obstructions before moving the reverse system (if equipped) vehicle in any direction. Stop immediately if you are aware of a child The parking distance warning- anywhere near your vehicle. Some reverse assists the driver when the objects may not be detected by the vehicle is moving in reverse by chim- sensors, due to the object's size or ing if any object is detected within a material. distance of 47 in (120 cm) behind the vehicle. Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse

Operating condition This system will activate when 4 the indicator on the rear parking assist OFF button is not illuminated. If you desire to deactivate the rear parking assist system, press the rear parking assist OFF OON048003NR button again. (The indicator on This system is a supplemental sys - the button will illuminate.) To turn tem and it is not intended to nor the system on, press the button does it replace the need for extreme again. (The indicator on the but- care and attention of the driver. The ton will go off.) sensing range and objects detect- This system will activate when able by the back sensors (1) are lim- backing up with the ENGINE ited. Whenever backing-up, pay as START/STOP button ON. much attention to what is behind If the vehicle is moving at a speed you as you would in a vehicle with- over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system out a parking distance warning- may not be activated correctly. reverse. The sensing distance while the back-up warning system is in WARNING operation is approximately 47 in Parking distance warning-reverse (120 cm) from the central area of the rear bumper and 23.5 in (60 Never rely solely on the parking dis- cm) from the side area of the rear tance warning-reverse. Always per- bumper. form a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of all

4 99 on_en_us.book Page 100 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning-reverse system

When more than two objects are cycle engines, or truck air brakes) sensed at the same time, the are within range of the sensor. closest one will be recognized There is rain or water spraying first. nearby. Wireless transmitters or mobile Types of warning sound phones are within range of the When an object is 47 in to 24 in sensor. (120 cm to 61 cm) from the rear The sensor is covered with snow. bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- Trailer towing tently. When an object is 24 in to 12 in The detecting range may decrease (60 cm to 31 cm) from the rear when: bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre- The sensor is covered with foreign quently. matter such as snow or water. When an object is within 16 in (40 (The sensing range will return to cm) of the rear bumper: normal when removed.) Buzzer sounds continuously. Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold. Non-operational conditions of parking distance warning-reverse The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: The parking distance warning- Sharp or slim objects such as reverse may not operate properly ropes, chains or small poles. when: Objects which tend to absorb the Moisture is frozen to the sensor. frequency emitted by the sensor (It will operate normally once the such as clothes, sound absorbent moisture clears.) material or snow. The sensor is covered with foreign There are undetectable objects matter, such as snow or water, or smaller than 40 in (1 m) in height the sensor cover is blocked. (It will and narrower than 6 in (14 cm) in operate normally when the mate- diameter. rial is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked.) Parking distance warning-reverse Driving on uneven road surfaces precautions (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, The sound of the parking distance gradient). warning-reverse system may Objects generating excessive change depending on the speed noise (vehicle horns, loud motor-

4 100 on_en_us.book Page 101 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning-reverse system

and shape of the objects Be sure to inform any drivers of the detected. vehicle that may be unfamiliar with The parking distance warning- the system regarding the system's reverse system may malfunction capabilities and limitations. if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-fac- Self-diagnosis tory installed equipment or If you don't hear an audible warning accessories may also interfere sound or if the buzzer sounds inter- with the sensor performance. mittently when shifting the gear to The sensor may not recognize the R (Reverse) position, this may objects less than 15 in (40 cm) indicate a malfunction in the parking from the sensor, or it may sense distance warning-reverse system. If 4 an incorrect distance. Use caution. this occurs, have your vehicle When the sensor is frozen or cov- checked by an authorized Kia dealer ered with snow, dirt, or water, the as soon as possible. sensor may be inoperative until the material is removed using a NOTICE soft cloth. To prevent damage, do not push, Your new vehicle warranty does not scratch or strike the sensor. cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occu- NOTICE pants. Always drive safely and cautiously. This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors. It cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors. Pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects on the road, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up.

4 101 on_en_us.book Page 102 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning system

Parking distance warning sys- front and behind you as you would tem (if equipped) in a vehicle without parking distance warning. The parking distance warning assists the driver during movement WARNING of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within the distance The parking distance warning is a of 39 in (100 cm) in front and 47 in supplemental system only. (120 cm) behind the vehicle. The operation of the parking distance warning can be affected by Rear several factors (including environmental conditions). It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the front and rear views before and while parking.

Operation of the parking distance warning

OON048003NR Operating condition Front

OON048005NR

OON048004NR This system activates when the The sensing range and objects parking distance warning button detectable by the sensors (1) are is pressed with the ENGINE limited. Whenever moving while START/STOP button ON. using the parking distance warning, The indicator of the parking dis- pay as much attention to what is in tance warning button turns on automatically and activates the

4 102 on_en_us.book Page 103 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning system

parking distance warning when The side sensors are activated you shift the gear to the R when you shift the gear to the R (Reverse) position. (Reverse) position. The sensing distance while back- If the vehicle speed is above 12.4 ing up is approximately 47 in (120 mph (20 km/h), the system auto- cm) when you are driving less matically turns off. To activate than 6.2 mph (10 km/h). again, push the button. The sensing distance while moving forward is approximately 39 in NOTICE (100 cm) when you are driving It may not operate if the vehicle's less than 6.2 mph (10 km/h). distance from the object is already When more than two objects are less than approximately 10 in (25 sensed at the same time, the cm) when the system is activated. closest one will be recognized 4 first.

Type of warning indicator and sound

Warning indicator Distance from object Warning sound When driving forward When driving rearward

39~24 inch Buzzer beeps intermit- Front - (100~61 cm) tently

47~24 inch Buzzer beeps intermit- Rear - (120~61 cm) tently

23~12 inch Front Buzzer beeps frequently (60~31cm) Rear - Buzzer beeps frequently

Buzzer beeps continu- Front 11 inch ously (30 cm) Buzzer beeps continu- Rear - ously

4 103 on_en_us.book Page 104 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning system

NOTICE Sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or The actual warning sound and the sensor cover is blocked. (It will indicator may differ from the operate normally when the mate- illustration depending on the rial is removed or the sensor is no objects or sensor status. longer blocked.) Do not wash the vehicle's sensor Sensor is stained with foreign with high pressure water. matter such as snow or water. (Sensing range will return to normal when removed.) NOTICE The parking assist button is off. This system can only sense objects within the range and loca- There is a possibility of parking dis- tion of the sensors; it cannot tance warning malfunction when: detect objects in other areas Driving on uneven road surfaces where sensors are not installed. such as unpaved roads, gravel, Also, small or slim objects, such as bumps, or gradient. poles or objects located between Objects generating excessive sensors may not be detected by noise such as vehicle horns, loud the sensors. motorcycle engines, or truck air Always visually check behind the brakes can interfere with the vehicle when backing up. sensor. Be sure to inform any drivers of Heavy rain or water spray. the vehicle that may be unfamiliar Wireless transmitters or mobile with the system regarding the phones present near the sensor. system's capabilities and limita- Sensor is covered with snow. tions. Detecting range may decrease when: Non-operational conditions of Outside air temperature is parking distance warning extremely hot or cold. There are undetectable objects Parking distance warning may not smaller than 40 in (1 m) and nar operate normally when: - rower than 5.5 in (14 cm) in diam- Moisture is frozen to the sensor. eter. (It will operate normally when moisture melts.)

4 104 on_en_us.book Page 105 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning system

The following objects may not be NOTICE recognized by the sensor: Sharp or slim objects such as This system can only sense objects ropes, chains or small poles. within the range and location of the Objects, which tend to absorb sensors; it cannot detect objects in sensor frequency such as clothes, other areas where sensors are not spongy material or snow. installed. Also, small or slim objects, or objects located between sensors NOTICE may not be detected. Always visually check in front and 1. The warning may not sound con- behind the vehicle when driving. Be sistently depending on the speed sure to inform any drivers in the and shapes of the objects vehicle that may be unfamiliar with detected. the system regarding the systems 4 2. The parking distance warning capabilities and limitations. system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. NOTICE Any non-factory installed equip - Pay close attention when the vehicle ment or accessories may also is driven close to objects on the interfere with the sensor perfor - road, particularly pedestrians, and mance. especially children. Be aware that 3. Sensor may not recognize objects some objects may not be detected less than 12 in (30 cm) from the by the sensors, due to the objects sensor, or it may sense an incor - distance, size or material, all of rect distance. Use with caution. which can limit the effectiveness of 4. When the sensor is frozen or the sensor. Always perform a visual stained with snow or water, the inspection to make sure the vehicle sensor may be inoperative until is clear of all obstructions before the stains are removed using a moving the vehicle in any direction. soft cloth. 5. Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

4 105 on_en_us.book Page 106 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Rear view monitor system

Self-diagnosis Rear view monitor system (if When you shift the gear to the R equipped) (Reverse) position and if one or The rear view monitor system is a more of the below occurs you may supplemental system that shows have a malfunction in the parking the area behind the vehicle on the distance warning system. multimedia system screen to assist You don't hear an audible warning you when parking or backing up. sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently. For detailed information, refer to a separately supplied manual. (blinks) is displayed.

If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

NOTICE Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occu- OON048006NR pants. Always drive safely and cautiously.

OON048007NR The rear view monitor with parking guidance will activate when the engine is running and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. To assist in parking, the rear view is shown (the parking guide line disappears) on the screen when

4 106 on_en_us.book Page 107 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Surround View Monitoring (SVM) system

the shift lever is moved from R Surround View Monitoring (Reverse) to D (Drive) with vehicle (SVM) system (if equipped) speed below 9 mph (15 km/h). Surround View Monitoring (SVM) is the parking support system that Rear view monitor Top view shows your surroundings around the vehicle. For detailed information, refer to a separately supplied manual.

OON048408NR When you touch the icon (1), the top view is displayed on the screen and shows the distance from the vehicle in the back of your vehicle. Touch OON048009NR the icon (1) again, to switch back to the previous screen.

WARNING Backing & using camera Never rely solely on the rear view camera. You must always use methods of viewing the area behind you including looking over both shoulders as well as continuously OON048010NR checking all three rear view mirrors. The system is activated when the Due to the difficulty of ensuring following steps are performed. that the area behind you remains 1. The SVM button (1, indicator clear, always back up slowly and ON) is pressed. stop immediately if you suspect 2. The shift lever is in D (Drive), N that a person, and especially a child, (Neutral) or R (Reverse) and might be behind you. vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15 km/h).

4 107 on_en_us.book Page 108 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Surround View Monitoring (SVM) system

The system is deactivated when WARNING one of the following is performed. - The SVM button (1, indicator The system is a supplementary OFF) is pressed again. driving assist system. Make sure to - Vehicle speed is over 10 mph check the vehicle's surroundings (15 km/h). yourself for safety. Do not solely When vehicle speed is over 10 rely on what is displayed on the mph (15 km/h), the system will screen. What you see on the screen turn off. may differ from the actual vehi- The system will not automatically cle's location. turn on again, even though vehicle speed gets below 10 mph (15 km/ NOTICE h). Press the button (1, indicator ON) Always keep the camera lens clean. again, to turn on the system. The camera may not work normally When the vehicle is backing up, if the lens is covered with foreign the system will turn ON regard- material. less of vehicle speed or button status. However, if vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h) when driving forward, the SVM will turn off. A indicator on the screen appears when: - The liftgate is opened. -The driver's door is opened. - The passenger's door is opened. - The outside rearview mirror is folded. If the system is not operating normally, the system should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 108 on_en_us.book Page 109 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Blind-spot View Monitor (BVM) system

Blind-spot View Monitor (BVM) WARNING system (if equipped) ALWAYS look around your vehicle The Blind-spot View Monitor (BVM) to make sure there are no objects system displays the passenger-side or obstacles before moving the rear areas in the cluster when the vehicle in any direction to prevent system is activated. a collision. Objects are closer than they appear. Failure to visually confirm that is safe to change the lane before doing so may result in crash and serious injury or death. Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work 4 normally if the lens is covered with foreign material.

OON048102NR

To turn on BVM When the BVM is enabled in the settings. 1. ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position. 2. The turn signal is activated.

To turn off BVM 1. ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF position. 2. The turn signal is deactivated. 3. Other warning screen pops up and takes priority over the BVM.

WARNING Like all assistance system, BVM system has limitations. Sole-reli- ance on the system may result in a collision.

4 109 on_en_us.book Page 110 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Lighting

Lighting Daytime Running Light (DRL) This vehicle is equipped with a vari- The Daytime Running Light (DRL) ety of lights to illuminate the inte- can make it easier for others to see rior and exterior of the vehicle. the front of your vehicle during the day. CAUTION The DRL can be helpful in many dif- To prevent the battery from being ferent driving conditions, and it is especially helpful after dawn and discharged, do not leave the headlight and interior light on for a pro- before sunset. longed time while the engine is not The DRL will turn the dedicated running. lamp OFF when: The headlight switch is on. The vehicle is off. Battery saver function The front fog light is on. The purpose of this feature is to Engaging the Parking Brake. prevent the battery from being discharged if the lights are left in the Lighting control ON position. The system automati - The light switch has a headlight and cally shuts off the position lamp 30 a position lamp position. seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the driver's door is opened and closed. With this feature, the position lamp will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night and opens the driver's side door. If necessary, to keep the position

lamp on when the vehicle is turned OON048416NR off, perform the following: To operate the lights, turn the knob 1. Open the driver-side door. at the end of the control lever to 2. Turn the position lamp OFF and one of the following positions: ON again using the light switch on 1. OFF position / DRL off position. the steering column. 2. Auto light position 3. Position & Tail lamp

4 110 on_en_us.book Page 111 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Lighting

4. Headlight position NOTICE The ENGINE START/STOP button Position & Tail lamp must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights.

Auto light

OON048417NR 4 When the light switch is in the position lamp position, the tail, license and instrument panel lights will turn

ON. OON048414NR When the light switch is in the AUTO Headlight position light position, the taillights and headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle. When the light switch is positioned at an auto light position, at first, the wiper will turn on and then, after 5 seconds the head lamp will turn on automatically. If the head lamp has been turned on OON048418NR due to this function of the vehicle, When the light switch is in the head- the head lamp will turn off 60 sec- light position, the head, tail, license onds after the wiper has been lights will turn ON. turned off.

4 111 on_en_us.book Page 112 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Lighting

CAUTION WARNING Never place anything over the High beams sensor (1) located on the instru- Do not use high beam when there ment panel as this will ensure are other vehicles in front of or better auto-light system control. approaching your vehicle. Using high Don't clean the sensor using a beam could obstruct the other window cleaner, the cleaner may driver's vision. leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation. To flash the headlights: If your vehicle has window tint or Pull the lever towards you. other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the Auto light system may not work properly.

Operating high beam

ODEEV068136NR It will return to the normal (low beam) position when released. The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature.

OSKEV048429NR To turn on the high beam headlamp: Push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position. The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on.

4 112 on_en_us.book Page 113 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Lighting

Operating turn signals and lane NOTICE change signals If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.

One-touch lane change function To activate a one-touch lane change function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it. The lane OSKEV048406NR change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 The ENGINE START/STOP button times. 4 must be on for the turn signals to function. You can activate or deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or To turn on the turn signals: choose the number of blinking (3, 5, Move the lever up or down (A). or 7) by selecting "User Settings → The green arrow indicators on the Lights → One Touch Turn Signal". instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating. They will self-cancel after a turn NOTICE is completed. If the indicator con- If the turn signal indicator stays on tinues to flash after a turn, man- and does not flash, or if it flashes ually return the lever to the OFF abnormally, a bulb may be burned position. out or have a poor electrical connec- To signal a lane change: tion in the circuit. The bulb may Move the turn signal lever slightly require replacement. and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

4 113 on_en_us.book Page 114 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Lighting

Operating front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are designed to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.

OON048420NR

Operating the HBA The HBA can be operated using the light switch.

ODEEV068138NR 1. Place the light switch in the AUTO The fog lights will turn on when the position. fog light switch (1) is turned to the 2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you. on position after the headlight is turned on. 3. The HBA ( ) indicator will illuminate. To turn off the fog lights: 4. The HBA will turn on when vehicle Turn the fog light switch (1) to speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h). the OFF position. The details of operation with the High Beam Assist (HBA) system (if light switch while the HBA is on are equipped) below. If the light switch is pushed away, The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a the HBA will turn off and the high system that automatically adjusts beam will be on continuously. the headlamp range (switches If the light switch is pulled between high beam and low beam) towards you when the high beam according to the brightness of other is off, the high beam will be on vehicles and road conditions. without canceling the operation of the HBA. (When you take your hands off the switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off.)

4 114 on_en_us.book Page 115 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Lighting

If the light switch is pulled minate. Take your vehicle to an towards you when the high beam authorized Kia dealer and have the is turned on using the HBA, the system checked. low beam will turn on and the HBA turn off. CAUTION If the light switch is turned to the The High Beam Assist system may headlamp position ( ) from not work properly in the following AUTO position, the HBA will turn situations: off and the low beam will be on When the light from a on-coming continuously. or front vehicle is poor When the HBA is operating, the high - When the light from a on-com- beam switches to low beam in the ing or front vehicle is not following conditions. detected because of lamp dam- 4 When the headlamp is detected age, or because it is hidden from the on-coming vehicle. from sight, etc. When the tail lamp is detected - When the lamp of a on-coming from the front vehicle. or front vehicle is covered with When headlamp / tail lamp of dust, snow or water. bicycle/motorcycle is detected. -When a front vehicle's head- When the surrounding is so bright lamps are off but the fog lamps that high beams are not needed. on and etc. When streetlights or other lights When external conditions inter- are detected. vene When the light switch is not in the - When there is a lamp that has a AUTO position. similar shape as a front vehi- When the HBA is off. cle's lamps. When vehicle speed is below 15 - When the headlamp is not mph (24 km/h). repaired or replaced at an authorized Kia dealer. HBA warning light and message - When headlamp aiming is not properly adjusted. When the HBA is not working prop- - When driving on a narrow erly, a warning message "Check High curved road, rough road, down- Beam Assist (HBA) system" will hill or uphill. come on for a few seconds. - When only part of the vehicle in After the message disappears, the front is visible on a crossroad or master warning light ( ) will illu- curved road.

4 115 on_en_us.book Page 116 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Lighting

- When there is a traffic light, NOTICE reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror ahead. Do not disassemble a front view - When there is a temporary camera temporarily for tinted reflector or flash ahead (con- window or attaching any types of struction area). coatings and accessories. If you - When the road conditions are disassemble the camera and poor such as being wet, iced or assemble it again, take your vehi- covered with snow. cle to an authorized Kia dealer - When a vehicle suddenly and have the system checked. appears from a curve. When you replace or reinstall the - When the vehicle is tilted from windshield glass take your vehicle a flat tire or being towed. to an authorized Kia dealer and - When the Lane Keeping Assist have the system checked. (LKA) system failure indicator Be careful that water doesn't get (yellow) illuminates. into the High Beam Assist unit When front visibility is poor and do not remove or damage - When the lamp of the on-com- parts of the High Beam Assist ing or front vehicle is covered system. with dust, snow or water. Do not place objects on the dash - When the light from a on-com- board that reflect light such as ing or front vehicle is not mirrors, white paper, etc. The detected because of exhaust system may not be able to func- fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc. tion if sunlight is reflected onto it. - When the front window is cov- At times, the High Beam Assist ered with foreign substance. may not operate due to system - When it is hard to see because limitations. The system is for of fog, heavy rain or snow and your convenience only. etc. It is the responsibility of the driver to drive safely and always check the road conditions. When the system does not operate normally, change the lamp position manually between the high beam and low beam.

4 116 on_en_us.book Page 117 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers

Wipers and washers B: Intermittent control wipe time adjustment The wipers and washers remove foreign substances from the wind- C: Wash with brief wipes (front) shield and rear window, helping to D: Rear wiper/washer control maintain visibility. HI Continuous wipe Front windshield wiper/washer LO Intermittent wipe OFF Off E: Wash with brief wipes (rear) *: if equipped

Windshield washers Operates as follows when the 4 ENGINE START/STOP button is turned ON.

OON048421NR MIST: For a single wiping cycle, move Rear windshield wiper/washer the lever to this (MIST) position and release it. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position. OFF: Wiper is not in operation INT: Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. Use this mode in light rain or mist. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control switch. ODEEV068144NR A: Wiper speed control (front) LO: Normal wiper speed MIST Single wipe HI: Fast wiper speed OFF Off INT Intermittent wipe AUTO* Auto control wipe LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed

4 117 on_en_us.book Page 118 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers

NOTICE controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, If there is heavy accumulation of the faster the wiper operates. When snow or ice on the windshield, the rain stops, the wiper stops. defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or To vary the speed setting, turn the ice is removed before using the speed control knob (1). windshield wipers to ensure proper If the wiper switch is set in AUTO operation. If you do not remove the mode when the ENGINE START/ snow and/or ice before using the STOP button is ON position, the wiper and washer, it may damage wiper will operate once to perform a the wiper and washer system. self-check of the system. Set the wiper to the OFF position when the wiper is not in use. WARNING Do not use the washer in freezing WARNING temperatures without first warming When the ENGINE START/STOP but the windshield with the defrosters; - ton is in the ON position and the the washer solution could freeze on windshield wiper switch is placed in the windshield and obscure your AUTO mode, use caution in the fol vision. - lowing situations to avoid any injury to the hands or other parts of the Auto control (if equipped) body: Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor. Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth. Do not put pressure on the windshield glass.

OON048415NR The rain sensor (A) located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and

4 118 on_en_us.book Page 119 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers

CAUTION Operating windshield washer Use this function when the wind- When washing the vehicle, set the shield is dirty. wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in AUTO mode while washing the vehicle. Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to system parts could

occur and may not be covered by ODEEV068145NR 4 your vehicle warranty. 1. Move the wiper speed control When starting the vehicle in win- switch to the OFF position. ter, set the wiper switch in the 2. Pull the lever gently toward you OFF position. Otherwise, wipers to spray washer fluid on the may operate and ice may damage windshield and to run the wipers the windshield wiper blades. 1-3 cycles. Always remove all snow and ice The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the and defrost the windshield prop- lever. erly prior to operating the windshield wipers. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir. The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the motor compartment on the passenger side.

4 119 on_en_us.book Page 120 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers

CAUTION Washer pump To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.

CAUTION ODEEV068146NR Wipers & windshields HI: Continuous wipe To prevent possible damage to LO: Intermittent wipe the wipers or windshield, do not OFF: OFF operate the wipers when the Push the lever away from you to windshield is dry. spray rear washer fluid and to run To prevent damage to the wiper the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. blades, do not use gasoline, kero- sene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.

Operating rear window wiper and washer switch ODEEV068147NR The rear window wiper and washer The spray and wiper operation switch is located at the end of the will continue until you release the wiper and washer switch lever. lever Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer.

4 120 on_en_us.book Page 121 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior lights

Interior lights Map lamp This vehicle is equipped with lights throughout the vehicle to illuminate the interior.

WARNING Interior Lights Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark. Accidents could happen because the view may be OON048011NR obscured by interior lights. Press the lens (1) to turn ON the map lamp. 4 Automatic turn off function (if To turn the map lamp OFF press equipped) the lens (1) again. (2): DOOR mode The interior lights automatically - The map lamp and room lamp turn off approximately 20 minutes come on when a door is opened. after the ENGINE START/STOP but- The lamps go out after approx ton is turned off, if the lights are in - imately 30 seconds. the ON position. - The map lamp and room lamp If your vehicle is equipped with the come on for approximately 30 theft alarm system, the interior seconds when doors are lights automatically turn off unlocked with a smart key as approximately 5 seconds after the long as the doors are not system is armed. opened. - The map lamp and room lamp will stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC or OFF position. - The map lamp and room lamp will stay on continuously if the door is opened with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position.

4 121 on_en_us.book Page 122 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior lights

- The map lamp and room lamp Type B will go out immediately if the ENGINE START/STOP button is changed to the ON position or all doors are locked. - To turn off the DOOR mode, press the DOOR button (2) once again (not pressed).

NOTICE

The DOOR mode and ROOM mode OON048013NR cannot be selected at the same (1): The light stays on at all times. time. Liftgate room lamp (3): Press this switch to turn the front and rear room lamps on and off.

Room lamp Type A

OON048014NR DOOR: The light comes on when the liftgate is opened. OFF: The light stays off at all times. ON: The light stays on at all times.

OON048012NR

4 122 on_en_us.book Page 123 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior lights

Vanity mirror lamp Glove box lamp (if equipped) The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened.

OON048422NR Opening the lid of the vanity mirror

will automatically turn on the mirror OON048015NR 4 light. CAUTION * The actual sun visor lamp in the vehicle may differ from the illus- To prevent unnecessary charging tration. system drain, close the glove box securely after using the glove box. CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp Always close the lid of the vanity mirror in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sun visor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sun visor.

4 123 on_en_us.book Page 124 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Welcome system

Welcome system (if equipped) Pocket lamp (if equipped) The welcome system is a function When all doors are locked and that illuminates the surroundings or closed, the pocket lamp will come on the interior when the driver for 15 seconds if any of the follow- approaches or exits the vehicle. ing occurs: With the smart key system - When the door unlock button is Headlight (headlamp) escort function pressed on the smart key. - When the button of the outside The headlights (and/or taillights) door handle is pressed. remain on for approximately 5 minutes after the vehicle is turned off. At this time, if you press the door However, if the driver's door is lock button, the lamps will turn off opened and closed, the headlights immediately. are turned off after 15 seconds. The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position.

Interior light When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position and all doors (and liftgate) are locked and closed, the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the following occurs: With the smart key system - When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. - When the button of the outside door handle is pressed. At this time, if you press the door lock button, the lamps will turn off immediately.

4 124 on_en_us.book Page 125 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Defroster

Defroster Type A The vehicle is equipped with a defroster for removing frost or fog from the rear window.

CAUTION Conductors To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of

the rear window, never use sharp OON048302NR instruments or window cleaners Type B containing abrasives to clean the 4 window.

If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to "Wind- shield defrosting and defogging" on page 4-151.

Operating rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window to OON048337L remove frost, fog and thin ice from To activate the rear window the rear window, while the vehicle is defroster: on. Press the rear window defroster If there is heavy accumulation of button located in the center fas- snow on the rear window, brush it cia switch panel. off before operating the rear The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates defroster. when the defroster is ON. The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned off.

4 125 on_en_us.book Page 126 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Climate control system

To turn off the defroster: Climate control system Press the rear window defroster The climate control system uses button again. cooling and heating to help maintain a pleasant environment inside the Operating outside mirror defroster vehicle. If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, System operation they will operate simultaneously when you turn on the rear window Ventilation defroster. 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

Heating 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

Operation tips To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, tempo-

4 126 on_en_us.book Page 127 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Climate control system

rarily set the air intake control to control to the extreme left the recirculated air position. Be position, set the mode control sure to return the control to the to the MAX A/C position, then fresh air position when the irrita- set the fan speed control to the tion has passed to keep fresh air highest speed. in the vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. CAUTION Air for the heating/cooling system Excessive Air conditioning Use is drawn in through the grilles just at the base of the windshield. When using the air conditioning sys- Care should be taken that these tem, monitor the temperature are not blocked by leaves, snow, gauge closely while driving up hills or ice or other obstructions. in heavy traffic when outside tem- To prevent fog from forming on peratures are high. Air conditioning 4 the inside of the windshield: system operation may cause vehicle - Set the air intake control to the overheating. Continue to use the fresh air position and the fan blower fan but turn the air condi- speed to the desired position. tioning system off if the tempera- - Turn on the air conditioning ture gauge indicates vehicle overheating. system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature. CAUTION

Air conditioning (A/C) The air conditioning system should only be used with the windows and All Kia air conditioning systems are sunroof closed to prevent conden- filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. sation inside the vehicle that may 1. Start the vehicle. Press the A/C cause damage to electrical compo- button. nents. 2. Set the mode to the position. 3. Set the air intake control to the Air conditioning system operation outside-air or recirculated air tips position. If the vehicle has been parked in 4. Adjust the fan speed control and direct sunlight during hot temperature control to maintain weather, open the windows for a maximum comfort. short time to let the hot air inside When maximum cooling is the vehicle escape. desired, set the temperature

4 127 on_en_us.book Page 128 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Climate control system

To help reduce moisture inside of Climate control air filter the windows on rainy or humid The climate control air filter days, decrease the humidity installed behind the glove box filters inside the vehicle by operating the the dust or other pollutants that air conditioning system. come into the vehicle from the out- During air conditioning system side through the heating and air operation, you may occasionally conditioning system. notice a slight change in vehicle speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal characteristic of system operation. To ensure maximum system performance, the air conditioning system should be ran for a few minutes each month. When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear ODEEV068230NR water dripping (or even puddling) A: Outside air on the ground under the passen - B: Recirculated air ger side of the vehicle. This is a normal characteristic of system C: Climate control air filter operation. D: Blower Operating the air conditioning E: Evaporator core system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cool- F: Heater core ing; however, continual operation If dust or other pollutants accumu- in this mode may cause the air late in the filter over a period of inside the vehicle to become stale. time, the air flow from the air vents During cooling operation, you may may decrease. This leads to mois- occasionally notice a misty air ture accumulating on the inside of flow because of rapid cooling and the windshield even when the out- humid air intake. This is a normal side (fresh) air position is selected. If characteristic of system opera- this happens, have the climate con- tion. trol air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 128 on_en_us.book Page 129 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Climate control system

NOTICE WARNING Replace the filter according to the The oil and refrigerant in your vehi- Maintenance Schedule. If the cle's air conditioning system is vehicle is being driven in severe under very high pressure. If proper conditions such as dusty or rough service procedures are not followed roads, more frequent air condi- an explosion may result. To reduce tioner filter inspections and the risk of serious injury or death, changes are required. the air conditioning system in your When the air flow rate suddenly vehicle should only be serviced by decreases, the system should be trained and certified Kia technicians. checked at an authorized Kia dealer. CAUTION 4 It is important that the correct type Checking the amount of air condi- and amount of oil and refrigerant is tioner refrigerant and compressor used, otherwise, damage to the lubricant vehicle may occur. To prevent dam- When the amount of refrigerant is age, the air conditioning system in low, the performance of the air con- your vehicle should only be serviced ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also by trained and certified Kia techni- has a negative impact on the air cians. conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is WARNING found, have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf Because the refrigerant is mildly inflammable and at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehicle and bodily injury.

4 129 on_en_us.book Page 130 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Climate control system

Air conditioning refrigerant label Example

OSK3068035NR * The actual air conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. Each symbol and specification on the air conditioning refrigerant label is represented below: 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor lubricant Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page 8-10 for more detail on the location of air conditioning refrigerant label.

4 130 on_en_us.book Page 131 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Manual climate control system (if equipped) The manual climate control system uses cooling and heating to help maintain a pleasant environment inside the vehicle.

OON048300NR 1. Fan speed control knob 2. Rear window defroster button 3. Air conditioning (A/C) button 4. Mode selection knob 5. Air intake control button 6. Rear control button 7. Temperature control knob

CAUTION Operating the blower when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the engine is running.

4 131 on_en_us.book Page 132 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Heating and air conditioning

OON048303NR 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; Heating: Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

4 132 on_en_us.book Page 133 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Mode selection Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E) The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through Most of the air flow is directed to the ventilation system. the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters. 4

OON048304NR Temperature control Air can be directed to the floor, The temperature control knob dashboard outlets, or windshield. allows you to control the tempera- Five symbols are used to represent ture of the air flowing from the ven- Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost tilation system. and Defrost air position.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E) OON048307NR Air flow is directed towards the face To change the air temperature in and the floor. the passenger compartment, turn the knob to the right for warm and Floor-Level (C, E, A, D) hot air or to the left for cooler air.

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

4 133 on_en_us.book Page 134 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

MAX A/C selection Recirculated air position To operate the MAX A/C, turn the With the recirculated air temperature knob all the way to the position selected, air from left. Air flow is directed toward the the passenger compart- upper body and face. ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

OON048305NR NOTICE In this mode, the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will Prolonged operation of the heater in be selected automatically. the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may cause Controlling air intake fogging of the windshield and side windows and make the air in the The air intake control is used to passenger compartment stale. select the outside (fresh) air posi- In addition, prolonged use of the air tion or recirculated air position. conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.

WARNING Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to OON048335NR increase inside the vehicle which To change the air intake control may fog the glass and obscure position. visibility. Push the desired control button

4 134 on_en_us.book Page 135 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Do not sleep in a vehicle with the Setting the fan speed control air conditioning or heating system knob to the "0" position turns off on. It may cause serious harm or the fan. death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature. Turning off the blowers Continue using the climate control To turn off the blowers: system in the recirculated air Turn the fan speed control knob position can cause drowsiness or to the "0" position. sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.

4 Controlling fan speed The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation sys- OON048336NR tem. The ENGINE START/STOP button Air conditioning (A/C) must be in the ON position for fan operation. To change the fan speed: Turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed.

OON048309NR Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off.

OON048308NR

4 135 on_en_us.book Page 136 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Controlling rear climate Controlling rear fan speed Rear Front climate control panel

OON048016NR OON048310NR 1. Rear temperature control button 1. Press the REAR button located on 2. Rear air conditioning OFF button the front climate control panel 3. Rear mode selection button and press the rear fan speed con- 4. Rear fan speed control button trol button on the audio or multi- If you operate the rear tempera- media screen. ture, rear fan speed or rear mode on 2. To change the fan speed, press the rear climate control panel, the ( ) the button for higher speed, corresponding rear temperature, or press the ( ) the button for rear fan speed or rear mode will lower speed. operate independently regardless of The fan speed is displayed on the screen. the front climate control system operation. Rear climate control panel

OON048311NR

4 136 on_en_us.book Page 137 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

1. To change the rear fan speed, 1. To change the rear air tempera- press the button ( ) for higher ture, press the button ( ) for speed, or press the button ( ) for warmer air or press the button lower speed. ( ) for cooler air.

Controlling rear temperature OFF mode Front climate control panel Front climate control panel 1. Press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and adjust the temperature on the audio or multimedia screen.

OON048310NR To turn off the rear climate control system, press the REAR button located on the front climate OON048310NR control panel and OFF button on 2. Press the button (+) for warmer the audio or multimedia screen. air or press the button (-) for Rear climate control panel cooler air. Rear climate control panel

OON049432NR

OON048312NR

4 137 on_en_us.book Page 138 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

To turn off the rear climate control system, press the rear blower OFF button

Selecting rear mode

OON048315NR : Air discharged from [A] spreads over a wider area.

: Air discharged from [B] has a OON048313NR centered and direct flow.

OON048314NR The rear mode is selected by pressing the rear mode selection button on the rear control panel as follows: Rear air blows from the upper vents. : Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents. : Rear air blows from the right side lower vents.

4 138 on_en_us.book Page 139 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system

Opening/closing the vent and adjusting the direction You can set the direction of air by adjusting the knob of air vents located above the 2nd-row and 3rd-row seats. Adjust the outer and central parts of the air vent to the desired positions.

Central part of the Outer part of the vent (A) Description vent (B) The air flow spreads broadly Open Close around the passenger. However, the air volume may decrease. The air flow spreads broadly Open Open towards and around the passenger. 4 The air blows only towards the Close Open passenger.

NOTICE If all the vents are closed, it may cause some noise. Always open 2 vents or more.

4 139 on_en_us.book Page 140 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Automatic climate control system (if equipped) The automatic climate control system uses cooling and heating to help maintain a pleasant environment inside the vehicle.

OON048301NR 1. Driver's temperature control knob 2. AUTO (automatic control) button 3. OFF button 4. Front windshield defroster button 5. Fan speed control button 6. Rear control button 7. Mode selection button 8. Air conditioning (A/C) button 9. Rear window defroster button 10.Air intake control button 11.Passenger's temperature control knob 12.SYNC button 13.Air conditioning display

NOTICE Operating the blower when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the vehicle is ON.

4 140 on_en_us.book Page 141 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Heating and air conditioning auto- - Front windshield defroster but- matically ton (Press the button one more 1. Press the AUTO button. time to deselect the front The modes, fan speeds, air intake windshield defroster function. and air-conditioning will be con- The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate trolled automatically by setting on the information display once the temperature. again.) - Fan speed control switch The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically. For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the 4 climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature

OON048316NR to 72 /F (22 /C). 2. Turn the temperature control switch to the desired tempera- NOTICE ture. Do not place anything over the sen- Driver's side Passenger's side sor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.

OON048317NR To turn the automatic operation off, select any of the following OON048018NR buttons or switches: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning (A/C) button

4 141 on_en_us.book Page 142 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Heating and air conditioning manually The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button.

OON048303NR In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob(s) selected. 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; Heating: Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

4 142 on_en_us.book Page 143 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Press the AUTO button in order to Floor-Level (A, C, D, E) convert to fully automatic control of the system. Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of Mode selection the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters. The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E) the ventilation system. Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters. 4 Defrost-Level (A, D)

OON048318NR The air flow outlet ports are switched in the following sequence:

Face-Level (B, D) OON048319NR Air flow is directed toward the Most of the air flow is directed to upper body and face. Additionally, the windshield with a small amount each outlet can be controlled to of air directed to the side window direct the air discharged from the defrosters. outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.

4 143 on_en_us.book Page 144 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Temperature control Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature, fan speed and Driver's side Passenger's side air flow direction equally

OON048317NR OON048320NR The temperature will increase to the 1. Press the "SYNC" button to adjust maximum (HI) by turning the knob the driver and front/rear passen- all the way to the right. ger side temperature, fan speed The temperature will decrease to and air flow direction equally. The front and rear passenger side the minimum (Lo) by turning the temperature, fan speed and air knob all the way to the left. flow direction will be set to the When turning the knob, the tem- same temperature, fan speed and perature will increase or decrease air flow direction as the driver's by 1 /F/0.5 /C. When set to the low- side. est temperature setting, the air 2. Turn the driver side temperature control knob. The driver and conditioning will operate continu- front/rear passenger side tem- ously. perature will be adjusted equally. Press the fan speed control button. The driver and front/rear passenger side fan speed will be adjusted equally. Press the driver side mode selection button. The driver and front/ rear passenger side air flow will be adjusted equally. 3. When the rear climate control is turned ON, the fan speed and air flow direction will automatically follow the first row setting.

4 144 on_en_us.book Page 145 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Adjusting the driver and passenger To change the air intake control side temperature, fan speed and position: air flow direction individually Push the desired control button. Press the "SYNC" button again to adjust the driver and front/rear Outside (fresh) air position passenger side temperature, fan With the outside (fresh) air speed and air flow direction indi- position selected, air vidually. enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled Changing temperature scale according to the function selected. You can switch the temperature Recirculated air position mode from Centigrade to Fahren- heit as follows: With the recirculated air position selected, air from While pressing the OFF button, 4 the passenger compart- press the AUTO button for 3 sec- ment will be drawn through the onds or more. heating system and heated or The display will change from Centi- cooled according to the function grade to Fahrenheit, or from Fahr- selected. enheit to Centigrade. If the battery Prolonged operation of the heater in has been discharged or discon- the recirculated air position (without nected, the temperature mode dis- air conditioning selected) may cause play will reset to Fahrenheit. fogging of the windshield and side windows and make the air in the passenger compartment stale. Controlling air intake In addition, prolonged use of the air This is used to select the outside conditioning with the recirculated air (fresh) air position or recirculated air position selected will result in position. excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.

Controlling fan speed The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by operating the fan speed control button. To change the fan speed: Press button right for higher speed, or press button left for

OON048321NR lower speed.

4 145 on_en_us.book Page 146 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.

WARNING Recirculated Air Continued use of the climate control system in the recirculated air posi-

OON048322NR tion can cause drowsiness or sleepi- To turn the fan speed control off: ness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside Press the front blower OFF button. (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving. Air conditioning (A/C) WARNING Sleeping with A/C on Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating on as this may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.

OON048323NR Turning off the front air climate Press the A/C button to turn the control air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off.

WARNING Reduced Visibility Continuous use of the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to OON048324NR

4 146 on_en_us.book Page 147 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Press the OFF button to turn off regardless of the front climate the front and rear air climate con- control system operation. trol system. However, you can still operate the Controlling rear fan speed mode and air intake buttons as long as the ENGINE START/STOP Front climate control panel button is in the ON position.

Controlling rear climate Rear

OON048325NR 1. Press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and press the rear fan speed con-

OON048017NR trol button on the audio or multi- 1. Rear temperature control button media screen. 2. Rear AUTO button 2. To change the fan speed, press 3. Rear mode selection button ( ) the button for higher speed, 4. Rear air conditioning display or press the ( ) the button for 5. Rear air conditioning OFF button lower speed. 6. Rear fan speed control button The fan speed is displayed on the screen. When the "SYNC" is ON, the rear temperature, rear fan speed and rear mode is controlled automatically by the front climate control system. If you operate the rear temperature, rear fan speed or rear mode on the rear climate control panel, the corresponding rear temperature, rear fan speed or rear mode will operate independently

4 147 on_en_us.book Page 148 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Rear climate control panel 2. Press the button (+) for warmer air or press the button (-) for cooler air. Rear climate control panel 1. Adjust the temperature by pressing the rear temperature control button.

OON048326NR 1. Adjust the fan speed by pressing the rear fan speed control button. 2. To change the speed, press the button ( ) for higher speed, or press the button ( ) for lower OON048327NR speed. The fan speed is displayed on the 2. To change the temperature, press screen. the button ( ) for warmer air or press the button ( ) for cooler air. Controlling rear temperature The temperature is displayed on Front climate control panel the screen. 1. Press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel OFF mode and adjust the temperature on Front climate control panel the audio or multimedia screen.

OON048325NR OON048325NR

4 148 on_en_us.book Page 149 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

To turn off the rear climate control system, press the REAR button located on the front climate control panel and OFF button on the audio or multimedia screen. Rear climate control panel

OON048314NR The rear mode is selected by pressing the rear mode selection button on the rear control panel as follows: 4 : Rear air blows from the upper vents. OON049433NR : Rear air blows from the To turn off the rear climate con - upper vents on the rear ceiling trol system, press the rear blower and the lower vents. OFF button : Rear air blows from the right side lower vents. Selecting rear mode

OON048315NR OON048328NR : Air discharged from [A] spreads over a wider area.

: Air discharged from [B] has a centered and direct flow.

4 149 on_en_us.book Page 150 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system

Central part of the Outer part of the vent (A) Description vent (B) The air spreads widely around the Open Close passenger. However, the air volume may decrease. The air is spread widely towards Open Open and around the passenger. The air blows only towards the Close Open passenger.

NOTICE If all the vents are closed, it may cause some noise. Always open 2 vents or more.

4 150 on_en_us.book Page 151 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging

Windshield defrosting and to improve heater and defroster defogging efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of When the windshield is covered with the windshield. frost or moisture, the front view is blurred, so you should remove the CAUTION frost and moisture. Do not place anything on the instru- WARNING ment panel which may cover the air outlets. Otherwise, air flow may be Windshield heating obstructed, preventing the wind- Do not use the or position shield defoggers from defogging. during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The dif- 4 ference between the temperature of the outside air and the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection to the position and fan speed control to the lower

speed. OON058154NR

For maximum defrosting, set the temperature control to the Defogging inside windshield with extreme right/hot position and manual climate control system the fan speed control to the highest speed. If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position. Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows. Clear all snow and ice from the OON048329NR hood and air inlet in the cowl grill

4 151 on_en_us.book Page 152 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging

1. Select any fan speed except "0" Defogging inside windshield with position. the automatic climate control 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically. If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.

OON048331NR Defrosting outside windshield with 1. Set the fan speed to the desired manual climate control system position. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically and the air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature. If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected

OON048330NR automatically, adjust the corre- 1. Set the fan speed to the highest sponding button manually. If the (extreme right) position. position is selected, lower fan 2. Set the temperature to the speed is adjusted to a higher fan extreme hot position. speed. 3. Select the position. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.

4 152 on_en_us.book Page 153 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging

Defrosting outside windshield with Canceling/returning automatic automatic climate control defogging logic on manual climate control system

OON048332NR 1. Set the fan speed to the highest OON048333NR 4 position. 1. Turn the Engine Start/Stop to the 2. Set the temperature to the ON position. extreme hot (HI) position. 2. Turn the mode selection knob to 3. Press the defroster button ( ). the defrost position ( ). The outside (fresh) air position 3. Push the air intake control button will be selected automatically and at least 5 times within 3 seconds. the air conditioning will turn on The indicator light in the air intake according to the detected ambi- control button will blink 3 times. It ent temperature. indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the Defogging logic (if equipped) programmed status. To reduce the possibility of fogging If the battery has been discharged up the inside of the windshield, the or disconnected, it resets to the air intake or air conditioning is con- defog logic status. trolled automatically according to certain conditions such as or position.

To cancel automatic defogging logic or return to the automatic defogging logic, do the following.

4 153 on_en_us.book Page 154 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging

Canceling/returning automatic Auto Defogging System (ADS) (only defogging logic on automatic cli- for automatic climate control sys- mate control system tem) (if equipped) The Auto Defogging System (ADS) reduces the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture inside the windshield.

OON048334NR 1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position. 2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. While pressing the air conditioning

(A/C) button, press the air intake OON048407NR control button at least 5 times The ADS operates when the heater within 3 seconds. or air conditioning is on. The recirculation indicator blinks 3 times in 0.5 second of intervals. It The indicator illuminates when the indicates that the defogging logic ADS senses the moisture on the is canceled or returned to the inside of the windshield and oper- programmed status. ates. If the battery has been discharged The ADS addresses excess moisture or disconnected, it resets to the on the inside of the windshield in defog logic status. stages. For example if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step 1, it tries to defog again at step 2. 1. Outside air position 2. Operating the air conditioning 3. Increasing air flow toward the windshield 4. Blowing air flow toward the windshield

4 154 on_en_us.book Page 155 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Additional features of climate control

Turning the ADS on or off Additional features of climate Press the front windshield control defroster button for 3 seconds when the ENGINE START/STOP Sunroof inside air recirculation (if button is in the ON position. equipped) When the ADS system is canceled, For air ventilation, when you open the defroster button indicator will the sunroof while in operation of blink 3 times per 0.5 sec. the heater or air conditioner, it To reset the ADS system to ON, changes to outside air inflow mode. hold the front windshield defrost At this time, when you select the for 0.25 sec and the "ADS OFF" inside air circulation mode, the mode will be removed from the climate is maintained for 3 minutes and control screen. then the mode is switched to outside air inflow mode. 4 CAUTION When you close the sunroof, the Do not remove the sensor cover mode changes to the previous one. located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Automatic ventilation (if equipped) Damage to the system parts could The system automatically selects occur and may not be covered by the outside (fresh) air position when your vehicle warranty. the climate control system operates over a certain period of time (approximately 30 minutes) in low temperature with the recirculated air position selected.

To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level mode and while pressing the A/C button, press the recirculated air position button five times within three seconds. When the automatic ventilation is canceled, the indicator blinks 3 times. When the automatic ventilation is activated, the indicator blinks 6 times.

4 155 on_en_us.book Page 156 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Storage compartment

Storage compartment To open the center console storage: Pull up the lever. These compartments can be used to store small items required by the Glove box driver or passengers. To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close

securely. OON048020NR The glove box can be locked and WARNING unlocked with the mechanical key Flammable materials (1). Do not store, propane cylinders or To open: other flammable/explosive materi- Pull the lever (2). als in the vehicle. These items may Close the glove box after use. catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures WARNING for extended periods. Glove Box To reduce the risk of injury in an Center console storage accident or sudden stop, always keep the glove box door closed while driving.

NOTICE If the temperature control switch is in the warm or hot position, warm or hot air will flow into the glove box.

OON048019NR

4 156 on_en_us.book Page 157 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Storage compartment

Sunglass holder Luggage box

OON048021NR OON048022NR To open the sunglass holder: You can place a first aid kit, a reflec- Press the cover and the holder will tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for 4 slowly open. easy access. Place your sunglasses with the Grasp the handle on the edge of lenses facing out. To close the sun- the cover and lift it. glass holder push it up.

WARNING Sunglass holder Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle. Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an opened sunglass holder.

4 157 on_en_us.book Page 158 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

Interior features Front There are various features inside the vehicle for the convenience of the occupants.

Cup holder The front and rear seats of the vehicle have cup holders to accommodate cups.

OON048025NR WARNING 2nd row Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you may burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle.

CAUTION OON048026NR Keep your drinks sealed while 2nd row - center (if equipped) driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts. When cleaning spilled liquids, do not use heat to dry the cup holders. This may damage the cup holder.

OON048046NR

4 158 on_en_us.book Page 159 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

3rd row Rear seat

OON048027NR OON048029NR Cups or small beverage cans may be With the ENGINE START/STOP but- placed in the cup holders. ton in the ON position: 4 Push either of the toggle switch 2nd row center (if equipped) up (front seat) or push either of Pull the armrest down to use the the switches (rear seat) to warm cup holders. the front seat or the rear seat. During mild weather or under condi- Seat warmer (if equipped) tions where the operation of the The seat warmer is provided to seat warmer is not needed, keep warm the front seats during cold the switches in the "OFF" position. weather. Manual temperature control Front seat Each time you up the lever (front seat) or press the switch (rear seat), the temperature setting of the seat will change as follows:

The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ENGINE START/STOP button is turned on. OON048028NR

4 159 on_en_us.book Page 160 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

Automatic temperature control WARNING The seat warmer starts to auto- Seat warmer burns matically control the seat temperature in order to prevent low- The seat warmer may cause burns, temperature burns after being even at low temperature, if used manually turned on. over a long period of time. Never allow passengers who may not be able to take care of themselves to be exposed to the risk of seat heater burns. These include: You may manually push the toggle switch up (front seat) or press the 1. Infants, children, elderly or dis- switch (rear seat) to increase the abled persons, or hospital outpa- seat temperature. However, it soon tients returns to the automatic mode 2. Persons with sensitive skin or again. When pushing the toggle those that burn easily switch up (front seat) or pressing 3. Fatigued individuals the switch (rear seat) for more than 4. Intoxicated individuals 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer 5. Individuals taking medication that operating, the seat warmer will turn can cause drowsiness or sleepi- OFF. The seat warmer defaults to ness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, the OFF position whenever the etc.) ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position. Air ventilation seat (if equipped) NOTICE Front seat With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.

OON048030NR

4 160 on_en_us.book Page 161 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

Rear seat Do not place heavy or sharp objects on the seat. Those things may damage the air ventilation seat. Be careful not to spill liquid such as water or beverages on the seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a dry towel. Before using the air ventilation seat, dry the seat completely.

OON048031NR

The temperature setting of the seat Sun visor changes according to the switch Use the sun visor to shield direct 4 position. light through the front or side win To ventilate your seat cushion, - push the toggle switch down dows. (front seat) or press the switch (rear seat). Each time you push the toggle switch down (front seat) or press the switch (rear seat), the airflow will change as follows:

The seat warmer (with air ventila- OON048423NR tion) defaults to the OFF position * The actual sun visor lamp in the whenever the ENGINE START/STOP vehicle may differ from the illus- button is turned on. tration. To use the sun visor, pull it down- CAUTION ward. To use the sun visor for the side Seat damage window, pull it downward, unsnap When cleaning the seats, do not it from the bracket (1) and swing use an organic solvent such as it to the side (2). paint thinner, benzene, alcohol To use the vanity mirror, pull and gasoline. Doing so may dam- down the visor and slide the mir- age the air ventilation seat. ror cover (3).

4 161 on_en_us.book Page 162 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

Adjust the sun visor forward or 2nd row backward (4) as needed. The ticket holder (5) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket.

CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the vanity mirror cover securely after using the

mirror. OON048033NR Rear

Power outlet The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile tele- phones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems.

Front

OON048034NR The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the vehicle on. Use the power outlet only when the vehicle is on and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the vehicle

OON048032NR off could cause the battery to discharge. Only use 12 V electric accessories which are less than 10 A in electric capacity. Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.

4 162 on_en_us.book Page 163 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

Close the cover when not in use. Front Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle. Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, OON048035NR the plug may overheat and the Center (if equipped) fuse may open. Plug in battery equipped elec- 4 tronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction.

WARNING OON048036NR Electric shock 2nd row Do not put a finger or a foreign object (pen, etc.) into a power outlet and do not touch with a wet hand. You may get an electric shock.

USB charger The USB car charger allows drivers to charge their digital devices like smartphone, and PC tablets. Con- nect the cable to the USB port, OON048037NR charging will begin.

4 163 on_en_us.book Page 164 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

3rd row Use the official USB cable of the manufacturer of the digital device to be charged. Make sure that any foreign object, drinks, and water do not come into contact with the USB car charger. Water or foreign object can damage the USB charger. Do not charge a device those current consumption exceeds 2.1 A. Do not connect an electrical OON048038NR device that generates excessive The USB car charger is available electromagnetic noise to the USB with either the ACC state or the car port. If you do so, noise can be ignition on. But we recommend you caused or vehicle electronic to connect the USB port and digital devices can be interrupted while devices with the engine starting. audio or AV is on. See the display screen of the device If the charger is connected incor- to check its charging process com- rectly, it can cause serious dam- pletion. Your smartphone or table age on the devices. Please note PC could get heated up while that damages due to incorrect charging. This is no reason to worry, usage are not covered by war- as it doesn't impact life or functions ranty service. of the device. For safety, charging can be stopped if the battery gets heated up to a certain point of tem- AC inverter (if equipped) perature that the devices can be negatively affected. Charging some digital devices is not available or requires special dedicated adapters if their charging methods don't fit the way the USB car charger works.

CAUTION Use the USB car charger with the

ignition on. Otherwise, vehicle OON048039NR battery can be discharged.

4 164 on_en_us.book Page 165 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

The AC inverter supplies 115 V / 150 When the AC inverter input volt- W electric power to operate electric age is less than 11.3 V, automati- accessories or equipment. cally turn off the power. AC inverter will operate as normal If you wish to use the AC inverter, when the voltage is increased. open up the AC inverter cover and When the AC inverter input volt connect a plug to it. The AC inverter - age is less than 10.7 V, power will supplies electric power when vehi- turn off. The AC inverter will cle is on. operate as normal when the voltage is increased. NOTICE While the power consumption of Rated voltage: AC 115 V some electrical devices/appliances Maximum electric power: 150 W may be within the AC inverter's electric power range, it may mal- 4 function in the following cases. WARNING - If the device/appliance requires In order to avoid an electrical sys- high electric power for initial tem failure, electric shock, etc., be start up. sure to read owner's manual - If the device/appliance pro- before use. cesses precise/very accurate Be sure to close the cover except data. for when in use. - If the device/appliance requires very stable supply of electricity. To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not use the AC CAUTION inverter while the vehicle is not on. Electric accessory devices After using an electric accessory Do not use broken electric acces- or equipment, pull the plug out. sories which may damage the AC Leaving the accessory or equip- inverter and electrical systems of ment plugged in for a long time the vehicle. may cause battery discharge. Do not use two or more electric Do not use an electric accessory accessories at the same time. It or equipment the power con- may cause damage to the electri- sumption of which is greater than cal systems of the vehicle. 150 W (115 V).

4 165 on_en_us.book Page 166 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

Wireless smart phone charging smart phone, the wireless system (if equipped) charging function may not oper- A wireless smart phone charging ate properly. 2. Place the smart phone on the system is located in front of the center of the wireless charging center console. pad. The indicator light will change to orange once the wireless charging begins. After the charging is complete, the orange light will change to green. You can choose to turn the wireless charging function on or off by selecting the USM on the instrument cluster. (Please refer to

OON048411NR "Instrument cluster" on page 4-64 Firmly close all doors, and turn the for details). vehicle on. To start wireless If the wireless charging does not charging, place the smart phone work, gently move your smart capable of wireless charging on the phone around the pad until the wireless charging pad. charging indicator light turns For best wireless charging results, orange. place the smart phone on the center Depending on the smart phone, the of the charging pad. charging indicator light may not The wireless charging system is turn green even after the charging designed for one smart phone is complete. equipped with QI. Please refer to the If the wireless charging is not func- smart phone accessory cover or the tioning properly, the orange light smart phone manufacturer homep- will blink and flash for ten seconds age to check whether your smart then turn off. In such cases, remove phone supports QI function. the smart phone from the pad and replace it on the pad again, or dou- Charging smart phone wirelessly ble check the charging status. 1. Remove any object on the smart If you leave the smart phone on the phone charging pad including the charging pad when the vehicle is smart key. If there is any foreign object on the pad other than a turned off, the vehicle will alert you

4 166 on_en_us.book Page 167 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

through warning messages and CAUTION sound (applicable for vehicles with the voice guidance function) after Liquid in Wireless Smart Phone the 'Goodbye' function on the Charger instrument cluster ends. To prevent liquid from damaging the wireless smart phone charging sys- For some manufacturers' smart tem in your vehicle, be sure not to phones, the system may not warn spill liquid over the charging system you even though the smart phone is when charging your phone. left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the smart phone and not CAUTION a malfunction of the wireless Metal in Wireless Charging system charging. 4 If any metallic object such as a coin is located between the wireless WARNING charging system and the smart Distracted driving phone, the charging may be dis- Driving while distracted can result in rupted. Also, the metallic object may a loss of vehicle control that may heat up and potentially damage the lead to an accident, severe bodily charging system. If there is any injury, and death. The driver's pri- metallic object between the smart mary responsibility is in the safe phone and the charging pad, imme- and legal operation of a vehicle, and diately remove the smart phone. use of any handheld devices, other Remove the metallic object after it equipment, or vehicle systems has cooled down. which take the driver's eyes, attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are NOTICE not permissible by law should never When the interior temperature of be used during operation of the the wireless charging system vehicle. rises above a set temperature, the wireless charging will cease to function. After the interior temperature drops below the threshold, the wireless charging function will resume.

4 167 on_en_us.book Page 168 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

The wireless charging may not equipped in order to use the vehi- function properly when there is a cle's wireless charging system. heavy accessory cover on the Certain smart phones may display smart phone. messages on a weak current. This The wireless charging will stop is due to the particular character- when using the wireless smart istics of that smart phone, and key search function to prevent does not imply a malfunction of radio wave disruption. the wireless charging function. The wireless charging will stop The indicator light of some manu- when the smart key is moved out facturers' smart phones may still of the vehicle with the vehicle in be orange after the smart phone ON. is fully charged. This is due to the The wireless charging will stop particular characteristic of the when any of the doors are opened smart phone and not a malfunc- (applicable for vehicles equipped tion of the wireless charging. with smart keys). When any smart phone without a The wireless charging will stop wireless charging function or a when the vehicle is turned OFF. metallic object is placed on the The wireless charging will stop charging pad, a small noise may when the smart phone is not in sound. This small sound is due to complete contact with the wire- the vehicle discerning compatibil- less charging pad. ity of the object placed on the Items equipped with magnetic charging pad. It does not affect components such as credit card, your vehicle or the smart phone in telephone card, bankbook or any any way. transportation ticket may The wireless cellular phone become damaged during wireless charging system may not support charging. certain cellular phones, which are Place the smart phone on the not verified for Qi specification . center of the charge pad for best When placing your cellular phone results. The smart phone may not on the charging mat, position the charge when placed near the rim phone in the middle of the mat of the charging pad. When the for optimal charging performance. smart phone does get charged, it If your cell phone is off to the may heat up excessively. side, the charging rate may be For smart phones without built-in less and in some cases the cell wireless charging system, an appropriate accessory has to be

4 168 on_en_us.book Page 169 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

phone may experience higher CAUTION heat conduction. When charging some cellular Hanging clothing phones with a self-protection Do not hang heavy clothes, since feature, the wireless charging they may damage the hook. speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop. WARNING Do not hang other objects such as This device complies with part 15 hangers or hard objects except of the FCC Rules clothes. Also, do not put heavy, Operation is subject to the following sharp or breakable objects in the two conditions: clothing's pockets. In an accident or 4 1. This device may not cause harm- when the curtain air bag is inflated, ful interference, and it may cause vehicle damage or 2. This device must accept any bodily injury. interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Coat hook (if equipped) A Coat hook is next to the rear grab handle.

OON048041NR

OON048040NR * This actual feature may differ from the illustration.

4 169 on_en_us.book Page 170 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

Side curtain (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped) Type A / Type B

OON048409NR

To use the side curtain: ODEEV068210NR 1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1). When using a floor mat on the front 2. Hang the curtain on both sides of floor carpet, make sure it attaches the hook. to the floor mat anchor(s) in your If the hook is hung on one side, it vehicle. This keeps the floor mat may cause the wrinkles. from sliding forward. CAUTION WARNING Do not hang any other object Aftermarket floor mat except the side curtain on the hooks. Do not install aftermarket floor If you pull the door curtain or mats that are not capable of being apply force to return the curtain securely attached to the vehicle's to its original position after use, floor mat anchors. the curtain may be wrinkled or Unsecured floor mats can interfere lose its shape. To lower the door with pedal operation. curtain, be sure to put the handle downward and slowly return the The following must be observed curtain to its original position. when installing ANY floor mat to the Curtains may not work properly if vehicle. foreign objects (coins, toys, cook- Ensure that the floor mats are ies, etc.) are stuck in the door. Be securely attached to the vehicle's careful that the foreign objects do floor mat anchor(s) before driv- not get into the door. ing the vehicle.

4 170 on_en_us.book Page 171 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Interior features

Do not use ANY floor mat that To keep items from shifting in the cannot be firmly attached to the cargo area, you can use the 4 hold- vehicle's floor mat anchors. ers located in the cargo area to Do not stack floor mats on top of attach the luggage net. one another (e.g., all-weather If necessary, Kia recommends con- rubber mat on top of a carpeted tacting an authorized Kia dealer. floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position. CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or Luggage net holder the vehicle, be careful when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the lug- Type A gage compartment. 4

WARNING Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over- stretch the luggage net, ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net's recoil path. DO NOT use when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage. OON048067NR Type B

OON048066NR

4 171 on_en_us.book Page 172 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Exterior features

Exterior features CAUTION If the vehicle has a roof rack, you Loading Roof Rack can load cargo on top of your vehi - When carrying cargo on the roof cle. rack, take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo does Roof rack (if equipped) not damage the roof of the vehicle. When carrying large objects on the roof rack, make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width. When you are carrying cargo on the roof rack, do not operate the sunroof (if equipped). This can damage the sunroof.

OON048043NR The following specification is the Crossbars and fixing components maximum weight that can be loaded needed to install the roof rack on onto the roof rack. Distribute the your vehicle may be obtained from load as evenly as possible across the an authorized Kia dealer. crossbars (if equipped) and roof rack and secure the load firmly. NOTICE The crossbars (if equipped) should ROOF 220 lbs. (100 kg) RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing Loading cargo or luggage in excess items onto the roof rack. of the specified weight limit on the If the vehicle is equipped with a roof rack may damage your vehicle. sunroof, be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation. When the roof rack is not being used to carry cargo, the crossbars may need to be repositioned if wind noise is detected.

4 172 on_en_us.book Page 173 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Audio system

WARNING Audio system The vehicle center of gravity will NOTICE be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden If you install an aftermarket HID starts, braking, sharp turns, head lamp, your vehicle's audio and abrupt maneuvers or high speeds electronic device may malfunction. that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an * If your vehicle is equipped with accident. multimedia system, refer to a sep- Always drive slowly and turn cor- arately supplied manual for ners carefully when carrying detailed information. items on the roof rack. Severe wind updrafts, caused by passing Shark fin antenna 4 vehicles or natural causes, can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true when carrying large, flat items such as wood panels or mattresses. This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you. OON048044NR To prevent damage or loss of cargo The shark fin antenna will receive while driving, check frequently the transmitted data. before and while driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened.

4 173 on_en_us.book Page 174 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Audio system

USB port AM and FM radio signals are broad- You can use an USB port to plug in cast from transmitter towers an USB. located around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then pro- cessed by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers. However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear. This can be due to factors, such as the distance from the radio station, OON048045NR closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, NOTICE bridges or other large obstructions When using a portable audio device in the area. connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If AM reception this happens, use the power source of the portable audio device.

How vehicle radio works

FM reception

ODEEV068217NR AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long distance, low frequency radio waves can follow ODEEV068216NR the curvature of the earth rather than traveling straight. In addition,

4 174 on_en_us.book Page 175 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Audio system

they curve around obstructions resulting in better signal coverage.

FM radio station

OSK3048403NR Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can 4

ODEEV068219NR disturb the signal causing static or FM broadcasts are transmitted at fluttering noises to occur. Reduc- high frequencies and do not bend to ing the treble level may lessen follow the earth's surface. Because this effect until the disturbance of this, FM broadcasts generally clears. begin to fade within short distances Station Swapping - As an FM sig- from the station. Also, FM signals nal weakens, another more pow- are easily affected by buildings, erful signal near the same mountains, and obstructions. This frequency may begin to play. This is because your radio is designed can lead to undesirable or unpleas- to lock onto the clearest signal. If ant listening conditions which might this occurs, select another station lead you to believe a problem exists with a stronger signal. with your radio. The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble: Fading - As your vehicle moves away from the radio station, the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade. When this occurs, we suggest that you select another station with a stronger signal. ODEEV068220NR

4 175 on_en_us.book Page 176 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Audio system

Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio WARNING signals being received from several directions can cause distor- Cell phone use tion or fluttering. This can be Do not use a cellular phone while caused by a direct and reflected driving. Stop at a safe location to signal from the same station, or use a cellular phone. by signals from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the WARNING condition has passed. Distracted driving Driving while distracted can result in Using a cellular phone or a two- a loss of vehicle control that may way radio lead to an accident, severe bodily When a cellular phone is used inside injury, or death. The driver's pri- the vehicle, noise may be produced mary responsibility is the safe and from the audio system. This does legal operation of the vehicle, and not mean that something is wrong the use of any handheld devices, with the audio equipment. In such a other equipment, or vehicle systems case, try to operate mobile devices which take the driver's eyes, atten- as far from the audio equipment as tion, and focus away from the safe possible. operation of the vehicle, or which are not permissible by law, should When using a communication sys- never be used during the operation tem such as a cellular phone or a of the vehicle. radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fit- ted. When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with only the internal antenna, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely affect the safe operation of the vehicle.

4 176 on_en_us.book Page 177 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Features of your vehicle Declaration of Conformity

Declaration of Conformity Consult the dealer or an experi- enced radio/TV technician for FCC help. This equipment has been tested and CAUTION found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Any changes or modifications to this part 15 of the FCC Rules. These lim- device not explicitly approved by its are designed to provide reason- manufacturer could void your able protection against harmful authority to operate this equip- interference in a residential installa- ment. tion. This device complies with part 15 of This equipment generates, uses and the FCC Rules. Operation is subject can radiate radio frequency energy 4 to the following two conditions: and, if not installed and used in 1. This device may not cause harm- accordance with the instructions, ful interference, and may cause harmful interference to 2. This device must accept any radio communications. However, interference received, including there is no guarantee that interfer - interference that may cause ence will not occur in a particular undesired operation. installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio This equipment complies with FCC or television reception, which can be radiation exposure limits set forth determined by turning the equip- for an uncontrolled environment. ment off and on, the user is encour- This equipment should be installed aged to try to correct the and operated with minimum 8 in (20 interference by one or more of the cm) between the and your body. following measures: This transmitter must not be collo- Reorient or relocate the receiving cated or operating in conjunction antenna. with any other antenna or trans- Increase the separation between mitter unless authorized to do so by the equipment and receiver. the FCC. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

4 177 on_en_us.book Page 178 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM on_en_us.book Page 1 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle 5

Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak...... 5-6 Before driving...... 5-7 ENGINE START/STOP button ...... 5-9 Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button ...... 5-9 ENGINE START/STOP button position...... 5-9 Starting the engine ...... 5-11 Automatic transmission ...... 5-13 Transmission ranges...... 5-14 Shift lock system...... 5-16 ENGINE START/STOP button interlock system...... 5-17 Good driving practices ...... 5-17 All Wheel Drive (AWD) system...... 5-19 AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE)...... 5-19 For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD) operation...... 5-21 Brake system ...... 5-26 Power brakes ...... 5-26 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ...... 5-28 AUTO HOLD...... 5-33 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 5-36 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system ...... 5-38 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) system ...... 5-41 Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) system ...... 5-43 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 5-43 Good braking practices...... 5-43 Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system ...... 5-45 Auto stop ...... 5-45 Auto start ...... 5-46 Operating conditions...... 5-47 on_en_us.book Page 2 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

5 Driving your vehicle

Deactivating the ISG...... 5-47 ISG malfunction...... 5-47 Battery Sensor Deactivation ...... 5-48 Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)...... 5-49 Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)...... 5-53 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system...... 5-57 Setting and activating the FCA ...... 5-58 Setting the initial warning activation time...... 5-58 Prerequisite for the FCA activation...... 5-59 FCA warning message and brake control...... 5-59 Brake operation ...... 5-61 FCA front radar / Camera sensor ...... 5-62 Warning message and warning light...... 5-63 FCA malfunction ...... 5-64 Limitations of the FCA...... 5-65 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 5-71 Radio frequency radiation exposure information:...... 5-71 Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system ...... 5-71 SCC switch...... 5-73 Adjusting the sensitivity of the SCC...... 5-73 Converting to Cruise Control mode...... 5-74 Setting the SCC speed ...... 5-74 Increasing the SCC set speed ...... 5-75 Decreasing the SCC set speed...... 5-76 Accelerating temporarily with the SCC on ...... 5-76 SCC will be temporarily canceled when: ...... 5-76 Resuming the SCC set speed...... 5-78 Turning the SCC off ...... 5-79 on_en_us.book Page 3 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle 5

Setting vehicle-to-vehicle distance...... 5-79 When the lane ahead is clear: ...... 5-80 When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:...... 5-80 Radar to detect distance to the vehicle ahead ...... 5-82 SCC malfunction message ...... 5-83 Limitations of the SCC...... 5-83 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 5-87 Radio frequency radiation exposure information:...... 5-88 Leading vehicle departure alert system...... 5-88 Setting the leading vehicle departure alert ...... 5-88 Operating conditions...... 5-89 Leading vehicle departure alert activation ...... 5-89 Lane Following Assist (LFA) system ...... 5-90 Activating/deactivating the LFA...... 5-91 Steering assist ...... 5-91 Warning message...... 5-92 LFA malfunction...... 5-93 Limitations of the LFA ...... 5-93 Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system ...... 5-95 Setting and activating the HDA...... 5-95 Operating conditions...... 5-96 HDA operation...... 5-96 HDA malfunction...... 5-98 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system...... 5-100 Activating/deactivating the LKA...... 5-102 LKA activation ...... 5-102 Warning message...... 5-104 Warning light and message ...... 5-105 LKA will be canceled when: ...... 5-105 on_en_us.book Page 4 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

5 Driving your vehicle

Driver's Attention ...... 5-106 LKA function change ...... 5-107 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system...... 5-108 Setting and activating the DAW ...... 5-108 Displaying the driver's attention level ...... 5-108 Taking a break...... 5-109 Resetting the DAW ...... 5-109 DAW standby...... 5-109 DAW malfunction ...... 5-109 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system...... 5-111 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)...... 5-111 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)...... 5-112 Activating/deactivating the BCA and BCW...... 5-113 Setting initial warning activation time...... 5-114 BCW alert ...... 5-114 BCA operation ...... 5-116 Detecting Sensor (Camera and Radar) ...... 5-117 Warning messages ...... 5-118 Limitations of the BCW/BCA...... 5-120 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ... 5-123 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system...... 5-123 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) ...... 5-123 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)... 5-124 Setting and activating the RCCW/RCCA...... 5-124 Setting the initial warning activation time...... 5-124 Setting the warning volume of the RCCW...... 5-125 Operating conditions...... 5-125 RCCW alert...... 5-126 on_en_us.book Page 5 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle 5

RCCA alert...... 5-127 Detecting Sensor ...... 5-129 Warning message...... 5-129 Limitations of the RCCW/RCCA ...... 5-130 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ....5-134 Special driving conditions ...... 5-135 Winter driving...... 5-139 Trailer towing ...... 5-143 Hitches ...... 5-144 Safety chains ...... 5-144 Trailer brakes ...... 5-144 Driving with a trailer ...... 5-145 Maintenance when trailer towing ...... 5-147 If you do decide to pull a trailer ...... 5-148 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-150 Tire and loading information label...... 5-150 Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit - ...... 5-151 Certification label ...... 5-153 Vehicle weight ...... 5-154 on_en_us.book Page 6 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE WARNING Open liftgate Be sure the exhaust system Do not drive with the liftgate open. does not leak. Poisonous exhaust gases can enter The exhaust system should be the passenger compartment. If you checked whenever the vehicle is must drive with the liftgate open raised to change the oil or for any proceed as follows: other purpose. 1. Close all windows. 2. Open side vents. If you hear a change in the sound of 3. Set the air intake control at the exhaust or if you drive over "Fresh", the air flow control at something that strikes the under- "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at neath side of the vehicle, have the the highest speed. exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING Engine exhaust Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave your engine running in a enclosed area for a prolonged time. Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

5 6 on_en_us.book Page 7 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Before driving

Before driving WARNING Before getting into the vehicle, you Distracted driving should examine the car and its sur - Focus on the road while driving. The roundings. After getting into the driver's primary responsibility is in vehicle, you should check a number the safe and legal operation of the of things before driving. vehicle. Use of any handled devices, other equipment or vehicle systems Before entering vehicle that distract the driver should not Be sure that all windows, outside be used during vehicle operation. mirror(s), and outside lights are clean. Check the condition of the tires. Before starting Check under the vehicle for any Close and lock all doors. sign of leaks. Position the seat so that all con- Be sure there are no obstacles trols are easily reached. behind you if you intend to back Buckle your seat belt. 5 up. Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors. Necessary inspections Be sure that all lights work. Check all gauges. Fluid levels, such as engine oil, Check the operation of warning engine coolant, brake fluid, and lights when the ENGINE START/ washer fluid should be checked on a STOP button is turned to the ON regular basis, at the exact interval position. depending on the fluid. Further Release the parking brake and details are provided in chapter 7, make sure the brake warning light "Maintenance". is not on. For safe operation, be sure you are familiar with your vehicle and its equipment.

5 7 on_en_us.book Page 8 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Before driving

WARNING WARNING Fire risk Driving while intoxicated When you intend to park or stop the Do not drive while intoxicated. vehicle with the engine on, be care- Drinking and driving is dangerous. ful not to depress the accelerator Even a small amount of alcohol will pedal for a long period of time. It affect your reflexes, perceptions may overheat the engine or exhaust and judgment. system and cause fire. Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous as or more dangerous than driving drunk. WARNING Check surroundings Always check the surrounding areas WARNING near your vehicle for people, espe- Proper footwear cially children, before putting a vehi- Always wear appropriate shoes cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere WARNING with your ability to use the brake Loose objects and accelerator pedals. Securely store items in your vehicle. When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly, loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly causing an accident.

5 8 on_en_us.book Page 9 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button

ENGINE START/STOP button NOTICE You are able to turn off the engine Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP (START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON), button only when the vehicle is not in motion.

CAUTION In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 2 OON058002NR seconds or 3 times repeatedly The light will go off after about 30 within 3 seconds. seconds when the door is closed. It If the vehicle is still moving, to 5 will also go off immediately when restart the vehicle: the theft-alarm system is armed. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button when vehicle speed is 3 ENGINE START/STOP button posi- mph (5 km/h)or over. tion Your vehicle is equipped with four different ignition positions. ACC (Accessory)

OFF To turn off the engine (START/RUN position) or vehicle power (ON position), press the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the shift lever in the P (Park) position. When you press the ENGINE START/STOP button without the shift lever in the P (Park) position, the ENGINE START/ OON058071NR STOP button will not change to the Press the ENGINE START/STOP but- OFF position but to the ACC position. ton while it is in the OFF position without engaging the brake pedal.

5 9 on_en_us.book Page 10 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button

Some electrical accessories are WARNING operational. Never press the ENGINE START/ If the ENGINE START/STOP button is STOP button while the vehicle is in in the ACC position for more than 1 motion. This would result in loss hour, the button is turned off auto- of directional control and braking matically to prevent battery dis- function, which could cause an charge. accident. Before leaving the driver's seat, ON always make sure the shift lever Press the ENGINE START/STOP but- is engaged in P (Park), set the ton while it is in the ACC position parking brake fully and shut the without depressing the brake pedal. engine off. Unexpected and sud- The warning lights can be checked den vehicle movement may occur before the engine is started. Do not if these precautions are not taken. leave the ENGINE START/STOP but- Never reach for the ENGINE ton in the ON position for a long START/STOP button or any other time. The battery may discharge, controls through the steering because the engine is not running. wheel while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in the area could START/RUN cause loss of vehicle control, an To start the engine, press the brake accident and serious bodily injury pedal and push the ENGINE START/ or death. STOP button with the shift lever in Do not place any movable objects the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) posi- around the driver's seat as they tion. For your safety, start the may move while driving, interfere engine with the shift lever in the P with the driver and lead to an (Park) position. accident.

NOTICE If you press the ENGINE START/ STOP button without pressing the brake pedal, the engine will not start and the ENGINE START/STOP button changes as follow: OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC

5 10 on_en_us.book Page 11 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button

Starting the engine Starting the engine with smart key At the time that the vehicle doors WARNING are opened or when the ENGINE Do not start the vehicle with the START/STOP button is pressed the accelerator pedal engaged. The vehicle will check for the smart key. vehicle can move and lead to an If the smart key is not in the vehicle, accident. the " " indicator and a message Wait until the engine rpm is nor- "Key is not in the vehicle" will appear mal. The vehicle may suddenly on the instrument cluster and LCD move if the brake pedal is window. And if all doors are closed, released when the rpm is high. the chime will sound for 5 seconds. The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving. Starting the engine Always have the smart key with 1. Make sure the smart key is you. located inside the vehicle and close the driver seat. The vehicle 5 may not start if it is not located WARNING near the driver seat. The engine will start, only when the 2. Make sure the parking brake is smart key is in the vehicle. Never applied. allow children or any person who is 3. Make sure the shift lever in P (Park). unfamiliar with the vehicle touch the Press the brake pedal fully. ENGINE START/STOP button or You can also start the engine related parts. Pushing the ENGINE when the shift lever is in the N START/STOP button while the smart (Neutral) position. key is in the vehicle may result in 4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP unintended engine activation and/or button. unintended vehicle movement. Make sure that the accelerator pedal is not pressed. 5. Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)

5 11 on_en_us.book Page 12 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button

CAUTION When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you cannot start the engine nor- If the engine stalls while the vehicle mally. is in motion, do not attempt to Replace the fuse with a new one. move the shift lever to the P (Park) If it is not possible, you can start position. If the traffic and road con- the engine by pressing the engine ditions permit, you may put the start/ stop button for 10 seconds shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while it is in the ACC position. The while the vehicle is still moving and engine can start without pressing press the ENGINE START/STOP but- the brake pedal. But for your ton in an attempt to restart the safety always press the brake engine. pedal before starting the engine.

CAUTION Do not press the ENGINE START/ STOP button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown.

OON058004NR

NOTICE If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button with the smart key. When you press the ENGINE START/STOP button directly with the smart key, the smart key should contact the button at a right angle.

5 12 on_en_us.book Page 13 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission For smooth operation, press the brake pedal when shifting from N The automatic transmission has 8 (Neutral) to a forward or reverse forward speeds and one reverse gear. speed. WARNING Automatic transmission Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever OON058005NR is in the P (Park) position; then set Press the brake pedal and the the parking brake fully and shut lock release button when shifting. 5 the engine off. Unexpected and Press the lock release button sudden vehicle movement can when shifting. occur if these precautions are not followed in the order identified. The shift lever can be shifted Do not use the engine brake freely. (shifting from a high gear to The individual speeds are selected lower gear) rapidly on slippery automatically, depending on the roads. The vehicle may slip caus- position of the shift lever. ing an accident.

NOTICE CAUTION The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been discon- To avoid damage to your trans- nected, may be somewhat abrupt. mission, do not accelerate the This is a normal condition, and the engine in R (Reverse) or any for- shifting sequence will adjust after ward gear position with the shifts are cycled a few times by the brakes on. TCM (Transmission Control Module) When stopped on an incline, do or PCM (Powertrain Control Module). not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power. Use the service brake or the parking brake.

5 13 on_en_us.book Page 14 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission

Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P CAUTION (Park) into D (Drive), or R (Reverse) when the engine is The transmission may be damaged above idle speed. if you shift into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion.

Transmission ranges R (Reverse) The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever posi- Use this position to drive the vehicle tion when the ENGINE START/STOP backward. button is in the ON position. CAUTION P (Park) Always come to a complete stop Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R before shifting into P (Park). This (Reverse); you may damage the position locks the transmission and transmission if you shift into R while prevents the front wheels from the vehicle is in motion, except as rotating. explained in "Rocking the vehicle" in this section. WARNING Shifting into P (Park) while the N (Neutral) vehicle is in motion will cause the When in Neutral, wheels and trans- drive wheels to lock which will mission are not engaged. The vehi- cause you to lose control of the cle will roll freely even on the vehicle and possibly damage the slightest incline unless the parking transmission. brake or service brakes are applied. Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake. Always make sure the shift lever is WARNING latched in the P (Park) position Do not drive with the shift lever in N and set the parking brake fully. (Neutral). Never leave a child unattended in The engine brake will not work and a vehicle. lead to an accident.

5 14 on_en_us.book Page 15 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission

CAUTION Manual mode manages the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting Always park the vehicle in "P" (Park) the steering effort, and the engine for safety and engage the parking and transmission control logic for brake. enhanced driver performance. In Manual mode, moving the shift D (Drive) lever backwards or forwards will This is the normal forward driving allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to a manual trans position. The transmission will auto- - matically shift through a 8-gear mission, the Manual mode allows sequence, providing the best fuel gearshifts with the accelerator economy and power. pedal depressed. Up (+): Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. WARNING Down (-): Pull the lever backwards Always come to a complete stop once to shift down one gear. before shifting into D (Drive). 5 NOTICE Manual mode In Manual mode, the driver must execute upshifts in accordance Whether the vehicle is stationary or with road conditions, being careful in motion, Manual mode is selected to keep the engine speed below by pushing the shift lever from the the red zone. D (Drive) position into the manual In Manual mode, only the 8 for- gate. To return to D (Drive) range ward gears can be selected. To operation, push the shift lever back reverse or park the vehicle, move into the main gate. the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required. In Manual mode, downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected. In Manual mode, when the engine rpm approaches the red zone, shift points are varied to upshift

OON058006NR automatically.

5 15 on_en_us.book Page 16 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission

To maintain the required levels of Shifting the transmission from P vehicle performance and safety, (Park) into R (Reverse) the system may not execute cer- To shift the transmission from P tain gearshifts when the shift (Park) into R (Reverse): lever is operated. 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. When driving on a slippery road, 2. Start the engine or place the push the shift lever forward into ENGINE START/STOP button in the + (up) position. This causes the ON position. the transmission to shift into the 3. Move the shift lever. 2nd gear which is better for If the brake pedal is repeatedly smooth driving on a slippery road. engaged and released with the shift Push the shift lever to the - lever in the P (Park) position, a chat- (down) side to shift back to the tering noise near the shift lever may 1st gear. be heard. This is a normal condition. When Manual mode is activated: - The engine rpm will tend to WARNING remain raised over a certain length of time even after Always fully depress the brake releasing the accelerator. pedal before and while shifting out - Upshifts are delayed when of the P (Park) position into another accelerating. position to avoid inadvertent motion In Manual mode, the fuel effi- of the vehicle which could injure per- ciency may decrease. sons in or around the vehicle.

Shift lock system Overriding the shift lock For your safety, the Automatic transmission has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is engaged.

OON058007NR

5 16 on_en_us.book Page 17 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission

If the shift lever cannot be moved Be sure the vehicle is completely from the P (Park) position into R stopped before you attempt to (Reverse) position with the brake shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). pedal engaged, continue engaging Never take the vehicle out of gear the brake, then do the following: and coast down a hill. This may be 1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP extremely hazardous. Always button in the OFF position. leave the vehicle in gear when 2. Apply the parking brake. moving. 3. Carefully remove the cap cover- Do not "ride" the brakes. This can ing the shift-lock release access cause them to overheat and mal- hole. function. Instead, when you are 4. Insert a tool (e.g., flathead screw- driving down a long hill, slow down driver) into the access hole and and shift to a lower gear. When press down on the tool. you do this, engine braking will 5. Move the shift lever. 6. Remove the tool from the shift- help slow down the vehicle. lock override access hole then Slow down before shifting to a install the cap. lower gear. Otherwise, the lower 5 7. Have your vehicle inspected by an gear may not be engaged. authorized Kia dealer immedi- Always use the parking brake. Do ately. not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the ENGINE START/STOP button inter- vehicle from moving. lock system The ENGINE START/STOP button will WARNING not change to the OFF position Exercise extreme caution when unless the shift lever is in the P driving on a slippery surface. Be (Park) position. especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a Good driving practices slippery surface, an abrupt change Never move the shift lever from P in vehicle speed can cause the drive (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other wheels to lose traction and the vehi- position with the accelerator cle to go out of control. pedal engaged. Never move the shift lever into P Optimum vehicle performance (Park) when the vehicle is in and economy is obtained by motion. smoothly pressing and releasing the accelerator pedal.

5 17 on_en_us.book Page 18 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission

WARNING unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects. Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured Moving up a steep grade from a or killed than a properly belted standing start occupant. To move up a steep grade from a Avoid high speeds when cornering standing start: or turning. 1. Press the brake pedal, release the Do not make quick steering wheel parking break, and shift the shift movements, such as sharp lane lever to D (Drive). changes or fast, sharp turns. 2. Select the appropriate gear The risk of a rollover is greatly depending on load weight and increased if you lose control of steepness of the grade, and your vehicle at highway speeds. release the parking brake. Losing control often occurs if two 3. Press the accelerator gradually or more wheels drop off the road- while releasing the service brakes. way and the driver oversteers to When accelerating from a stop on a reenter the roadway. steep hill, the vehicle may have a In the event your vehicle leaves tendency to roll backwards. the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down WARNING before pulling back into the travel When you start driving after the car lanes. was stopped on a hill, even though Never exceed posted speed limits. the shift lever is in D (Driving) position, if you do not step on the accel- WARNING erator pedal or brake pedal, the car may roll backward, resulting in a If your vehicle becomes stuck in fatal accident. snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may Always come to a complete stop attempt to rock the vehicle free by before shifting into D (Drive). moving it forward and backward. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes

5 18 on_en_us.book Page 19 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system

All Wheel Drive (AWD) system (if The risk of a rollover is greatly equipped) increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system Loss of control often occurs if two delivers engine power to front and or more wheels drop off the road- rear wheels for maximum traction. way and the driver over steers to AWD is useful when extra traction is reenter the roadway. required, such as when driving slip- In the event your vehicle leaves pery, muddy, wet, or snow-covered the roadway, do not steer roads. sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel If the system determines there is a lanes. need for four wheel drive, the engine's driving power is distributed to all four wheels automatically. AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE) AWD helps the vehicle's perfor WARNING - mance by controlling 4 wheels. 5 If the AWD warning light ( ) stays on the instrument cluster, your Switching from/to SNOW MODE vehicle may have a malfunction with the AWD system. When the AWD warning light ( ) illuminates, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: OON058158NR Do not drive in conditions that You can switch from DRIVE MODE to exceed the vehicle's intended SNOW mode by turning the knob. design such as challenging off- road conditions. Avoid high speeds when cornering NOTICE or turning. Even if you turn off the vehicle in Do not make quick steering wheel SNOW mode, DRIVE mode will be set movements, such as sharp lane when you restart the vehicle. changes or fast, sharp turns.

5 19 on_en_us.book Page 20 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system

AWD transfer mode selection

Transfer Selection mode Description mode AWD AUTO is used when driving on roads in normal conditions, roads in urban areas, and on highways. All wheels are in operation when a vehicle travels at a constant speed. Required tractions are applied on front AWD and rear wheels vary depending on - AUTO road and driving conditions, which will be automatically controlled by the computing system. When the cluster's AWD display mode is selected, the cluster displays the status of how four wheels' traction forces are distributed.

SNOW mode is used to appropriately distribute the vehicle's traction forces and SNOW SNOW help prevent wheel slippage when driving on snowy or slippery road.

The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a driver to maximize the vehicle's traction under extreme driving conditions such as unpaved off-road, sandy roads, and muddy roads. AWD Lock mode is in operation only when a vehicle travels at 25 mph (40 AWD LOCK km/h) or less. When travelling at 25 (Indicator light mph (40 km/h) or faster, the mode will is illuminated) switch to AWD Auto. When travelling at 20 mph (30 km/h) or less, the mode will switch back to AWD Lock. Press the AWD Lock mode switch again to switch back to AWD Auto. When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.

5 20 on_en_us.book Page 21 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system

NOTICE Do not try to drive in deep standing water or mud since such con- Normal road conditions ditions can stall your engine and Maintain AWD Auto mode when clog your exhaust pipes. Do not driving on roads in normal condi- drive down steep hills since it tions. requires extreme skill to maintain When driving under normal road control of the vehicle. conditions (especially when cornering) in AWD Lock mode, a driver may find minor mechanical vibration or noise, which is extremely normal phenomenon, not a malfunction. When AWD Lock mode is released, such noise or vibration will be immediately gone. 5 OON058159NR For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD) When you are driving up or down operation hills drive as straight as possible. Use extreme caution in going up WARNING or down steep hills, since you may flip your vehicle over depending All Wheel Drive on the grade, terrain and water/ The conditions of on-road or off- mud conditions. road that demand All Wheel Drive mean all functions of your vehicle are exposed to extreme stress than under normal road conditions. Slow down and be ready for changes in the composition and traction of the surface under your tires. If you have any doubt about the safety of the conditions you are facing, stop and consider the best way to proceed.

OON058160NR

5 21 on_en_us.book Page 22 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system

WARNING Hills Driving across the contour of steep hills can be extremely dangerous. This danger can come from slight changes in the wheel angle which can destabilize the vehicle or, even if the vehicle is maintaining stability under power, it can lose that stability if the vehicle stops its forward OON058009NR motion. Your vehicle may roll over without warning and without time WARNING for you to correct a mistake that could cause serious injury or death. Steering wheel Do not grab the inside of the steer- You must learn how to corner in a ing wheel when you are driving on AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your unpaved roads. You may hurt your experience in conventional FWD arm by a sudden steering maneuver vehicles when cornering the vehi- or from steering wheel rebound due cle in AWD mode. For starters, to impact with objects on the you must drive slower in AWD. ground. You could lose control of the steering wheel. WARNING Always hold the steering wheel All Wheel Drive (AWD) firmly when you are driving on Reduce speed when you turn cor- unpaved roads. ners. The center of gravity of AWD Make sure all passengers are vehicles is higher than that of con- wearing seat belts. ventional FWD vehicles, making them more likely to roll over when WARNING you turn corners too fast. Wind danger If you are driving in heavy wind, the vehicle's higher center of gravity decreases your steering control capacity and requires you to drive more slowly.

5 22 on_en_us.book Page 23 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system

If you need to drive in the water, Since the driving torque is always stop your vehicle, set your trans- applied to the 4 wheels the per- fer to the AWD LOCK mode and formance of the AWD vehicle is drive at less than 5 mph (8 km/h). greatly affected by the condition of the tires. Be sure to equip the WARNING vehicle with four tires of the same size and type. Driving through water A full time All Wheel Drive vehicle Drive slowly. If you are driving too cannot be towed by an ordinary fast in water, the water can get into tow truck. Make sure that the the engine compartment and wet vehicle is placed on a flat bed the ignition system, causing your truck for moving. vehicle to suddenly stop. If this happens and your vehicle is in a tilted position, your vehicle may roll over. WARNING All Wheel Drive (AWD) driving NOTICE Avoid high cornering speed. 5 Do not make quick steering wheel Do not drive in water if the level is movements, such as sharp lane higher than the bottom of the changes or fast, sharp turns. vehicle. The risk of rollover is greatly Check your brake condition once increased if you lose control of you are out of mud or water. your vehicle at high speed. Press the brake pedal several In a collision, an unbelted person is times as you move slowly until significantly more likely to die you feel normal braking forces compared to a person wearing a return. seat belt. Shorten your scheduled mainte- Loss of control often occurs if two nance interval if you drive in or more wheels drop off the road- offroad conditions such as sand, way and the driver over-steers to mud or water (refer to "Mainte- re-enter the roadway. In the nance Under Severe Usage Condi- event your vehicle leaves the tions - Non Turbo Models" on roadway, do not steer sharply. page 7-12). Always wash your Instead, slow down before pulling vehicle thoroughly after off-road back into the travel lanes. use, especially cleaning the bottom of the vehicle.

5 23 on_en_us.book Page 24 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system

CAUTION NOTICE Mud or snow Moving the car forcibly to get out of If one of the front or rear wheels mud or sand can cause damage/ begins to spin in mud, snow, etc. the overheat of the engine or damage/ vehicle can sometimes be driven out breakdown of the transaxle, differ- by engaging the accelerator pedal ential or 4WD system as well as further; however avoid running the damage to tires. If excessive wheel engine continuously at high rpm slip occurs after entering a sandy/ because doing so could damage the muddy road, the vehicle may fall AWD system. into the sand/mud. When it happens, put a stone or a tree branch under the tire, and then try to pull Driving in sand or mud out the car, or try to get it unstuck Maintain slow and constant by repeatedly moving forwards and speed. Operate the accelerator backwards. pedal slowly to ensure safe driving (wheel-slip prevention). Use tire chains driving in mud if WARNING necessary. Your vehicle is equipped with tires Keep sufficient distance between designed to provide safe ride and your vehicle and the vehicle in handling capability. Do not use a size front of you. and type of tire and wheel that is Reduce vehicle speed and always different from the one that is origi- check the road condition. nally installed on your vehicle. It can Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, affect the safety and performance sudden brake applications, and of your vehicle, which could lead to sharp turns to prevent getting steering failure or rollover and seri- stuck. ous injury. When replacing the tires, When the vehicle is stuck in snow, be sure to equip all four tires with sand or mud, the tires may not the tire and wheel of the same size, operate. type, tread, brand and load-carrying This is to protect the transmis- capacity. sion and not a malfunction.

5 24 on_en_us.book Page 25 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system

WARNING 2. Place the front wheels on the roll tester (1) for a speedometer test Jacked vehicle as shown in the illustration. While the full-time AWD vehicle is 3. Release the parking brake. being raised on a jack, never start 4. Place the rear wheels on the tem- the engine or cause the tires to porary free roller (2) as shown in rotate. the illustration. There is the danger that rotating tires touching the ground could WARNING cause the vehicle to go off the jack Dynamometer testing and to jump forward. Keep away from the front of the Full-time AWD vehicles must be vehicle while the vehicle is in gear on tested on a special four wheel the dynamometer. This is very dan- chassis dynamometer. gerous as the vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death. NOTICE 5 Never engage the parking brake while performing these tests. CAUTION

A full-time AWD vehicle should When lifting up the vehicle, do not not be tested on a FWD roll tester. operate front and rear wheel sep- If a FWD roll tester must be used, arately. All four wheels should be perform the following: operated. If you need to operate the front wheel and rear wheel when lifting up the vehicle, you should release the parking brake.

OON058010NR 1. Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.

5 25 on_en_us.book Page 26 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

Brake system WARNING Your vehicle has power-assisted Steep hill braking brakes, parking brake, and various Avoid continuous application of the braking systems for safe driving. brakes when descending a long or steep hill by shifting to a lower gear. Power brakes Continuous brake application will Your vehicle has power-assisted cause the brakes to overheat and brakes that adjust automatically could result in a temporary loss of through normal usage. braking performance. In the event that the power- Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's assisted brakes lose power because ability to safely slow down; the of a stalled engine or some other vehicle may also pull to one side reason, you can still stop your vehi- when the brakes are applied. Apply cle by applying greater force to the - ing the brakes lightly will indicate brake pedal than you normally whether they have been affected in would. The stopping distance, how- this way. Always test your brakes in ever, will be longer. this fashion after driving through When the engine is not running, the deep water. To dry the brakes, apply reserve brake power is partially them lightly while maintaining a depleted each time the brake pedal safe forward speed until brake per- is applied. Do not pump the brake formance returns to normal. pedal when the power assist has been interrupted. In the event of brake failure Pump the brake pedal only when If service brakes fail to operate necessary to maintain steering con- while the vehicle is in motion, you trol on slippery surfaces. can make an emergency stop with the parking brake. The stopping dis- CAUTION tance, however, will be much Brake Pedal greater than normal. Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormally high brake temperatures which can cause excessive brake lining and pad wear.

5 26 on_en_us.book Page 27 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

WARNING Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and Parking brake new pads are required, you will hear Avoid applying the parking brake to a high-pitched warning sound from stop the vehicle while it is moving your front brakes or rear brakes. except in an emergency situation. You may hear this sound come and Applying the parking brake while the go or it may occur whenever you vehicle is moving at normal speeds press the brake pedal. can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use the Please remember that some driving parking brake to stop the vehicle, conditions or climates may cause a use great caution in applying the brake squeal when you first apply brake. (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes. Brake Over Accelerator Always replace the front or rear In the event the accelerator pedal brake pads as pairs. 5 becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the CAUTION brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. Replace brake pads Do not continue to drive with worn If you experience this condition, take brake pads. Continuing to drive with the following steps: worn brake pads can damage the 1. Apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. braking system and result in costly 2. Move the transmission to P brake repairs. (Park), switch the engine off and apply the parking brake. 3. Inspect the accelerator pedal for WARNING any interference. Brake wear If none are found and the condition Do not ignore high pitched wear persists, have your vehicle towed to sounds from your brakes. If you an authorized Kia dealer and ignore this audible warning, you will inspected. eventually lose braking performance, which could lead to a serious accident.

5 27 on_en_us.book Page 28 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

NOTICE Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) After parking the vehicle, apply the Brake dust may accumulate on the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) to wheels, even under normal driving prevent the vehicle from being conditions. Some dust is inevitable moved by the external force. as the brakes wear and does contribute to brake noise. Applying the EPB

ODEEV068228NR Check the brake warning light by turning the ENGINE START/STOP button ON (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the OON058013NR START or ON position. 1. Press the brake pedal. Before driving, be sure the parking 2. Pull up the EPB switch. brake is fully released and the brake 3. Make sure the warning light warning light is off. comes on. If the brake warning light remains Also, the EPB is applied automati- on after the parking brake is cally if the Auto Hold button is on released while engine is running, when the vehicle is turned off. How- there may be a malfunction in the ever, if you pull up the EPB switch brake system. Immediate attention after the vehicle is turned off, the is necessary. EPB will not be Applied. If at all possible, cease driving the WARNING vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while Risk of accident and injury due to operating the vehicle and only con- children left unattended in the vehi- tinue to drive the vehicle until you cle. can reach a safe location or repair If you leave children unaccompanied shop. in the vehicle, they may be able to set the vehicle in motion, for example by:

5 28 on_en_us.book Page 29 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

Releasing the parking brake. Releasing the EPB with EPB switch Shifting the transmission out of P (Park) position. Starting the engine. In addition, they may operate vehicle equipment. Never leave children and animals unattended in the vehicle. When leaving the vehicle, always take the smart key with you and lock the vehicle. OON058014NR Releasing the parking brake with NOTICE EPB switch, 1. Have the ENGINE START/STOP On a steep incline or when pulling a button in the ON position. trailer, if the vehicle does not remain 2. Press the brake pedal. 5 at a standstill, do as follows: 3. The shift lever must be in P 1. Apply the EPB. (Park). 2. Pull up the EPB switch for more 4. Make sure the brake warning light than 3 seconds. goes off.

Do not operate the EPB while the Automatic release of EPB vehicle is moving except in an emer- The EPB is released automatically gency situation. under following conditions. Shift lever in P (Park) NOTICE With the engine running engage A click or electric brake motor whine the brake pedal and shift out of P sound may be heard while operating (Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). or releasing the EPB. Shift lever in N (Neutral) With the engine running engage These conditions are normal and the brake pedal and shift out of N indicate that the EPB is functioning (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D properly. (Drive). Automatic transmission 1. Start the engine. 2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.

5 29 on_en_us.book Page 30 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

3. Close the driver's door, hood CAUTION and liftgate. 4. Press the accelerator pedal Do not drive your vehicle with the while the shift lever is in R EPB applied. It may cause excessive (Rear), D (Drive) or Manual brake pad and brake rotor wear. mode.

Make sure the brake warning light Automatic application of EPB goes off. The EPB is applied automatically under following conditions. NOTICE The EPB is overheated For your safety, you can engage Requested by other systems the EPB even though the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the OFF NOTICE position, but you cannot release For Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) it. equipped vehicles with AUTO HOLD For your safety, press the brake function used while driving, if the pedal and release the parking ENGINE START/STOP button has brake manually with the EPB been turned OFF, the EPB will be switch when you drive downhill or engaged automatically. Therefore, when backing up the vehicle. AUTO HOLD function should be Do not follow the above procedure turned off before the ENGINE when driving on a flat level ground. START/STOP button is turned off. The vehicle may suddenly move forward. EPB warning NOTICE The EPB will display a warning message with sound under certain con- If the parking brake warning light is ditions. still on even though the EPB has If you try to drive off while been released, have the system engaging the accelerator pedal checked by an authorized Kia dealer. with the EPB applied, but the EPB doesn't release automatically, a warning will sound and a message will appear. If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle hood,

5 30 on_en_us.book Page 31 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

driver's door or liftgate is opened, A click or electric brake motor a warning will sound and a mes- whine sound may be heard while sage will appear. operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly. When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet, make sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB. The EPB may malfunction if you drive with the EPB applied. When you automatically release OON058074NR EPB by pressing the accelerator If there is a problem with the pedal, press it slowly. vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear. When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly 5 If the above situation occurs, press a warning will sound and a message the brake pedal and release EPB by will appear. pressing the EPB switch.

WARNING Parking Brake Use Never allow a passenger to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur. All vehicles should always have

the parking brake fully engaged OON058075NR when parked to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicles which NOTICE can injure occupants or pedestri- Engage the brake pedal when the ans. above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate.

5 31 on_en_us.book Page 32 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold changed to the ON position, this is activated because of an Electronic indicates that the EPB may have Stability Control (ESC) signal, a malfunctioned. warning will sound and a message If this occurs, have your vehicle will appear. checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible. The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB. The EPB warning light may illumi-

OON058076NR nate if the EPB switch operates abnormally. Shut the engine off and EPB malfunction indicator turn it on again after a few minutes. This warning light illuminates if the The warning light will go off and the ENGINE START/STOP button is EPB switch will operate normally. changed to the ON position and goes However, if the EPB warning light is off in approximately 3 seconds if still on, have the system checked by the system is operating normally. an authorized Kia dealer. If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, the EPB is not applied. If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on, press the EPB switch, then pull it up. Once more press it back to its original position and pull it back up. OON058126NR If the EPB warning does not go off, If the EPB malfunction indicator have the system checked by an remains on, comes on while driving, authorized Kia dealer. or does not come on when the ENGINE START/STOP button is

5 32 on_en_us.book Page 33 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

Emergency braking with the EPB When the EPB is not released switch If the EPB does not release nor- If there is a problem with the brake mally, take your vehicle to an pedal while driving, emergency authorized Kia dealer by loading the braking is possible by pulling up and vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and holding the EPB switch. have the system checked. Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch. AUTO HOLD The Auto Hold is designed to main- WARNING tain the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not Do not operate the Electronic Park- ing Brake while the vehicle is moving pressed after the driver brings the except in an emergency situation. vehicle to a complete stop by press- Applying the Electronic Parking ing the brake pedal. Brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden Applying Auto Hold function 5 loss of control of the vehicle. If you 1. Press the brake pedal and start must use the Electronic Parking the vehicle. Brake to stop the vehicle, use great 2. Press the Auto Hold button. The caution in applying the brake. white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on indicating the system is in standby. NOTICE During emergency braking by the EPB, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating.

If you notice a continuous noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia OON058015NR dealer. Before the Auto Hold will engage, the driver's door and engine hood must be closed and the liftgate must be closed.

5 33 on_en_us.book Page 34 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

When coming to a complete stop by Canceling Auto Hold function pressing the brake pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from white to green indicating the AUTO HOLD is engaged. The vehicle will remain at a standstill even if you release the brake pedal.

OON058015NR To cancel the Auto Hold operation, press the Auto Hold switch. The AUTO HOLD indicator will go out. To cancel the Auto Hold operation when the vehicle is at a standstill, press the Auto Hold switch while OON058016NR pressing the brake pedal. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released. NOTICE If you press the accelerator pedal The following are conditions when with the shift lever in D (Drive) or the Auto Hold will not engage Manual mode, the Auto Hold will be (Auto Hold light will not turn released automatically and the vehi- green and the Auto Hold system cle will start to move. The indicator remains in stand by): changes from green to white indi - - The driver's door is opened cating the Auto Hold is in standby - The engine hood or liftgate is and the EPB is released. opened When driving off from Auto Hold by - The shift lever is in P (Park) pressing the accelerator pedal, - The EPB is applied always check the surrounding area For your safety, the Auto Hold near your vehicle. automatically switches to EPB under any of the following condi Slowly press the accelerator pedal - tions (Auto Hold light remains for a smooth launch. white and the EPB automatically applies): - The driver's door is opened.

5 34 on_en_us.book Page 35 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

- The engine hood or liftgate is gate open detection system, the opened. Auto Hold may not work properly. - The vehicle is in a standstill for Take your vehicle to an authorized more than 10 minutes. Kia dealer and have the system - The vehicle is standing on a checked. steep slope. - The vehicle moved for a few seconds. NOTICE In these cases, the brake warn- A click or electric brake motor whine ing light comes on, the AUTO sound may be heard while operating HOLD indicator changes from or releasing the EPB, but these con- green to white, and a warning ditions are normal and indicate that sounds and a message will the EPB is functioning properly. appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off Warning messages again, press foot brake pedal, The Auto Hold function will display a 5 check the surrounding area warning message with sound under near your vehicle and release certain conditions. parking brake manually with When the EPB is applied from Auto the EPB switch. Hold, a warning will sound and a If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights message will appear. up yellow, the Auto Hold is not working properly. Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.

WARNING To reduce the risk of an accident, do not activate Auto Hold while driving downhill, backing up or parking your vehicle. OON058076NR When the conversion from Auto If there is a malfunction with the Hold to EPB is not working properly driver's door or engine hood or lift- a warning will sound and a message will appear.

5 35 on_en_us.book Page 36 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

sound and a message will appear on the LCD display.

OON058075NR

NOTICE OON058128NR When this message is displayed, the At this moment, press the [AUTO Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. HOLD] button after closing the For your safety, press the brake driver's door, engine hood and lift- pedal. gate.

If you do not apply the brake pedal Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) when you release the Auto Hold by The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a prevents the wheels from locking. warning will sound and a message So the vehicle remains stable and will appear. can still be steered. ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The vehicle OON058127NR should be driven at reduced speeds When you press the [AUTO HOLD] in the following circumstances: switch, if the driver's door and When driving on rough, gravel or engine hood are not closed or the snow-covered roads liftgate is not closed, a warning will

5 36 on_en_us.book Page 37 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

When driving with tire chains are normal and indicate that the installed Anti-lock Brake System is function- When driving on roads where the ing properly. road surface is pitted or has different surface heights. Even with the Anti-lock Brake Sys- Driving in these conditions increases tem, your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. Always the stopping distance for your vehicle. maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels. If the wheels Always slow down when cornering. The Anti-lock Brake System cannot are going to lock, the ABS repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake prevent accidents resulting from pressure to the wheels. excessive speeds. When you apply your brakes under On loose or uneven road surfaces, conditions which may lock the operation of the Anti-lock Brake wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik'' System may result in a longer stop- 5 sound from the brakes, or feel a ping distance than for vehicles corresponding sensation in the equipped with a conventional brake brake pedal. This is normal and it system. means your ABS is active. The ABS warning light will stay on In order to obtain the maximum for approximately 3 seconds after the ENGINE START/STOP button is benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to ON. modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Press your brake pedal as hard as possible to allow the ABS to control ODEEV068101NR the force being delivered to the During that time, the ABS will go brakes. through selfdiagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If NOTICE the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an A click sound may be heard in the authorized Kia dealer as soon as vehicle compartment when the possible. vehicle begins to move after the vehicle is started. These conditions

5 37 on_en_us.book Page 38 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and have operated your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate. Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop the vehicle. Restart the vehicle. If the ABS

warning light goes off, then your OON058017NR ABS is normal. Otherwise, you may ESC applies the brakes on individual have a problem with the ABS. Con- wheels and intervenes with the tact an authorized Kia dealer as vehicle management system to sta- soon as possible. bilize the vehicle. ESC will not prevent accidents. NOTICE Excessive speed in turns, abrupt When you jump start your vehicle maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet because of a drained battery, the surfaces can still result in serious vehicle may not run as smoothly accidents. and the ABS warning light may turn Only a safe and attentive driver can on at the same time. This happens prevent accidents by avoiding because of low battery voltage. It maneuvers that cause the vehicle to does not mean your ABS has mal - lose traction. Even with ESC functioned. installed, always follow all the nor- Do not pump your brakes! mal precautions for driving - includ- Have the battery recharged ing driving at safe speeds for the before driving the vehicle. conditions.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) WARNING system For maximum protection, always The Electronic Stability Control wear your seat belt. No system, no (ESC) is designed to stabilize the matter how advanced, can compen- vehicle during cornering maneuvers. sate for all driver error and/or driving conditions. Always drive responsibly.

5 38 on_en_us.book Page 39 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

The ESC system is an electronic approximately 3 seconds, then system designed to help the driver ESC is turned on. maintain vehicle control under Press the ESC OFF button for at adverse conditions. It is not a sub- least half a second after turning stitute for safe driving practices. the vehicle ON to turn ESC off. Factors including speed, road condi- (ESC OFF indicator will illuminate). tions and driver steering input can To turn the ESC on, press the ESC all affect whether ESC will be effec- OFF button (ESC OFF indicator tive in preventing a loss of control. It light will go off). is still your responsibility to drive When starting the vehicle, you and corner at reasonable speeds may hear a slight ticking sound. and to leave a sufficient margin of This is the ESC performing an safety. automatic system self-check and does not indicate a problem. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the When operating wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik'' When the ESC is in operation, 5 sound from the brakes, or feel a the ESC indicator light blinks. corresponding sensation in the When the Electronic Stability brake pedal. This is normal and it Control is operating properly, you means your ESC is active. can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle. This is only the effect of NOTICE brake control and indicates nothing unusual. A click sound may be heard in the When moving out of the mud or vehicle compartment when the driving on a slippery road, pressing vehicle begins to move after the the accelerator pedal may not cause vehicle is started. These conditions the vehicle rpm (revolutions per are normal and indicate that the minute) to increase. Electronic Stability Control system is functioning properly. ESC operation off This car has 2 kinds of ESC off states. ESC operation If the vehicle stops when ESC is off, ESC ON condition ESC remains off. Upon restarting When the ENGINE START/STOP the vehicle, the ESC will automati- button is turned ON, ESC and ESC cally turn on again. OFF indicator lights illuminate for

5 39 on_en_us.book Page 40 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

button (ESC OFF ) for more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will illuminate and ESC OFF warning chime will sound. At this state, the car stability control function does not operate any more.

Indicator light OON058077NR ESC indicator light ESC off state 1 - Traction control disabled To turn off the traction control ESC OFF indicator light function and only operate the brake control function of the ESC, press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for less than 3 seconds and the ESC When ENGINE START/STOP button is turned to ON, the indicator light OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will illuminates, then goes off if the ESC illuminate. system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.

WARNING OON058078NR Electronic Stability Control Drive carefully even though your ESC off state 2 - Traction & stability control disabled vehicle has Electronic Stability Con- trol. It can only assist you in main To turn off the traction control - taining control under certain function and the brake control function of the ESC, press the ESC OFF circumstances.

5 40 on_en_us.book Page 41 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

ESC OFF usage ing responses under the following condition: When driving when driving on a slippery road or ESC should be turned on for daily when a change in the coefficient driving whenever possible. of friction between left and right To turn ESC off while driving, wheels is detected. press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface. WARNING Tire/Wheel size WARNING When replacing tires and wheels, Operating ESC make sure they are the same size Never press the ESC OFF button as the original tires and wheels while ESC is operating (ESC indicator installed. Driving with varying tire or light blinks). wheel sizes may diminish any sup- If ESC is turned off while ESC is plemental safety benefits of the VSM system. operating, the vehicle may slip out 5 of control.

VSM operation NOTICE When the VSM is in operation, ESC When operating the vehicle on a indicator light ( ) blinks. dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light When the VSM is operating properly, illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it you can feel a slight pulsation in the may prevent the vehicle speed vehicle and/or abnormal steering from increasing, and result in responses (Electronic Power Steer- false diagnosis. ing (EPS)). This is only the effect of Turning the ESC off does not brake and EPS control and indicates affect ABS or brake system oper- nothing unusual. ation. The VSM does not operate when: Driving on a sloping road such as a Vehicle Stability Management gradient or incline (VSM) system Driving in reverse The Vehicle Stability Management ESC OFF indicator light ( ) (VSM) provides further enhance- remains on the instrument cluster ments to vehicle stability and steer-

5 41 on_en_us.book Page 42 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

EPS indicator light remains on the NOTICE instrument cluster The VSM is designed to function above approximately 13 mph (22 VSM operation off km/h) on curves. If you press the ESC OFF button to The VSM is designed to function turn off the ESC, the VSM will also above approximately 6 mph (10 cancel and the ESC OFF indicator km/h) when a vehicle is braking on light ( ) illuminates. a split-mu surface. A split-mu surface is made of two surfaces To turn on the VSM, press the but- which have different friction ton again. The ESC OFF indicator forces. light goes out. The VSM is not a substitute for safe WARNING driving practices but a supplemen- Vehicle Stability Management tary function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check Drive carefully even though your the speed and the distance to the vehicle has Vehicle Stability Man- vehicle ahead. Always hold the agement. It can only assist you in steering wheel firmly while driving. maintaining control of the vehicle under certain circumstances. Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the driver's intention, even with installed VSM. Always fol- Malfunction indicator low all the normal precautions for The VSM can be deactivated even if driving at safe speeds for the condi- you don't cancel the VSM operation tions including driving in clement by pressing the ESC OFF button. It weather and on a slippery road. indicates that a malfunction has been detected somewhere in the WARNING Electric Power Steering system or For maximum protection, always VSM system. If the ESC indicator wear your seat belt. No system, no light ( ) or EPS warning light matter how advanced, can compen- remains on, take your vehicle to an sate for all driver error and/or driv- authorized Kia dealer and have the ing conditions. Always drive system checked. responsibly.

5 42 on_en_us.book Page 43 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) sys- Assist Control (HAC) prevents the tem vehicle from rolling back by applying The Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) is the brakes automatically for about operated as vehicle stability control 2 seconds. system. The TSA has an effort to The brakes are released when the stabilize the vehicle and trailer when accelerator pedal is engaged or the trailer sways or oscillates. There after about 2 seconds. are various reasons making vehicle The HAC is activated only for about sway and oscillate. Almost case it 2 seconds, so when the vehicle is happens at high speed however, if starting off always engaged the the trailer is affected by crosswinds, accelerator pedal. buffeting, and improper overloading, it may be a risk of swaying. WARNING Factors of swaying such as: High speed Maintaining Brake Pressure on Incline Strong crosswinds 5 Improper overloading HAC does not replace the need to Sudden controlling of steering apply brakes while stopped on an wheel incline. While stopped, make sure Uneven road you maintain brake pressure sufficient to prevent your vehicle from The TSA continuously analyzes the rolling backward and causing an vehicle and trailer instability. When accident. Don't release the brake the TSA detects some sway, the pedal until you are ready to acceler- brakes are applied automatically to ate forward. stabilize the vehicle on the front wheel. However, if it is not enough to stabilize, the brakes are applied Good braking practices on all wheels automatically and Good braking practices help keep engine power is properly reduced. occupants safe and extend brake When the vehicle is stable from life. swaying, the TSA does not operate. Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and the Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) parking brake indicator light is out A vehicle has the tendency to roll before driving away. back on a steep hill when it starts to Driving through water may get go after stopping. The Hill-start the brakes wet. They can also get

5 43 on_en_us.book Page 44 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Brake system

wet when the vehicle is washed. Be cautious when parking on a hill. Wet brakes can be dangerous! Firmly engage the parking brake Your vehicle will not stop as and place the shifter dial in P. If quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet your vehicle is facing downhill, brakes may cause the vehicle to turn the front wheels into the pull to one side. curb to help keep the vehicle from To dry the brakes, apply the rolling. brakes lightly until the braking If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn action returns to normal, taking the front wheels away from the care to keep the vehicle under curb to help keep the vehicle from control at all times. If the braking rolling. If there is no curb or if it is action does not return to normal, required by other conditions to stop as soon as it is safe to do so keep the vehicle from rolling, and call an authorized Kia dealer block the wheels. for assistance. Under some conditions your park- Don't coast down hills with the ing brake can freeze in the vehicle out of gear. This is engaged position. This is most extremely hazardous. Keep the likely to happen when there is an vehicle in gear at all times, use the accumulation of snow or ice brakes to slow down, then shift to around or near the rear brakes or a lower gear so that vehicle brak- if the brakes are wet. If there is a ing will help you maintain a safe risk that the parking brake may speed. freeze, apply it only temporarily Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Rest- while you put the shifter dial in P ing your foot on the brake pedal and block the rear wheels so the while driving can be dangerous vehicle cannot roll. Then release because the brakes might over- the parking brake. heat and lose their effectiveness. Do not hold the vehicle on an It also increases the wear of the incline with the accelerator pedal. brake components. This can cause the reduction gear If a tire goes flat while you are to overheat. Always use the brake driving, apply the brakes gently pedal or parking brake. and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe place.

5 44 on_en_us.book Page 45 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system

Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system The Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system reduces fuel consumption by automatically shutting down the engine when the vehicle is at a standstill. (For example: red light, stop sign and traffic jam) The engine starts automatically as soon as the starting conditions are OON058132NR met. The engine will stop and the green The ISG is ON whenever the engine AUTO STOP ( ) indicator on the is running. instrument cluster will illuminate. NOTICE When the engine automatically 5 starts by the ISG system, some warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds. This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean the system has malfunctioned. OON058133NR

NOTICE Auto stop If you depress the brake pedal and If you open the engine hood in auto stop mode, the following will hap the vehicle comes to a stop with the - pen: ISG ON, the engine will stop automatically. The ISG system will deactivate (the light on the ISG OFF button Stop the vehicle completely by will illuminate). pressing the brake pedal when the A message will appear on the LCD shift lever is in the D (Drive) or N display. (Neutral) position.

5 45 on_en_us.book Page 46 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system

OON058134NR OON058135NR If you move the transmission The engine will start and the green lever from N to D (Manual mode) AUTO STOP indicator ( ) on the or R without depressing the brake instrument cluster will go out. pedal after stopping engine automatically, the engine does not The engine will also restart auto- restart automatically and a warn- matically without any driver ing chime alarms. When this hap - actions if the following occurs: pens, press the brake pedal for The fan speed of manual climate auto start. control system is set above the 3rd position when the air condi- Auto start tioning is on. The fan speed of automatic cli- When the engine stops automati - mate control system is set above cally by ISG, the engine will restart if the 5th position when the air con- one of the following driver actions. ditioning is on. Release the brake pedal. When a certain amount of time Move the shift gear to the R has passed with the climate con- (Reverse) position or the Manual trol system on. mode while depressing the brake When the defroster is on. pedal. The brake vacuum pressure is low. The battery charging status is low. The vehicle speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h). Engine is turned off by Auto Stop for a long time.

5 46 on_en_us.book Page 47 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system

If you unfasten the seat belt or Deactivating the ISG open the driver's door while depressing the brake pedal.

Operating conditions The ISG will operate under the following condition: The driver's seat belt is fastened. The driver's door and engine hood are closed.

The brake vacuum pressure is OON058136NR adequate. If you wish to deactivate the ISG, The battery is sufficiently press the ISG OFF button. The charged. light on the ISG OFF button will The outside temperature is illuminate. between 14 /F to 95 /F (-10 /C to If you press the ISG OFF button 5 35 /C). again, the ISG will be activated The engine coolant temperature and the light on the ISG OFF but- is not too low. ton will turn off.

NOTICE ISG malfunction The ISG may not operate when: If the ISG system does not meet the operation condition, the ISG system is deactivated. The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and a message "Auto Stop conditions not met" will appear on the LCD display. If the light or warning message comes on continuously, please check the operation condition.

OON058132NR The ISG may not operate when an ISG related sensor or system error occurs. The following will happen:

5 47 on_en_us.book Page 48 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system

The yellow AUTO STOP ( ) indicator on the instrument cluster will stay on after blinking for 5 seconds. The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate. When the engine is in Idle Stop mode, it's possible to restart the engine without the driver taking any action. Before leaving the car or OON079077NR doing anything in the engine com- In this case, the ISG system is limit- partment, stop the engine by the edly operated due to the battery ENGINE START/STOP button to the sensor deactivation. Thus, the driver OFF position. needs to take the following procedures to reactivate the battery sen- NOTICE sor after disconnecting the battery. If the AGM battery is reconnected or Prerequisites to reactivate the bat- replaced, ISG function will not oper - tery sensor ate immediately. If you want to use the ISG function, the battery sensor Keep the engine in the OFF status needs to be calibrated for approxi- for 4 hours, and attempt to restart mately 4 hours with the ignition off. the engine 3 to 4 times for the bat- After calibration, turn the engine on tery sensor reactivation. and off 2 or 3 times. Pay extreme caution not to connect any accessories (i.e. navigation and black box) to the vehicle with the Battery Sensor Deactivation engine in the OFF status. If not, the The battery (1) sensor is deacti- battery sensor may not be reacti- vated, when the battery is discon- vated. nected from the negative pole for maintenance purpose.

5 48 on_en_us.book Page 49 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)

NOTICE Drive mode integrated control system (FWD) The ISG system may not operate in the following situations. The drive mode may be selected There is a malfunction with the according to the driver's preference ISG system. or road condition. The battery is weak. The brake vacuum pressure is low. If this occurs, have the ISG system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION Use only a genuine Kia ISG battery

for replacement. If not, the ISG sys- OON058003NR tem may not normally operate. The mode changes whenever the 5 Do not recharge the ISG battery DRIVE MODE knob is turned. with a general battery charger. It SMART mode: SMART mode auto- may damage or explode the ISG matically adjusts the driving mode battery. (ECO ↔ COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in Do not remove the battery cap. The accordance with the driver's driv- battery electrolyte, which is harm- ing habits. ful to the human body, may leak COMFORT mode: COMFORT mode out. provides soft driving and comfortable riding. SPORT mode: SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding. ECO mode: ECO mode improves fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving. The driving mode will be set to COMFORT or ECO mode when the engine is restarted. If it is in COM- FORT/SPORT mode, COMFORT mode will be set, when the engine is restarted.

5 49 on_en_us.book Page 50 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)

If it is in Eco mode, Eco mode will be SMART mode selects the set when the engine is restarted. 60$57 proper driving mode among ECO, COMFORT and SMART mode SPORT by judging the driver's driving habits (i.e., mild or dynamic) from the brake pedal or the steering wheel operation. Turning the DRIVE MODE knob to activate SMART mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster. The vehicle starts in SMART mode, when the engine was turned OFF in SMART mode. OON058120NR SMART mode automatically controls the vehicle driving, such as gear shifting patterns, engine torque, in accordance with the driver's driving habits.

NOTICE When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve OON058112NR fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations (i.e., upward/downward slope, vehicle deceleration/acceleration). When you dynamically drive the vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply curving, the driving mode changes OON058113NR to SPORT mode. However, it may adversely affect fuel economy.

5 50 on_en_us.book Page 51 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)

Various driving situations, which period of time for next accelera- you may encounter in SMART mode tion. Thus, it is a normal driving The driving mode automatically situation, not indicating any mal- changes to ECO mode after a cer- function. tain period of time, when you The driving mode automatically gently press the accelerator pedal changes to SMART SPORT mode (Your driving is categorized to be only in harsh driving situations. In mild.). most of the normal driving situa- The driving mode automatically tions, the driving mode sets to be changes from SMART ECO mode either in SMART ECO mode or in to SMART NORMAL mode after a SMART COMFORT mode. certain period of time, when you sharply or repetitively press the Limitation of SMART mode accelerator pedal. The SMART mode may be limited in The driving mode automatically following situations. (The OFF indi- changes to SMART COMFORT cator illuminates in those situa- mode with the same driving pat- tions.) 5 terns, when the vehicle starts to The driver manually moves the drive on an upward slope of a cer- shift lever: It deactivates SMART tain angle. The driving mode mode. The vehicle moves, as the automatically returns to SMART driver manually moves the shift ECO mode, when the vehicle lever. enters a leveled road. The cruise control is activated: The driving mode automatically The cruise system may deacti- changes to SMART SPORT, when vate the SMART mode. When a you abruptly accelerate the vehi- higher system is set by the cruise cle or repetitively operate the system, it starts to control vehicle steering wheel (Your driving is speed and deactivates SMART categorized to be sporty.). In this mode. (SMART mode is not deac- mode, your vehicle drives in a tivated just by activing the cruise lower gear for abrupt accelerat- system.) ing/decelerating and increases the The transmission oil temperature engine brake performance. is either extremely low or You may still sense the engine extremely high: The SMART mode brake performance, even when can be active in most of the nor- you release the accelerator pedal mal driving situations. However, in SMART SPORT mode. It is an extremely high/ low transmis- because your vehicle remains to sion oil temperature may tempo- be in a lower gear over a certain rarily deactivate the SMART

5 51 on_en_us.book Page 52 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)

mode, because the transmission and transmission control logic are condition is out of normal opera- changed to maximize fuel efficiency. tion condition. When ECO mode is selected by turning the Drive mode knob, the SPORT mode ECO indicator (green color) will illuminate. SPORT mode manages the If the vehicle is set to ECO mode, driving dynamics by auto 63257 - when the engine is turned OFF matically adjusting the and restarted the Drive Mode set- steering effort, and the ting will remain in ECO mode. engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driver performance. NOTICE When SPORT mode is selected by Fuel efficiency depends on the turning the DRIVE MODE knob, the driver's driving habit and road condi- SPORT indicator (orange color) tion. will illuminate. Whenever the engine is restarted, the Drive Mode will revert back to When ECO mode is activated: COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is The acceleration response may be desired, re-select SPORT mode slightly reduced if the accelerator from the DRIVE MODE knob. pedal is engaged moderately. When SPORT mode is activated: The shift pattern of the auto- - The engine rpm will tend to matic transmission may change. remain raised over a certain The above situations are normal length of time even after conditions when ECO mode is acti- releasing the accelerator. vated to improve fuel efficiency. - Upshifts are delayed when accelerating. Limitation of ECO mode operation: If the following conditions occur NOTICE while ECO mode is operating, the system operation is limited even In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency though there is no change in the may decrease. ECO indicator. When driving the vehicle with the automatic transmission gear shift ECO mode lever in Manual mode. When the Drive Mode is set The system will be limited accord- (&2 to ECO mode, the engine ing to the shift location.

5 52 on_en_us.book Page 53 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)

Drive mode integrated control system (AWD) The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition.

OON058150NR

OON058033NR The Drive mode is activated by 5 turning the knob. The Drive mode is changes when-

ever the knob is turned. OON058151NR

OON058152NR OON058149NR SMART mode: SMART mode automatically adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔ COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving habits.

5 53 on_en_us.book Page 54 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)

COMFORT mode: COMFORT mode provides soft driving and comfortable riding. SPORT mode: SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding. ECO mode: ECO mode improves fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving. The driving mode will be set to

COMFORT or ECO mode when the OON058112NR engine is restarted. If it is in COM- FORT/SPORT mode, COMFORT mode will be set, when the engine is restarted. If it is in Eco mode, Eco mode will be set when the engine is restarted.

SMART mode

OON058113NR SMART mode selects the 60$57 proper driving mode among ECO, COMFORT and SPORT by judging the driver's driving habits (i.e., mild or dynamic) from the brake pedal or the steering wheel operation. Turning the knob to activate OON058120NR SMART mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster. The vehicle starts in SMART mode, when the engine was turned OFF in SMART mode. SMART mode automatically controls the vehicle driving, such as gear shifting patterns, engine

5 54 on_en_us.book Page 55 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)

torque, in accordance with the terns, when the vehicle starts to driver's driving habits. drive on an upward slope of a certain angle. The driving mode NOTICE automatically returns to SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle When you mildly drive the vehicle enters a leveled road. in SMART mode, the driving mode The driving mode automatically changes to ECO mode to improve changes to SMART SPORT, when fuel efficiency. However, the you abruptly accelerate the vehi- actual fuel efficiency may differ in cle or repetitively operate the accordance with your driving situ- steering wheel (Your driving is ations (i.e., upward/downward categorized to be sporty.). In this slope, vehicle deceleration/accel- mode, your vehicle drives in a eration). lower gear for abrupt accelerat- When you dynamically drive the ing/decelerating and increases the vehicle in SMART mode by engine brake performance. abruptly decelerating or sharply You may still sense the engine 5 curving, the driving mode changes brake performance, even when to SPORT mode. However, it may you release the accelerator pedal adversely affect fuel economy. in SMART SPORT mode. It is because your vehicle remains to Various driving situations, which be in a lower gear over a certain you may encounter in SMART mode period of time for next accelera- The driving mode automatically tion. Thus, it is a normal driving changes to ECO mode after a cer- situation, not indicating any mal- tain period of time, when you function. gently press the accelerator pedal The driving mode automatically (Your driving is categorized to be changes to SMART SPORT mode mild.). only in harsh driving situations. In The driving mode automatically most of the normal driving situa- changes from SMART ECO mode tions, the driving mode sets to be to SMART NORMAL mode after a either in SMART ECO mode or in certain period of time, when you SMART COMFORT mode. sharply or repetitively press the accelerator pedal. The driving mode automatically changes to SMART COMFORT mode with the same driving pat-

5 55 on_en_us.book Page 56 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)

Limitation of SMART mode logic for enhanced driver perfor- The SMART mode may be limited in mance. following situations. (The OFF indi- When SPORT mode is selected by cator illuminates in those situa- turning the knob, the SPORT indi- tions.) cator (orange color) will illumi- The driver manually moves the nate. shift lever: It deactivates SMART Whenever the engine is restarted, mode. The vehicle moves, as the the Drive Mode will revert back to driver manually moves the shift COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is lever. desired, re-select SPORT mode The cruise control is activated: from the knob. The cruise system may deacti- When SPORT mode is activated: vate the SMART mode. When a - The engine rpm will tend to higher system is set by the cruise remain raised over a certain system, it starts to control vehicle length of time even after speed and deactivates SMART releasing the accelerator. mode. (SMART mode is not deac- - Upshifts are delayed when tivated just by activing the cruise accelerating. system.) The transmission oil temperature NOTICE is either extremely low or extremely high: The SMART mode In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency can be active in most of the nor- may decrease. mal driving situations. However, an extremely high/ low transmis- ECO mode sion oil temperature may temporarily deactivate the SMART When the Drive Mode is set mode, because the transmission (&2 to ECO mode, the engine condition is out of normal opera- and transmission control tion condition. logic are changed to maximize fuel efficiency. SPORT mode When ECO mode is selected by turning the knob, the ECO indica- SPORT mode manages the tor (green color) will illuminate. driving dynamics by auto 63257 - If the vehicle is set to ECO mode, matically adjusting the when the engine is turned OFF steering effort, and the and restarted the Drive Mode set- engine and transmission control ting will remain in ECO mode.

5 56 on_en_us.book Page 57 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system

NOTICE Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type Fuel efficiency depends on the (front Camera + front radar driver's driving habit and road condition. type) system The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) is designed to detect When ECO mode is activated: and monitor a vehicle ahead or The acceleration response may be detect a pedestrian or cyclists in the slightly reduced if the accelerator roadway through radar signals and pedal is engaged moderately. camera recognition to warn the The shift pattern of the auto- driver that a collision is imminent, matic transmission may change. and if necessary, apply emergency The above situations are normal braking. conditions when ECO mode is activated to improve fuel efficiency. WARNING Limitation of ECO mode operation: 5 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist If the following conditions occur (FCA) Limitations while ECO mode is operating, the The FCA system is a supplemental system operation is limited even system and is not a substitute for though there is no change in the ECO indicator. safe driving practices. When driving the vehicle with the It is the responsibility of the driver automatic transmission gear shift to always check the speed and dis- lever in Manual mode. tance to the vehicle ahead and to be The system will be limited accord- prepared to apply the brakes. ing to the shift location. WARNING Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist (FCA) system: This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, or does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors

5 57 on_en_us.book Page 58 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system are limited. Pay attention to the risk levels. You should control road conditions at all times. the brake directly because the NEVER drive too fast in accor- FCA system do not control the dance with the road conditions or brake. while cornering. OFF: The FCA deactivates. Always drive cautiously to prevent The warning light illumi- unexpected and sudden situations nates on the LCD display, from occurring. FCA does not stop when you cancel the FCA. the vehicle completely and does The driver can monitor the FCA ON/ not avoid all collisions due to sys- OFF status on the LCD display. Also, tem limitations. the warning light illuminates when the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Setting and activating the FCA is turned off (Traction & Stability control disabled.). The driver can activate the FCA by placing the ENGINE START/STOP When the warning light remains ON button to the ON position and by with the FCA activated, take your selecting: vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer 1. Press the MODE button ( ) sev- and have the system checked. eral times on the steering wheel until 'User Settings' menu appears Setting the initial warning activa- on the LCD. tion time 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → For- The driver can select the initial ward safety' with the MOVE warning activation time in the User switch ( / ) and the OK but - Settings in the instrument cluster ton on the steering wheel. LCD display. 3. Select one of the following options: 1. Press the MODE button ( ) sev- Active assist: The FCA pro- eral times on the steering wheel duces warning messages and until 'User Settings' menu appears warning alarms in accordance on the LCD. with the collision risk levels. 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → Warn- Also, it controls the brakes in ing Timing' with the MOVE switch ( / ) and the OK button on accordance with the collision the steering wheel. risk levels. 3. Select one of the following Warning only: The FCA pro- options: duces only warning alarms in Normal: The initial Forward Col- accordance with the collision lision Warning is activated sen-

5 58 on_en_us.book Page 59 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system sitively. If you feel the warning vehicle condition. If you select activates too early, set the For- "Warning only", the FCA activates ward Collision Warning to and produces only warning alarms 'Later'. in accordance with the collision Later: The initial Forward Colli- risk levels.) sion Warning is activated later * The FCA may not operate properly than normal. This setting according to the frontal situation, reduces the amount of distance the direction of pedestrian or between the vehicle, pedestrian cyclist and speed. or cyclist ahead before the initial warning occurs. Select WARNING 'Later' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow. Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the * If you change the warning timing, switch on the steering wheel to the warning timing of other sys - activate/deactivate the FCA systems may change. tem. 5 * Always be aware of warning timing The FCA automatically activates before changing the warning tim- upon placing the engine start/ ing. stop button to the ON position. The driver can deactivate the FCA Prerequisite for the FCA activation by canceling the system setting on the LCD display. The FCA will activate when the FCA The FCA automatically deacti- is selected on the LCD display, and vates upon canceling the ESC when the following prerequisites are (Electronic Stability Control). satisfied: When the ESC is canceled, the FCA The Electronic Stability Control cannot be activated on the LCD (ESC) is activated. display. The FCA warning light will The driving speed is over 5 mph (8 illuminate which is normal. km/h). (The FCA only works within a certain range of vehicle speeds) The system detects a pedestrian, FCA warning message and brake cyclist or a vehicle in front, which control may collide with your vehicle. (The The FCA produces warning mes- FCA may not be activated or may sages and warning alarms in accor- sound a warning alarm in accor - dance with the collision risk levels, dance with the driving situation or such as abrupt stopping of the vehi-

5 59 on_en_us.book Page 60 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system

cle in front, insufficient braking dis- forward vehicle. (Depending on tance, pedestrian or cyclist the condition of the vehicle ahead detection. Also, it controls the and the environment surrounding brakes in accordance with the colli- it, the possible maximum operat- sion risk levels. ing speed may be reduced.) For pedestrians and cyclists to be The driver can select the initial detected, the vehicle speed must warning activation time in the User be greater than or equal to 5 mph Settings in the LCD display. The (8 km/h) and less than 55 mph options for the initial Forward Colli- (90 km/h). (Depending on the sion Warning include Normal or condition of pedestrians and bike Later initial warning time. riders and the surrounding environment the possible maximum Collision Warning (1st warning) operating speed may be reduced.) - If you select "Warning only", the FCA activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You must control the brake directly because the FCA in this setting does not control the brake.

OON058079NR Emergency braking (2nd warning) The warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle. The Vehicle may slow down slightly. The FCA system will operate if OON058080NR the vehicle speed is greater than 5 The warning message appears on mph (8 km/h) and less than or the LCD display with the a warning equal to 100 mph (160 km/h) on a chime.

5 60 on_en_us.book Page 61 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system Additionally, some vehicle system Brake operation intervention occurs by the engine In an urgent situation, the braking management system to help decel- system enters into the ready status erate the vehicle. for prompt reaction to assist the The brake control is maximized just driver in utilization of the brake before a collision, reducing impact pedal. when it strikes a forward vehicle. The FCA provides additional brak- The FCA system will operate if ing power for optimum braking the vehicle speed is greater than 5 performance when the driver mph (8 km/h) and less than or presses the brake pedal. equal to 50 mph (80 km/h) on a The braking control is automati- forward vehicle. (Depending on cally deactivated when the driver the condition of the vehicle ahead sharply presses the accelerator and the environment surrounding pedal, or when the driver abruptly it, the possible maximum operat- operates the steering wheel. ing speed may be reduced.) The braking control is automati- 5 For pedestrians and cyclists to be cally canceled when risk factors detected, the vehicle speed must disappear. be greater than or equal to 5 mph (8 km/h) and less than 45 mph CAUTION (70 km/h). (Depending on the The driver should always exercise condition of pedestrians and bike caution when operating the vehicle, riders and the surrounding envi- even though there is no warning ronment the possible maximum message or warning alarm. operating speed may be reduced.) - If you select "Warning only", the FCA activates and produces WARNING only warning alarms in accor- The braking control cannot com- dance with the collision risk lev- pletely stop the vehicle nor avoid all els. You must control the brake collisions. The driver should hold the directly because the FCA in this responsibility to safely drive and setting does not control the control the vehicle. brake.

5 61 on_en_us.book Page 62 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system

WARNING The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system. OON058018NR NOTICE WARNING Do not apply license plate molding Never deliberately drive dangerously or foreign objects such as a to activate the system. bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing FCA front radar / Camera sensor performance of the radar. In order for the FCA to operate Always keep the radar sensor and properly, always make sure the over clean and free of dirt and sensor or sensor cover is clean and debris. free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, Use only soft clothes to wash the snow, or foreign substances on the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized sensor or its external parts may water directly on the sensor or sensor cover. adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor. Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the OON058025NR radar sensor, the FCA system

5 62 on_en_us.book Page 63 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system may not operate properly. In this Warning message and warning light case, have your vehicle inspected When the sensor cover is blocked by an authorized Kia dealer. with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA Use only genuine parts to repair system operation may stop tempo- or replace a damaged sensor or rarily. sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover. NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield. NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system. Pay special attention to keep the OON058083NR camera out of water. In this case, a warning message 5 NEVER disassemble the camera ("Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist assembly, nor impact the camera (FCA) system disabled. Radar assembly. blocked") will appear to notify the Do not disassemble the sensor. driver. Playing the vehicle audio system Remove any dirt, snow, or debris at high volume may prevent you and clean the radar sensor cover from hearing the system warning before operating the FCA system. sounds. The system will operate normally when such dirt, snow or debris is NOTICE removed. Have the vehicle inspected by an The FCA may not properly operate authorized Kia dealer when: in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected The windshield glass is replaced. after turning ON the engine. The radar sensor or cover gets damaged or replaced.

5 63 on_en_us.book Page 64 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system

WARNING WARNING The FCA system may not activate The FCA is only a supplemental according to the road conditions, system for the driver's conve- inclement weather, driving condi- nience. The driver should hold the tions or traffic conditions. responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. FCA malfunction Rather, maintain a safe braking When the FCA is not working prop- distance, and, if necessary, utilize the brake pedal to reduce the erly, the FCA warning light ( ) driving speed. will illuminate and the warning mes- In certain instances and under sage will appear for a few seconds. certain driving conditions, the FCA system may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Also, in certain instances the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead. The FCA system may not activate and the warning mes OON058082NR - sage will not be displayed. After the message disappears, the Even if there is any problem with master warning light ( ) will illu- the brake control function of the minate. In this case, take your vehi- FCA system, the vehicle's basic cle to an authorized Kia dealer and braking performance will operate have the system checked. normally. However, brake control The FCA warning message may function for avoiding collision will appear along with the illumination not activate. of the Electronic Stability Control If the vehicle in front stops sud- (ESC) warning light. denly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.

5 64 on_en_us.book Page 65 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system The FCA system may activate reduce the driving speed in order to during braking and the vehicle maintain a safe distance. may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects Limitations of the FCA secured. The Forward Collision-Avoidance The FCA system may not activate Assist (FCA) system is designed to if the driver applies the brake monitor the vehicle ahead or a pedal to avoid a collision. pedestrian or cyclist in the roadway The brake control may be insuffi- through radar signals and camera cient, possibly causing a collision, recognition to warn the driver that a if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. collision is imminent, and if neces- Always exercise extreme caution. sary, apply emergency braking. Occupants may get injured, if the In certain situations, the radar sen- vehicle abruptly stops by the acti- sor or the camera may not be able vated FCA system. Exercise to detect the vehicle, pedestrian or extreme caution. 5 cyclist ahead. In these cases, the The FCA system operates only to FCA may not operate normally. The detect vehicles, pedestrian or cyclist in front of the vehicle. driver must pay careful attention in The FCA system does not operate the following situations where the when the vehicle is in reverse. FCA operation may be limited. The FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the Limitations of the sensors road such as animals. The sensor may be limited when: The FCA system does not detect The radar sensor or camera is vehicles in the opposite lane. covered with a foreign object or The FCA system does not detect debris. cross traffic vehicles that are Inclement weather such as heavy approaching. rain or snow obscures the field of The FCA system cannot detect view of the radar sensor or cam- the side profile of a vehicle. era. The FCA system cannot detect There is interference by electro- the cross traffic cyclist that are magnetic waves. approaching. There is severe irregular reflection In these cases, you must maintain a from the radar sensor. safe braking distance, and if neces- The radar/camera sensor recog- sary, press the brake pedal to nition is limited.

5 65 on_en_us.book Page 66 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system

The vehicle in front is too small to The vehicle drives inside a build- be detected (for example a ing, such as a basement parking motorcycle etc.) lot. The vehicle in front is an oversize The camera does not recognize vehicle or trailer that is too big to the entire vehicle in front. be detected by the camera recog- The camera is damaged. nition system (for example a The brightness outside is too low tractor trailer, etc.) such as when the headlamps are The camera's field of view is not not on at night or the vehicle is well illuminated (either too dark going through a tunnel. or too much reflection or too A shadow is on the road by a much backlight that obscures the median strip, trees, etc. field of view) The vehicle drives through a toll- The vehicle in front does not have gate. their rear lights or their rear lights The rear part of the vehicle in does not turned ON or their rear front is not normally visible. (the lights are located unusually. vehicle turns in other direction or The outside brightness changes the vehicle is overturned.) suddenly, for example when Adverse road conditions cause entering or exiting a tunnel. excessive vehicle vibrations while When light coming from a street driving. light or an oncoming vehicle is The sensor recognition changes reflected on a wet road surface suddenly when passing over a such as a puddle in the road. speed bump. The field of view in front is The vehicle in front is moving ver- obstructed by sun glare or head tically to the driving direction. light of oncoming vehicle. The vehicle in front is stopped The windshield glass is fogged up; vertically. a clear view of the road is The vehicle in front is driving obstructed. towards your vehicle or reversing. The vehicle in front is driving You are on a roundabout and the erratically. vehicle in front circles. The vehicle is on unpaved or When driving on a narrow road or uneven rough surfaces, or road through under a low overhead with sudden gradient changes. structure (bridge, tunnel, fly- The vehicle is driven near areas under, etc.) containing metal substances as a construction zone, railroad, etc.

5 66 on_en_us.book Page 67 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system When vehicle's front part is raised brake pedal to reduce your driving or lowered depending on loading speed in order to maintain a safe conditions distance. When the direction of radar sensor is misaligned by strong impact applied on an area around the radar sensor.

Driving on a curve

OON058020NR The FCA may recognize a vehicle in the next lane when driving on a curved road. 5 In this case, the system may alarm the driver and apply the brake. OON058019NR Always pay attention to road and The performance of the FCA system driving conditions, while driving. If may be limited when driving on a necessary, depress the brake pedal curved road. to reduce your driving speed in On curved roads, the other vehicle order to maintain a safe distance. on the same lane is not recognized Also, when necessary depress the and the FCA system's performance accelerator pedal to prevent the may be degraded. This may result in system from unnecessarily deceler- unnecessary alarm or braking or no ating your vehicle. alarm or braking when necessary. Check to be sure that the road con- Also, in certain instances the front ditions permit safe operation of radar sensor or camera recognition FCA. system may not detect the vehicle traveling on a curved road. When driving on a curve, the driver must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the

5 67 on_en_us.book Page 68 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system Driving on a slope Changing lanes

OON058026NR OON058022NR The FCA performance may be lim- When a vehicle changes lanes in ited while driving upward or down- front of you, the FCA may not ward on a slope, and may not immediately detect the vehicle, recognize the vehicle in front in the especially if the vehicle changes same lane. It may produce the lanes abruptly. In this case, you warning message and the warning must maintain a safe braking dis- alarm prematurely, or it may not tance, and if necessary, depress the produce the warning message and brake pedal to reduce your driving the warning alarm at all. speed in order to maintain a safe distance. When the FCA suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration. Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, press the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance. OON058023NR When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the FCA may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of

5 68 on_en_us.book Page 69 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system you. In this case, you must maintain Recognizing pedestrians or cyclists a safe braking distance, and if nec- The sensor may be limited when: essary, depress the brake pedal to The pedestrian or cyclist is not reduce your driving speed in order fully detected by the camera rec- to maintain a safe distance. ognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is Recognizing the vehicle not fully walking upright. The pedestrian or cyclist is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the camera detection area. The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be detected by the camera recognition system. The outside lighting is too bright 5 OON058027NR (e.g. when driving in bright sun- If the vehicle in front of you has light or in sun glare) or too dark cargo that extends rearward from (e.g. when driving on a dark rural the cab, or when the vehicle in front road at night). of you has higher ground clearance, It is difficult to detect and distin- additional special attention is guish the pedestrian or cyclist required. from other objects in the sur- The FCA may not be able to detect roundings, for example, when the cargo extending from the vehi- there is a group of pedestrians, cle. In these instances, you must cyclists or a large crowd. maintain a safe braking distance There is an item similar in shape from the rearmost object, and if or appearance to a person. necessary, depress the brake pedal The pedestrian or cyclist is below to reduce your driving speed in the sensor's viewing range. order to maintain distance. The sensor can not identify the pedestrian's outline because of other items changing their profile, such as mobility assistance devices.

5 69 on_en_us.book Page 70 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor fusion type (front Camera + front radar type) system

The radar sensor or camera is WARNING obstructed by a foreign object or debris. Do not use the Forward Collision- Inclement weather such as heavy Avoidance Assist (FCA) system rain or snow obscures the field of when towing a vehicle. Application view of the radar sensor or cam- of the FCA system while towing era. may adversely affect the safety When light coming from a street of your vehicle or the towing vehi- light or an oncoming vehicle is cle. reflected on a wet road surface Use extreme caution when the such as a puddle in the road. vehicle in front of you has cargo The field of view in front is that extends rearward from the obstructed by sun glare. cab, or when the vehicle in front The windshield glass is fogged up; of you has higher ground clear- a clear view of the road is ance. obstructed. The FCA system is designed to The adverse road conditions detect and monitor the vehicle cause excessive vehicle vibrations ahead or detect a pedestrian or while driving. cyclist in the roadway through When the pedestrian or cyclist radar signals and camera recogni- suddenly enters the path of travel tion. It may not always detect of the vehicle. bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller When the cyclist in front is riding wheeled objects such as luggage intersected with the driving direc- bags, shopping carts, or strollers. tion. Never try to test the operation of When there is any other electro- the FCA system. Doing so may magnetic interference. cause severe injury or death. When the construction area, rail If the front bumper, front glass, or other metal object is near the radar or camera have been pedestrians or cyclists. replaced or repaired, take your If the bicycle material is not vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer reflected well on the radar. and have the system checked.

5 70 on_en_us.book Page 71 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

NOTICE Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system In some instances, the FCA system may be canceled when subjected to The Smart Cruise Control (SCC) is electromagnetic interference. designed to allow you to program the vehicle to maintain a constant speed and a predetermined distance This device complies with Part 15 to the vehicle ahead without of the FCC rules. depressing the accelerator or brake Operation is subject to the following pedal depending on road and traffic three conditions: conditions. 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 5 3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to oper- OON058119NR ate the device. 1. Cruise indicator 2. Set speed Radio frequency radiation exposure 3. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance information: This equipment complies with FCC To see the SCC screen on the LCD radiation exposure limits set forth display on the cluster, select Assist for an uncontrolled environment. mode. For more information, refer This equipment should be installed to "LCD display" on page 4-68. and operated with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm) between the WARNING radiator (antenna) and your body. For your safety, please read the This transmitter must not be co- owner's manual before using the located or operating in conjunction Smart Cruise Control system. with any other antenna or transmitter.

5 71 on_en_us.book Page 72 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

WARNING difficult to drive at a constant speed Smart Cruise Control system Lim- - When driving on rainy, icy, or itations snow-covered roads The Smart Cruise Control system is - When driving on a steep down- not a substitute for safe driving hill or uphill practices, but a convenience func- - When driving in windy areas tion only. - When driving in parking lots It is the responsibility of the driver - When driving near crash barri- to always check the speed and dis- ers tance to the vehicle ahead. - When driving on a sharp curve - When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather, WARNING such as fog, snow, rain or sand- Take the following precautions: storm) Always set the vehicle speed - When the vehicle sensing ability under the speed limit in your decreases due to vehicle modi- country. fication resulting level differ- If the Smart Cruise Control is left ence of the vehicle's front and on, (cruise indicator in the instru- rear ment cluster illuminated) the Unexpected situations may lead Smart Cruise Control can be acti- to possible accidents. Pay atten- vated unintentionally. Keep the tion continuously to road condi- Smart Cruise Control system off tions and driving even when the (cruise indicator off) when the smart cruise control system is Smart Cruise Control is not in use, being operated. to avoid inadvertently setting a Pay particular attention to the speed. driving conditions whenever using Use the Smart Cruise Control sys- the Smart Cruise Control system. tem only when traveling on open Be careful when driving downhill highways in good weather. using the SCC. Do not use the Smart Cruise Con- Cruise function should not be trol when it may not be safe to used when the vehicle is being keep the car at a constant speed. towed to prevent any damage. For instance. Always set the vehicle speed - When driving in heavy traffic or under the speed limit in your when traffic conditions make it country.

5 72 on_en_us.book Page 73 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

Always pay continuous attention 1. Press the MODE button ( ) sev- to road and driving conditions eral times on the steering wheel even when the Smart Cruise Con- until 'User Settings' menu appears trol system is being operated. on the LCD. 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → SCC response' with the MOVE switch SCC switch ( / ) and the OK button on The SCC switch has the following the steering wheel. functions. 3. Select one of the following options: Fast: Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed. Normal: Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is normal. 5 Slow: Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set OON058034NR distance is slower than normal CANCEL: Cancels cruise control speed. operation. CRUISE: Turns cruise control sys- NOTICE tem on or off. The last selected speed sensitivity RES+: Resumes or increases of the smart cruise control is cruise control speed. remained in the system. SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed. : Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance

Adjusting the sensitivity of the SCC The sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted.

5 73 on_en_us.book Page 74 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

Converting to Cruise Control mode WARNING When using the Cruise Control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to other vehicles by depressing the brake pedal. The system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you

OON058090NR Setting the SCC speed 1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn the system on. The CRUISE indicator in the instrument cluster will illuminate.

OON058091NR The driver may choose to only use the cruise control mode (speed control function) by doing as follows: 1. Turn the SCC on (the cruise indi- OON058029NR cator light will be on but the sys- 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. tem will not be activated). The SCC speed can be set as fol- 2. Push and hold the Vehicle-to- lows: Vehicle Distance button for more 5 mph (10 km/h) ~ 110 mph than 2 seconds. (170 km/h): when there is no 3. Choose between "Smart Cruise vehicle in front Control" and "Cruise Control". 0 mph (0 km/h) ~ 100 mph (160 When the system is canceled using km/h): when there is a vehicle in the CRUISE button or the CRUISE front button is used after the vehicle is 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), turned on, the SCC mode will turn and release it at the desired on. speed. The set speed and vehicle

5 74 on_en_us.book Page 75 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

to vehicle distance on the LCD condition ahead and driving condi- screen will illuminate. tion. The speed is set to 20 mph (30 km/h) when there is a preceding car in the front direction, and when it is set in the situation where the car is 0 ~20 mph (0~30 km/h).

Increasing the SCC set speed

OON058030NR 4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained. If there is a vehicle in front of you, 5 the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill. OON058031NR Follow either of these procedures: NOTICE Move the lever up (to RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will Vehicle speed may decrease on an increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). upward slope and increase on a Release the lever at the speed downward slope. you want. Move the lever up (to RES+), and release it immediately. The cruis- CAUTION ing speed will increase by 1.0 mph (1.0 km/h) each time you move When vehicle speed is under 6 the lever up (to RES+) in this man- mph (10 km/h), the Smart Cruise ner. Control is canceled. The driver must adjust the vehicle speed by You can set the speed to a maxi- depressing the accelerator or mum speed of 110 mph (170 km/h). brake pedal according to the road However, all speed limit laws must be followed.

5 75 on_en_us.book Page 76 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

CAUTION Accelerating temporarily with the SCC on Check the traffic and driving condi- If you want to speed up tempo- tions before using the toggle switch. rarily when the cruise control is Driving speed may sharply increase, on, depress the accelerator pedal. when you push up and hold the tog- Increased speed will not interfere gle switch. with cruise control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take Decreasing the SCC set speed your foot off the accelerator. If you move the lever down (to SET-) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again.

NOTICE Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you. OON058030NR Follow either of these procedures: Move the lever down (to SET-), SCC will be temporarily canceled and hold it. Your vehicle set speed when: will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). You are able to temporarily cancel Release the lever at the speed you want. the SCC. In some circumstances, the Move the lever down (to SET-), SCC will cancel automatically. and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1.0 mph (1.0 km/h) each time you move the lever down (to SET-) in this manner. You can set the cruise control speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).

5 76 on_en_us.book Page 77 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

Canceled manually The ESC, ABS or Traction Control System (TCS) is operating. The ESC is turned off. The sensor or the cover is dirty or blocked with foreign matter. When the vehicle is stopped for over 5 minutes. The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time. The accelerator pedal is continu- OON058036NR ously depressed for more than The SCC is temporarily canceled one minute. when the brake pedal is depressed The engine performance is abnor- or the CANCEL button is pressed. mal. Depress the brake pedal and press Engine rpm is in the red zone. the CANCEL button at the same The driver starts driving by push- 5 time, when the vehicle is at a standing the toggle switch up (RES+)/ still. The speed and vehicle to vehicle down (SET-) or depressing the distance indicator on the cluster is accelerator pedal, approximately disappeared and the CRUISE indica- after the vehicle is stopped by the tor is illuminated continuously. Smart Cruise Control system with no other vehicle ahead. The driver starts driving by push Canceled automatically - ing the toggle switch up (RES+)/ The SCC will automatically cancel in down (SET-) or depressing the the following situations. (the set accelerator pedal, approximately speed and vehicle to vehicle distance after stopping the vehicle with a on the LCD display will go off.) vehicle stopped far away in front. The driver's door is opened. The Forward Collision-Avoidance The shift lever is shifted to N Assist (FCA) is activated. (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park- The engine speed is in dangerous ing). range. The Electronic Parking Brake When engine is stopped by Idle (EPB) is applied. Stop & Go (ISG). Each of these The vehicle speed is over 110 mph actions will cancel the Smart (170 km/h). Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Dis-

5 77 on_en_us.book Page 78 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

tance on the LCD display will go Always check the road conditions. off. Do not rely on the warning chime. In a condition the Smart Cruise Con- trol is cancelled automatically, the Resuming the SCC set speed Smart Cruise Control will not resume even though the RES+ or SET- toggle switch is moved.

NOTICE If the Smart Cruise Control is canceled during a situation is that is not described above, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked. OON058031NR If any method other than the NOTICE "RES+" or "SET-" lever was used to cancel cruising speed and the If the system is automatically can- system is still activated, the celed, the warning chime will sound cruising speed will automatically and a message will appear for a few resume when you push the lever seconds. up (RES+) or down (SET-). If you push the lever up (RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops below 5 mph (10 km/h), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle.

NOTICE Always check the road conditions OON058122NR when you push the toggle switch up You must adjust the vehicle speed (RES+) to resume speed. by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition and driving conditions.

5 78 on_en_us.book Page 79 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

Turning the SCC off Select the appropriate distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows:

For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the distance OON058029NR maintain as follows; When the SCC is not needed, press Distance 4 - approximately 172 the [CRUISE] switch and deactivate ft (52.5 m) the system. Distance 3 - approximately 131 Press the CRUISE button (The ft (40 m) CRUISE indicator light will go off.). Distance 2 - approximately 107 5 ft (32.5 m) Setting vehicle-to-vehicle distance Distance 1 - approximately 82 You can program the vehicle to ft (25 m) maintain a predetermined distance to the vehicle ahead without NOTICE depressing the accelerator pedal or The distance is set to the last set brake pedal. distance when the system is used The vehicle to vehicle distance will for the first time after starting the automatically activate when the SCC vehicle. is on.

OON058035NR

5 79 on_en_us.book Page 80 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

When the lane ahead is clear:

OON058085NR

OON058092NR The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.

When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:

OON058084NR Your vehicle speed will slow down or speed up to maintain the selected distance. (A vehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when there is an actual vehicle in front of you.) OON058087NR If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed.

OON058086NR

5 80 on_en_us.book Page 81 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

WARNING

OON058088NR If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: OON058079NR less than 20 mph (30 km/h) moves When using the Smart Cruise Con- to the next lane, the warning chime trol system: will sound and a message will The warning message appears appear. Adjust your vehicle speed and warning chime sounds if the for vehicles or objects that can sud - 5 vehicle is unable. denly appear in front of you by If the warning message appears depressing the brake pedal accord- and warning chime sounds, ing to the road and driving condi- depress the brake pedal to tions. actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle In traffic situation ahead. Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime does not sound, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.

OON058121NR Use switch or pedal to accelerate In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you

5 81 on_en_us.book Page 82 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

starts moving, your vehicle will Always keep the area in front of the start as well. However, if the vehi- sensor clean. cle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must depress the Warning message accelerator pedal or push up the toggle switch (RES+) or push down the toggle switch (SET-) to start driving. If you push the Smart Cruise Con- trol (SCC) toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and SCC is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO OON058123NR HOLD indicator changes from When the sensor lens cover is cov- green to white. erd with dirt, snow, or debris, the SCC operation may stop temporar- Radar to detect distance to the ily. If this occurs, a warning message vehicle ahead will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the SCC. The SCC may not properly activate, if the radar is totally covered, or if any vehicles are not detected after turning ON the vehicle (e.g. in an open terrain).

OON058025NR The sensor detects the distance to the vehicle ahead. If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly.

5 82 on_en_us.book Page 83 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

SCC malfunction message system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control system may not operate properly. If this occurs, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer OON058089NR and have the system checked. The message will appear when the Use only a genuine Kia sensor vehicle to vehicle distance control cover for your vehicle. Do not system is not functioning normally. paint anything on the sensor In this case, take your vehicle to an cover. authorized Kia dealer and have the 5 system checked. Limitations of the SCC CAUTION The SCC may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle Do not apply foreign objects such ahead due to road and traffic condi- as a bumper sticker or a bumper tions. guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the Driving on a curve sensing performance of the radar. Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris. Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover. Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or

sensor cover. If the sensor is forc- OON058019NR ibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control

5 83 on_en_us.book Page 84 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

The Smart Cruise Control system Driving on a slope may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly. Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary. OON058026NR During uphill or downhill driving, the SCC may not immediately detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and may cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly down when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.

OON058020NR Select the appropriate set speed on Your vehicle speed can be reduced inclines and apply the brake or due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. accelerator pedal if necessary. Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Changing lanes Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the SCC.

OON058022NR

5 84 on_en_us.book Page 85 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

A vehicle which moves into your lane Slow-moving vehicles or sudden- from an adjacent lane cannot be decelerating vehicles recognized by the sensor until it is in Stopped vehicles the sensor's detection range. Vehicles with small rear profiles such as trailers with no loads The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in sud- A vehicle ahead cannot be recog- denly. Always pay attention to the nized correctly by the sensor if any traffic, road and driving conditions. of following occurs: When the vehicle is pointing If a vehicle which moves into your upwards due to overloading in the lane is slower than your vehicle, luggage compartment your speed may decrease to main- While the steering wheel is oper- tain the distance to the vehicle ating ahead. When driving to one side of the If a vehicle which moves into your lane lane is faster than your vehicle, your When driving on narrow lanes or vehicle will accelerate to the on curves 5 selected speed. Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary. Recognizing the vehicle

OON058038NR OON058037NR Your vehicle may accelerate when a Some vehicles ahead in your lane vehicle ahead of you disappears. cannot be recognized by the sensor When you are warned that the vehi as follows: - cle ahead of you is not detected, Narrow vehicles such as motorcy- drive with caution. cles or bicycles Vehicles offset to one side

5 85 on_en_us.book Page 86 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

OON058023NR OON058040NR When driving in stop-and-go traffic, Always be cautious when approach- and a stopped vehicle in front of you ing vehicles that are taller with merges out of the lane, the system higher clearance, or vehicles carry- may not immediately detect the ing loads that stick out of the back new vehicle that is now in front of of the vehicle. you. In this case, you must maintain a WARNING safe braking distance, and if neces- When using the Smart Cruise Con- sary, depress the brake pedal to trol take the following precautions: reduce your driving speed in order If an emergency stop is neces- to maintain a safe distance. sary, you must apply the brakes. The Smart Cruise Control system may not be able to completely stop the vehicle or avoid a collision in every situation. Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result. OON058039NR Always maintain sufficient brak Always look out for pedestrians - ing distance and decelerate your when your vehicle is maintaining a vehicle by applying the brakes if distance with the vehicle ahead. necessary.

5 86 on_en_us.book Page 87 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system

The Smart Cruise Control system Do not use Smart Cruise Control cannot recognize a stopped vehi- when the vehicle is towed. cle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to NOTICE prevent unexpected and sudden The Smart Cruise Control system situations from occurring. may not operate temporarily due Vehicles moving in front of you to: with a frequent lane change may Electrical interference. cause a delay in the system's A modified suspension. reaction or may cause the system Differences of tire abrasion or tire to react to a vehicle actually in an pressure. adjacent lane. Installing different type of tires. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. This device complies with Part 15 Always be aware of the selected of the FCC rules. 5 speed and vehicle to vehicle dis- Operation is subject to the following tance. The driver should not solely three conditions: rely on the system but always 1. This device may not cause harm- pay attention to driving condi- ful interference, and tions and control your vehicle 2. This device must accept any speed. interference received, including The Smart Cruise Control system interference that may cause may not recognize complex driv- undesired operation. ing situations so always pay 3. Changes or modifications not attention to driving conditions expressly approved by the party and control your vehicle speed. responsible for compliance could For safe operation, carefully read void the user's authority to oper- and follow the instructions in this ate the device. manual before use. Do not use Smart Cruise Control system on steep inclines or when towing another vehicle or trailer since such extreme loading can interfere with your vehicle's ability to maintain the selected speed.

5 87 on_en_us.book Page 88 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Leading vehicle departure alert system

Radio frequency radiation exposure Leading vehicle departure alert information: system (if equipped) This equipment complies with FCC The leading vehicle departure alert radiation exposure limits set forth system alerts the driver of the for an uncontrolled environment. departure of the vehicle in front This equipment should be installed when the vehicle is stopped and the and operated with minimum dis- Smart Cruise Control (SCC) is in acti- tance of 8 in (20 cm) between the vation. radiator (antenna) and your body.

This transmitter must not be co- Setting the leading vehicle depar- located or operating in conjunction ture alert with any other antenna or trans - 1. Press the MODE button ( ) sev- mitter. eral times on the steering wheel until 'User Settings' menu appears on the LCD. 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → Driv- ing assist → Leading vehicle departure alert' with the MOVE switch ( / ) and the OK button on the steering wheel. With the engine ON, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system turns on and gets ready to be activated. The system stops operation when the setting is deactivated. However, if the engine is turned off then on again, the system maintains the previous state.

5 88 on_en_us.book Page 89 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Leading vehicle departure alert system

Operating conditions The vehicle departs automatically if the accelerator pedal is depressed or [RES +] or [SET -] switch is activated when there is a vehicle in front. The SCC is deactivated if the accelerator pedal is depressed or [RES +] or [SET -] switch is activated when there is no vehicle in front.

OON058121NR WARNING While the SCC is in operation, your Always check the front of the vehi- vehicle stops behind the vehicle in cle and road conditions before front when it stops. The message is departure. displayed on the cluster within 3 seconds after the stop and the sys- 5 tem will be in the standby position.

Leading vehicle departure alert activation

OON058124NR If the driver does not take action for a certain period of time after the vehicle in front departs, the message is displayed on the cluster.

5 89 on_en_us.book Page 90 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Following Assist (LFA) system

Lane Following Assist (LFA) sys- When using the LFA system, tem always be aware of your surroundings and road conditions The Lane Following Assist (LFA) sys- that may interrupt or stop the tem is designed to ensure the vehi- LFA system. cle stays in its lane by monitoring the detected lane ahead of the car and providing steering inputs. (The CAUTION front camera is mounted on the top Do not attach glass tinting, stick- of the windshield.) ers, accessories to the windshield near the front camera near the indoor mirror is placed. Inspection or modification may be required when replacing parts related to the windshield or front camera. Have the system be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Depending on your surroundings

OON058018NR and road conditions, the LFA system could fail to recognize the WARNING lane and stop working. As such, It is the driver's responsibility to extra caution is required while operate the steering wheel for driving with the LFA system on. safe driving. Be sure to check the non-operat- Do not turn the steering wheel ing conditions and cautions for hastily if LFA is activated. the driver before using the LFA The LFA system is designed to system. provide steering inputs so that Do not place reflective materials the vehicle can stay in the center such as white paper or mirror on of the detected lane. The LFA the dashboard. Sunlight reflec- system does not automatically tions can cause the LFA system to control the steering wheel of at all not function properly. times, which means the driver Loud audio volumes can prevent must have hands on the wheel at the occupants from hearing the all times while driving. alarm sounds from the LFA system.

5 90 on_en_us.book Page 91 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Following Assist (LFA) system

Keeping your hands off the wheel Operating conditions while driving will trigger the The system is activated when the hands-off warning and deactivate Lane Following Assist is selected the steering-assist system. from the User settings menu when When driving at a high speed, the the following conditions are satis- steering assist force can become fied: weak and the vehicle can drive out When SCC is in operation (Vehicle of its lane. Extra caution is deceleration and acceleration required, and comply with the control) speed limit. Refer to "Smart Cruise Control Attaching an object to the steer- (SCC) with Stop & Go system" on ing wheel could deter steering page 5-71. assistance. Vehicle speed is lower than 95 Attaching an object to the steer- mph (153 km/h). ing wheel could deter the hands- Once the LFA starts working, the off alarming system. indicator light ( ) comes on the instrument panel. 5 The indicator light colors according Activating/deactivating the LFA to the LFA status are as follows. To activate/deactivate the LFA, with Green: steering assist mode on the ENGINE START/STOP button in White: steering assist mode off the ON position, take the following steps: Steering assist 1. Press the MODE button ( ) sev- If the vehicle is inside the lane with eral times on the steering wheel both lanes detected by the LFA, and until 'User Settings' menu appears there is no steep steering made by on the LCD. the driver, the LFA changes into 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → Driv- steering assist mode. ing assist → LFA (Lane Following Assist)' with the MOVE switch ( The indicator light will come on / ) and the OK button on the green, and the LFA helps the vehicle steering wheel. stay in line by providing steering The set-up of the LFA system will inputs. be maintained, as selected, when When steering inputs are not being the vehicle is restarted. provided, the indicator light will flash green and changes to white.

5 91 on_en_us.book Page 92 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Following Assist (LFA) system

Once the LFA recognizes the lanes, the color of the lane on the screen will change from gray to white.

WARNING The LFA system is designed to help the vehicle stay in its detected lane. It is a supplemental system only and is not a substitute for safe driving. Never completely rely on your LFA OON058131NR system. If the driver keeps hands off the wheel even with the hands-off warning on, the steering assist is Warning message temporarily deactivated automatically. If you activate the Smart Cruise Control system with the LFA released, the steering assist will restart.

CAUTION Hands-off warnings may be delayed depending on road condi OON058093NR - tions. Always keep your hands on If you keep your hands off the the steering wheel while driving. wheel while driving with the LFA is in Hold the steering wheel tight. steering assist mode, the hands-off Otherwise, the LFA system could warning will be triggered. misjudge that the driver's hands are off the wheel, and a hands- off warning may occur.

5 92 on_en_us.book Page 93 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Following Assist (LFA) system

LFA malfunction Limitations of the LFA This warning message means there The LFA has the following limita- is a problem with the LFA. tions, so always pay attention to your driving and do not rely solely on the LFA. If the driver turns on the turn signal light or the emergency warning light to change the lane - Operate the turn signal light switch before changing the lane - If you change the lane without operating the turn signal lights, steering reaction force of the OON058125NR wheel may occur. In this case, have the system Once the LFA is turned on or the checked by an authorized Kia dealer. lane is changed, the vehicle should be in the center of the road to 5 CAUTION switch to the steering assist It is the driver's responsibility to mode. If the driver keeps driving operate the steering wheel while along the lane, the LFA will not driving. assist the steering. With the LFA system on, the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) driver can still steer the vehicle by or Vehicle Stability Management operating the wheel on his own. (VSM) is activated. We recommend that the driver When driving on a curved road at turn off the LFA system and a high speed, steering assist operate the steering wheel by mode may not work. himself in the following situations: When sudden steering is made, - bad weather the LFA could be temporarily - bad road conditions deactivated. - when frequent operation of the If you change the lane in a hurry, steering wheel is required the LFA does not assist the steer- - When towing other vehicle or ing. trailers If the vehicle suddenly stops, the The steering wheel can feel heavy LFA does not assist the steering. or light if the LFA system is If the lane is too narrow or too assisting the steering. wide, steering is not assisted.

5 93 on_en_us.book Page 94 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Following Assist (LFA) system

If either of the lanes is not recog- When there are two or more lane nized, the steering is not assisted markings such as a construction If the radius is too small for the section, a designated lane, etc. curve When the lane is crowded such as the construction section or the Caution for the driver lane is replaced by some structures. If lane recognition is difficult or lim- If there is a road marking such as ited for the LFA as shown below, the a zigzag lane, crosswalk mark, or driver may need to be more careful road surface milestone. because the system may not oper- When a lane suddenly becomes ate or may cause unnecessary invisible or disappears from an operation. intersection. Roads or lane markings in bad con - The external environment affects dition the LFA When the lane is tainted or invisi - If the outside brightness of the ble. vehicle suddenly changes, such as When the driver cannot see the when entering or exiting the tun- lane due to rain, snow, dust, sand, nel or passing under the bridge. oil, puddles, etc. If the vehicle's headlights are not When roads are set or the colors used at night or in the tunnel, or of the lane and road are not dis - the brightness of the headlights is tinctive. too weak. If there is a sign other than the If there are boundary structures lane near the lane or a mark simi- such as tollgate booths and side- lar to the lane. walk blocks. When the lane is not clear or If it is difficult to distinguish lanes damaged. due to the reflection on the wet If the road is covered in the shad- road made by sunlight, street- ows of objects around the road, light, and oncoming traffic. such as medians, guard rails, When the backlight is strongly noise walls, and trees. reflected in the direction of the If the number of lanes increases vehicle. or decreases, or if the lanes inter - When Driving to the left or right sect with each other more lane by bus lane or on the bus intensely. (tollgate entry section, lane. road section / joining section, etc.)

5 94 on_en_us.book Page 95 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system

If there is not enough distance Highway Driving Assist (HDA) between the front car or if the system (if equipped) lane is covered by the car ahead of me. The Highway Driving Assist (HDA) When the lane change is large, system is designed to control the such as a steep curve or a contin- vehicle distance and speed of the uous curve. vehicle when driving on a highway. When passing through speed The system assists drivers by bump or there is sudden move- receiving information about speed ment in any direction. limit of the highway that the vehicle If the vehicle is severely shaken. is on and automatically changing the When the temperature around set speed of Smart Cruise Control the rearview mirror is very high (SCC) when it is needed. due to direct sunlight. Setting and activating the HDA If the front camera visibility is of 1. With the engine on, press the poor quality MODE button ( ) several times 5 If the windshield of the vehicle on the steering wheel until 'User and the camera lens are covered Settings' menu appears on the with dust, fingerprints, or tinting. LCD. If the camera doesn't work prop- 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → Driv- erly due to bad weather such as ing Assist → Highway Driving fog, heavy rain or heavy snow. Assist' with the MOVE switch ( If moisture is not completely / and the OK button on the removed from the windscreen. steering wheel. The HDA will be ready to be used. When placing objects on the dashboard, etc. If you want to turn off the function, deactivate it on 'User Settings'. The set-up of the HDA will be maintained, as selected, when the engine is re-started.

5 95 on_en_us.book Page 96 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system

Operating conditions Steering control If you activate the HDA in the instrument cluster and the following conditions are met, the HDA system will be ready to operate, and the indicator light will come on green in the cluster. When driving on a highway (the HDA does not work while driving on highway branch lines)

When Smart Cruise Control is in OON058138NR operation (Vehicle deceleration and acceleration control) - Refer to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system" on page 5-71. - If the SCC is in standby mode (the SCC is on but speed is not set), the HDA system will be in the same mode. The white indi-

cator light will be OON058137NR turned on. If both lanes are recognized properly When the vehicle speed is below (lane color: white), the steering 95 mph (153 km/h) wheel indicator ( ) lights up in

HDA operation green and then the steering control is initiated. When the system cannot The speed is automatically set in provide temporary steering inputs, accordance with the steering con- the indicator flashes green and then trol and the highway speed limit changes to white. Even when the when all the operating conditions HDA system cannot provide tempo- are met. rary steering inputs, it still controls the distance from other vehicles. (For information on non-operating conditions of steering wheel control, please refer to "Limitations of the LFA" on page 5-93.

5 96 on_en_us.book Page 97 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system

Warning related to steering wheel When the hands-off warning lasts for a certain period of time

OON058093NR The hands-off warning appears OON058141NR when the system detects that the If you keep your hands off the driver's hands are not on the steer- steering wheel even with the ing wheel while the HDA is in work. hands-off warning on, the steering (First warning: warning message, assist and Smart Cruise Control will Second warning: warning message be temporarily released automati- 5 and warning sound) cally. If you activate the Smart Cruise CAUTION Control system with the HDA released, the steering assist will re- The hands-off warning may be start. delayed depending on road conditions. Always keep your hands on Automatic speed setting the steering wheel while driving. If you hold the steering wheel lightly, it may be perceived that the steering wheel is not held at all and trigger the hands-off warning.

OON058138NR If the HDA operating conditions are met and the speed set by the driver matches the highway speed limit,

5 97 on_en_us.book Page 98 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system

the HDA will enter the automatic If a warning is displayed, it means speed setting mode. (The set speed that there is a problem with the and the "AUTO" symbol will be dis- HDA, so have your vehicle inspected played in green with an indicative by an authorized Kia dealer. sound) In the automatic speed setting CAUTION mode, the set speed is automati- In all situations, the driver's cally adjusted to the changing speed behavior/judgment takes prece- limits of highway sections. dence over others. The HDA operates only when the driver has set it through the user settings in the instrument cluster. The automatic speed setting operates only in accordance with the speed limits of highway main lines and does not respond to speed limits of speed cameras. The navigation guidance and the start/end time of the HDA may be OON058139NR different. If the driver directly changes the In the automatic speed setting speed, it enters the manual speed mode, the navigation will send an setting mode and the set speed is warning when the speed limit of displayed in white and the "AUTO" the highway main line is higher symbol will disappear. than the speed limit of the speed camera. HDA malfunction The HDA works on highways and does not work on urban express- ways, national highways or general roads. The HDA is deactivated on the user settings in the instrument cluster when it is not in operable condition. When the vehicle is at resting places or interchanges or junc- tions, away from the main line of OON058140NR

5 98 on_en_us.book Page 99 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system

the highway, the HDA is automat- If the navigation system does not ically turned off so it requires operate properly, the HDA will not caution of the driver. work. When the type of road changes as the vehicle enters an urban highway, a national road, or a general WARNING road from a highway, the HDA is The HDA may malfunction or not automatically turned off, so it work in the following cases. requires caution of the driver. - The map on the navigation When you are 0.3 mile (500 m) doesn't match with actual road before/after an open-type toll conditions as the information gate while driving on the highway, has not been updated to the the HDA is automatically turned recent version. off so it requires caution of the - The real-time GPS data or data driver. It automatically switches on the map is different from to Smart Cruise Control and a actual road conditions because pop-up window will appear to of errors. 5 inform you of the change. - The navigation system fails to When the automatic speed set- receive the map information as ting is in operation, the set speed the system is overloaded with may automatically change on the many functions, such as route highway in accordance with search, video player, voice com- changes in speed limit, leading to mands, hands-free function, at automatic acceleration/decelera- the same time. tion of the vehicle. - The route is being re-searched while driving. - GPS signals are not received in WARNING places like tunnel. Regardless of whether the HDA is - The driver does not travel on on or off, you must keep eyes on the searched route or the route the road while driving and must is being re-searched or the pre- obey all traffic laws. vious route is being deleted The HDA depends entirely on road after the driver set a new des- information provided by the navi- tination. gation system, and the car manu- - The vehicle enters a resting facturer is not responsible for the place while the driving route is driver's violation of road traffic different from the guided route laws or accidents.

5 99 on_en_us.book Page 100 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

and the route is not automati- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys- cally re-searched. tem - The speed limits have been The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) is changed in some highway sections. designed to detect the lane markers - MirrorLink technology such as on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and Android Auto or Car Play is activated. assists the driver's steering to help - When a road is located right keep the vehicle in the lanes. above /below/ next to the highway

* Refer to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Stop & Go system" on page 5-71 for cautions and warnings about inter-vehicle distance control and front radar. * Refer to "Lane Following Assist (LFA) system" on page 5-90 for OON058018NR cautions and warnings about When the LKA system detects the steering control and front camera. vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a slight countersteering torque, trying to prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.

WARNING Driver is responsible for being aware of surroundings and steering the vehicle for safe driving practices. Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system. LKA helps prevent the driver from moving out of the lane uninten-

5 100 on_en_us.book Page 101 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

tionally by assisting the drivers When the lane markers are hard steering. However, the system is to detect, please refer to "Driver's just a convenience function and Attention" on page 5-106. the steering wheel is not always Do not remove or damage parts controlled. While driving, the of the LKA system. driver should pay attention to the Do not place objects on the dash- steering wheel. board that reflects light such as The operation of the LKA can be mirrors, white paper, etc. it may cancelled or not work properly cause malfunction of LKA if the according to road condition and sunlight is reflected. surroundings. Always be cautious You may not hear warning sound when driving. of LKA because of the excessive audio sound. While other beeps such as the NOTICE seat belt warning sound are in Do not disassemble a front view operation and override the LKA camera temporarily for tinted alarming system, LKA beeps may 5 window or attaching any types of not occur. coatings and accessories. If you If the vehicle speed is high, steer- disassemble the camera and ing torque for assistance may not assemble it again, take your vehi- be enough to keep your vehicle cle to an authorized Kia dealer within the lane. If so, the vehicle and have the system checked to may move out of its lane. Obey need a calibration. speed limit when using LKA. When you replace the windshield If you attach objects to the steer- glass, front view camera or ing wheel, the system may not related parts of the steering, take assist steering. your vehicle to an authorized Kia If you attach objects to the steer- dealer and have the system ing wheel, hands off alarm may checked to need a calibration. not work properly. The system detects lane markers. And controls the steering wheel by a front view camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. Always be cautious when using the system.

5 101 on_en_us.book Page 102 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

Activating/deactivating the LKA If the function is turned off in User settings, the system will not operate. If you select Lane Keep- ing Assist / Lane Departure Warn- ing in User settings, the selected function will be activated.

LKA activation

OON058041NR To activate/deactivate the LKA, with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position, take the following steps: Press the LKA button located on the instrument panel on the lower

left hand side of the driver. OON058097NR The indicator in the cluster To see the LKA screen on the LCD display will initially illuminate display in the cluster, Tab to the white. ASSIST mode ( ). If the indicator (white) was activated in the previous vehicle ON, For further details, refer to "LCD the system turns on automati- Display Modes" on page 4-69. cally. After the LKA is activated, if a lane If you press the LKA button again, marker is detected, vehicle speed is the indicator on the cluster over 40 mph (64 km/h) and all the display will go off. activation conditions are satisfied, a The color of indicator will change green indicator will illuminate and depend on the condition of the LKA. the steering wheel will be controlled. White: Sensor does not detect the lane marker or vehicle speed is WARNING less than 40 mph (64 km/h). The Lane Keeping Assist system is a Green: Sensor detects the lane system designed to help prevent the marker and system is able to con - driver from leaving the lane. How- trol the steering. ever, the driver should not solely

5 102 on_en_us.book Page 103 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

rely on the system but always check the road conditions when driving.

OON058095NR If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane marker you cross will blink on the OON058094NR LCD display and the warning sound is provided. * Haptic specification If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane 5 marker you cross will blink on the LCD display with steering wheel vibration warning.

OON058097NR If the speed of the vehicle is over 40 mph (64 km/h) and the LKA detects lane markers, the color changes from gray to white.

OON058097NR When the conditions below are met, the LKA will be enabled to assist steering. Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64 km/h). Both lane markers are detected

OON058096NR by LKA.

5 103 on_en_us.book Page 104 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

The vehicle is between the lane If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane markers. marker you cross will blink on the LCD display with steering wheel If the LKA can assist steering, a indicator will illuminate. vibration warning.

Warning message Keep hands on steering wheel (When LKA is activated) If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane marker you cross will blink on the If the driver takes hands off the LCD display. steering wheel for several seconds while the LKA is activated, the system will warn the driver.

OON058096NR

OON058093NR

WARNING The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving. If you hold the steering wheel OON058095NR lightly, the system may generate If the vehicle moves out its lane hands off warning. because steering torque for assistance is not enough, the line indicator of deviation direction will blink and the warning sound is provided. * Haptic specification

5 104 on_en_us.book Page 105 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

Warning light and message The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel Check LKA system is assisted by the system than when it is not.

LKA will be canceled when: You change lanes with the turn signal. - Using the turn signal to change lanes. - If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering OON058099NR wheel might be controlled. The LKA can transition to steering LKA system failure indicator assist mode when the car is near The LKA system failure indicator to middle of the lane after the 5 (yellow) will illuminate with an audi- LKA on or the lane was changed. ble warning if the LKA is not working The LKA cannot assist steering if properly. In this case, have the system checked by authorized Kia the vehicle follows lane marker dealer. too close continuously before transition to steering assist WARNING mode. The control of the Electronic Sta- The driver is responsible for accu- bility Control (ESC) or the Vehicle rate steering. Stability Management (VSM) is Even though the steering is activated. assisted by the system, the driver The steering will not be assisted may control the steering wheel. when you drive fast on a sharp Turn off the system and drive the curve. vehicle in below situations. The steering will not be assisted - In bad weather when vehicle speed is below 40 - In bad road condition mph (64 km/h). Always obey all - When the steering wheel needs traffic laws and drive safely. to be controlled by the driver The steering will not be assisted frequently. when you change lanes quickly. - When towing a vehicle or trailer. The steering will not be assisted when you brake suddenly.

5 105 on_en_us.book Page 106 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

The steering will not be assisted - The lane marker is very thick or when the lane is very wide or nar- thin. row. - The lane marker is not visible There are more than two lane due to snow, rain, stain, a pud- markers such as a construction dle or other factors. area. - A shadow is on the lane marker Radius of a curve is too small. because of a median strip, When you turn the steering wheel guardrail, noise barriers or suddenly, the LKA will be disabled other objects. temporarily. - When the lane markers are Driving on a steep slope or hill. complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a Driver's Attention construction area. - There are crosswalk signs or The driver must be cautious in the other symbols on the road. following situations because the - The lane suddenly disappears LKA is limited when recognition of such as at the intersection. the lane marker is poor or limited: - The lane marker in a tunnel is When lane and road condition is covered with dirt or oil and etc. poor - The lane is very wide or narrow. - It is difficult to distinguish the When external conditions inter lane marker from road when - vene the lane marker is covered with - The brightness of outside dust or sand. changes suddenly when enter - It is difficult to distinguish the - ing/exiting a tunnel or passing color of the lane marker from under a bridge. road. - The headlamps are not on at - There is something that looks night or in a tunnel, or light level like a lane marker. is low. - The lane marker is indistinct or - There is a boundary structure damaged. in the roadway. - The number of lanes increases/ - The light reflects from the decreases or the lane lines are water on the road. crossing (Driving through a toll - When light shines brightly from plaza / toll gate, merged/ behind the vehicle. divided lane). - Road surface is not evenness. - There are more than two lane - The distance from the vehicle markers. ahead is very short or the vehi-

5 106 on_en_us.book Page 107 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

cle ahead covers up the lane 3. Select one of the following line. options: - You drive on a steep grade or a Lane Keeping Assist: The Lane sharp curve. Keeping Assist mode guides the - The vehicle vibrates heavily. driver to keep the vehicle within - The temperature near the the lanes. It rarely provide rearview mirror is very high due steering inputs when the vehi- to direct sun light and etc. cle drives well inside the lanes. When front visibility is poor However, it starts to provide - The lens or windshield is cov- steering inputs when the vehi- ered by foreign materials. cle is about to deviate from the - The sensor cannot detect the lanes. lane because of fog, heavy rain Lane Departure Warning: LDW or snow. alerts the driver with a visual - The windshield is fogged by and acoustic warning when the humid air in the vehicle. system detects the vehicle - Putting something on the crash leaving the lane. In this mode, 5 pad and etc. the system will not provide steering inputs. When the vehi- WARNING cle's front wheel contacts the inside edge of lane line, LKA The Lane Keeping Assist system is a system designed to help prevent the issues the Lane Departure Warning. driver from leaving the lane. How- ever, the driver should not solely OFF: Lane Keeping Assist/Lane rely on the system but always take Departure Warning function is OFF. the necessary actions for safe driving practices.

LKA function change 1. Press the MODE button ( ) several times on the steering wheel until 'User Settings' menu appears on the LCD. 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → Lane Safety' with the MOVE switch ( / ) and the OK button on the steering wheel.

5 107 on_en_us.book Page 108 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system displays the condition of the driver's fatigue level and inattentive.

Setting and activating the DAW To turn ON the DAW.

1. Press the MODE button ( ) sev- OON058100NR eral times on the steering wheel The DAW screen will appear when until 'User Settings' menu appears you select the ASSIST mode tab on the LCD. ( ) on the LCD display if the 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → DAW (Driver Attention Warning)' with system is activated. (For more the MOVE switch ( / ) and details, refer to "LCD display" on the OK button on the steering page 4-68.) wheel. The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The Displaying the driver's attention lower the number is, the more inat- level tentive the driver is. The driver can monitor his/her driv- The level decreases when the driver ing conditions on the LCD display. does not take a break for a certain period of time. The level increases when the driver attentively drives for a certain period of time. When the driver turns on the DAW while driving, it displays 'Last Break time' and level reflected that.

OON058101NR

5 108 on_en_us.book Page 109 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system

Taking a break The driver unfastens the seat belt The "Consider taking a break" mes- and then opens the driver's door. sage appears on the LCD display and Stop lasting more than 10 min- a warning sounds to suggest that utes. the driver take a break when the The DAW system operates again, driver's attention level is below 1. when the driver restarts driving.

DAW standby

OON058102NR 5 The DAW will not suggest a break

when the total driving time is OON058103NR shorter than 10 minutes. The DAW enters the ready status and displays the 'Standby' screen in CAUTION the following situations. While other beeps such as the seat The camera sensor is unable to belt warning sound are in operation detect the lanes. and override the DAW alarming sys- Driving speed remains over 110 tem, DAW beeps may not occur. mph (180 km/h).

DAW malfunction Resetting the DAW When the "Check Driver Attention The last break time is set to 00:00 Warning (DAW) system" warning and the driver's attention level is set message appears, the DAW is not to 5 (very attentive) when the driver working properly. resets the DAW. The DAW resets in the following situations. The engine is turned OFF.

5 109 on_en_us.book Page 110 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system

NOTICE The Driver Attention Warning system utilizes the camera sensor on the front windshield for its operation. To keep the camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings: - Do not disassemble camera OON058104NR temporarily for tinted window In this case, take your vehicle to an or attaching any types of coat- authorized Kia dealer and have the ings and accessories. If you dis- system checked. assemble a camera and assemble it again, take your WARNING vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system The Driver Attention Warning checked to need a calibration. system is not a substitute for - Do not place any reflective safe driving practices. It is the objects (i.e., white paper, mir responsibility of the driver to - ror) over the dashboard. Any always drive cautiously to prevent light reflection may prevent the unexpected and sudden situations Driver Attention Warning (DAW) from occurring. Pay attention to system from functioning prop the road conditions at all times. - erly. It may suggest a break according - Pay extreme caution to keep to the driver's driving pattern or the camera sensor out of habits even if the driver doesn't water. feel fatigued. - Do not disassemble the camera The driver, who feels fatigued, assembly, or apply any impact should take a break, even though on the camera assembly. there is no break suggestion by - Playing the vehicle audio sys- the Driver Attention Warning system at high volume may offset tem. the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning sounds.

5 110 on_en_us.book Page 111 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

CAUTION Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision- The Driver Attention Warning system may not provide alerts in the Avoidance Assist (BCA) system following situations: The Blind-Spot Collision Warning Not properly recognize lane. (For (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid- more information, refer to "Lane ance Assist (BCA) detects approach- Keeping Assist (LKA) system" on ing vehicles in the blind-spot and page 5-100.) warns the driver. Rough or intentionally evasive driving (road construction, nearby Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) vehicles, falling object, bump in The BCW uses radar sensors in the the road, etc.). rear bumper to monitor and warn When the driving performance of the driver of an approaching vehicle the vehicle deteriorates (Large in the driver's blind spot area. tire pressure deviation, uneven The system monitors the rear area wear, poor wheel alignment, etc.). 5 Severe winding road. of the vehicle and provides informa- Uneven road surface condition. tion to the driver with an audible Windy road. alert and a indicator on the outside The vehicle drives through a rearview mirrors. windy area. The vehicle is controlled by the 1) Blind-spot area following driver assistance systems: - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system. - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system - Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system - Lane Following Assist (LFA) sys- OON058042NR tem The blind spot detection range var- - Highway Driving Assist (HDA) ies relative to vehicle speed. system Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles

5 111 on_en_us.book Page 112 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

around you, the warning will not occur.

2) Closing at high speed

OON058153NR The BCA may activate the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) in accordance with a colliding possibility with an

OON058043NR approaching vehicle while changing The Lane Change Assist feature will lanes. alert you when a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent lane at a WARNING high rate of speed. If the driver acti- Always be aware of road condi- vates the turn signal when the sys- tions while driving and be alert for tem detects an oncoming vehicle, unexpected situations even the system sounds an audible alert. though the Blind-Spot Collision Warning System and Blind-Spot Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Collision-Avoidance Assist system Assist (BCA) are operating. The BCA detects the front lane The Blind-Spot Collision Warning through the camera installed on the (BCW) system and Blind-Spot Col- upper front windshield and detects lision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys- the side/rear areas through radar tem are supplemental systems to sensors. assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety. The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system and Blind-Spot Col- lision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system are not substitutes for

5 112 on_en_us.book Page 113 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

proper and safe driving. Always BCW/BCA button is extin- drive safely and use caution when guished. changing lanes or backing up the If you press BCW/BCA button vehicle. The Blind-Spot Collision while 'Active assist' or 'Warning Warning (BCW) system and Blind- only' is selected the indicator on Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist the button extinguishes and the (BCA) system may not detect BCW/BCA deactivates. every object alongside the vehicle.

Activating/deactivating the BCA and BCW 1. Place the ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position. 2. Press the MODE button ( ) several times on the steering wheel until 'User Settings' menu appears 5 on the LCD. OON058044NR 3. Select 'Driver Assistance → Blind- If you press the BCW/BCA button spot safety' with the MOVE while the system is cancelled the switch ( / ) and the OK but- indicator on the button illumi- ton on the steering wheel. nates and the BCW/BCA activates. 4. Select one of the following In this case, the BCW/BCA returns options: to the state before the engine Active assist: The BCA and BCW turned off. When the BCW/BCA is turn on and get ready to be initially turned on and when the activated. Then, if a vehicle engine is turned off then on again approaches the driver's blind while the BCW/BCA is in activa- spot area a warning sounds or tion, the warning light will illumi- braking power is applied. nate for 3 seconds on the outside Warning only: The BCW turns rearview mirror. on and gets ready to be acti- If the engine is turned off then on vated. Then, if a vehicle again, the BCW/BCA maintains the approaches the driver's blind previous state. spot area only a warning sounds. Off: The BCW/BCA is deactivated and the indicator on the

5 113 on_en_us.book Page 114 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

Setting initial warning activation First stage alert time 1. Press the MODE button ( ) several times on the steering wheel until 'User Settings' menu appears on the LCD. 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → Warn- ing timing' with the MOVE switch ( / ) and the OK button on the steering wheel. 3. Select one of the following options: OON058045NR Normal: The initial BCW is acti- If a vehicle is detected within the vated normally. If this setting boundary of the BCW, a warning feels too sensitive change the light will illuminate on the outside option to 'later'. rearview mirror and the Head-Up Later: Select this warning acti- Display (if equipped). vation time when the traffic is Once the detected vehicle is no lon- light and you are driving in a low ger within the blind spot area, the speed. However, if you change warning will turn off according to the warning activation time, the the driving conditions of the vehicle. warning activation time of vehicle's other system may also Second stage alert change. Check the warning activation time before changing it.

BCW alert When the BCW detects a vehicle in the blind-spot, the BCW warns the driver with a first or second stage alert, depending on the situation.

OON058046NR

5 114 on_en_us.book Page 115 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

WARNING The warning light on the outside rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system. To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle.

OON058047NR Drive safely even though the [A]: Warning sound vehicle is equipped with a Blind- Spot Collision Warning (BCW) sys- A warning chime to alert the driver tem. Do not solely rely on the will activate when: system but check your surround- A vehicle has been detected in the ing before changing lanes or back- blind spot area by the radar sys- ing the vehicle up. tem AND. The system may not alert the 5 The turn signal is applied (same driver in some conditions so side as where the vehicle is being always check your surroundings detected). while driving. The driver should always use When this alert is activated, the extreme caution while operating warning light on the outside rear- the vehicle, whether or not the view mirror and the Head-Up Dis- warning light on the outside rear- play (if equipped) will also blink. And view mirror illuminates or there is a warning chime will sound. a warning alarm. If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be deactivated. CAUTION Playing the vehicle audio system Once the detected vehicle is no lon- at high volume may offset the ger within the blind spot area, the Blind-Spot Collision Warning sys- warning will turn off according to tem warning sounds. the driving conditions of the vehicle. The warning of the Blind-Spot Collision Warning system may not sound while other system's warning sounds.

5 115 on_en_us.book Page 116 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

BCA operation The vehicle direction is changed against the possible-colliding point. The steering wheel is abruptly moved. The brake pedal is depressed. After a certain period of time The driver should drive the vehicle in the middle of the vehicle lanes to keep the BCA in the ready status. OON058105NR When the vehicle drives too close to one side of the vehicle lanes, the BCA may not properly operate. In addition, the BCA may not properly control your vehicle depending on road and traffic conditions. Thus, always pay close attention to road situations.

WARNING OON058106NR The BCA may apply braking power, The driver is responsible for safe when an approaching vehicle is driving. detected within a certain distance Do not unnecessarily operate the next to/behind your vehicle. steering wheel, when the Blind- Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist The BCA gently applies braking system is in operation. power on the tire that is located in Always pay special attention the opposite side of the possibly- while driving. The Blind-Spot Colli- colliding point. The instrument clus - sion-Avoidance Assist system ter will inform the driver of the BCA may not operate or unnecessarily activation. operate depending on road and The BCA is automatically deacti- traffic conditions. vated when: The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid- The vehicle drives a certain dis- ance Assist system is not a sub- tance away. stitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It

5 116 on_en_us.book Page 117 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

is the responsibility of the driver Front camera to always drive cautiously to pre- The front camera is a sensor that vent unexpected and sudden situ- can detect lanes. If the sensor is ations from occurring. Pay covered with snow, rain or foreign attention to the road conditions substance, the BCA may temporar- at all times. ily be cancelled and not work properly until the cancellation due to the degradation of the sensor's detec Detecting Sensor (Camera and - Radar) tion performance. Always keep the sensor clean. Front camera Refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" on page 5-100 for cautions for the front camera sensor.

Rear radar 5 The rear radars are the sensors inside the rear bumper for detecting the side/rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper opera- OON058018NR tion of the BCW. Rear radar CAUTION The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect OON058048NR other vehicles in the next lane. The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves. Always keep the sensors clean.

5 117 on_en_us.book Page 118 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

NEVER disassemble the sensor Warning messages component nor apply any impact When the BCW/BCA detects a prob- on the sensor component. lem, a warning message is displayed Be careful not to apply unneces- on the LCD. sary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forc - Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) ibly moved out of proper align- system disabled. Radar blocked ment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the OON058107NR performance of the sensor. This warning message may appear NEVER install any accessories or when: stickers on the front windshield, One or both of the sensors on the nor tint the front windshield. rear bumper is blocked by dirt or Pay special attention to keep the snow or a foreign object. camera sensor out of water. Driving in rural areas where the NEVER place any reflective sensor does not detect another objects (i.e., white paper, mirror) vehicle for an extended period of over the crash pad. Any light time. reflection may cause a malfunc- When there is inclement weather tion of the system. such as heavy snow or rain. If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW switch and the BCW will turn off automatically. When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor

5 118 on_en_us.book Page 119 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

is located. Remove any dirt, snow, Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning or foreign material that could inter- (BCW) system fere with the radar sensors. After any dirt or debris is removed, the BCA should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If you use BCW and BCA system, remove a trailer or carrier. If the BCW/BCA still does not oper-

ate normally, have your vehicle OON058108NR inspected by an authorized Kia If there is a problem with the BCW, a dealer. warning message will appear and the light on the switch will turn off. NOTICE The BCW will turn off automatically. 5 Turn off the BCW and BCA system The BCA will not operate also if the when a trailer or carrier is installed. BCW turns off due to malfunction. In 1. Press the BCW/BCA button (the this case, have your vehicle indicator on the button extin- inspected by an authorized Kia guish) dealer. 2. Press the MODE button ( ) several times on the steering wheel Check Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid- ance Assist (BCA) system until 'User Settings' menu appears on the LCD. 3. Deactivate by deselecting 'Driver Assistance → Parking safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Safe' with the MOVE switch ( / ) and the OK button on the steering wheel.

OON058109NR

5 119 on_en_us.book Page 120 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

If there is a problem with the BCA, a The vehicle drives on a curved warning message will appear. The road. BCA will turn off automatically. The The vehicle drives through a toll- BCW will still operate even if the BCA gate. turns off due to malfunction. In this The road pavement (or the case, have your vehicle inspected by peripheral ground) abnormally an authorized Kia dealer. contains metallic components (i.e., possibly due to subway con- Limitations of the BCW/BCA struction). There is a fixed object near the The driver must be cautious in the vehicle, such as a guardrail. below situations, because the BCW/ While going down or up a steep BCA may not detect other vehicles road where the height of the lane or objects in certain circumstances. is different. When a trailer or carrier is Driving on a narrow road where installed. trees or grass or overgrown. The vehicle drives in inclement Driving in rural areas where the weather such as heavy rain or sensor does not detect another snow. vehicle or structure for an The sensor is polluted with rain, extended period of time. snow, mud, etc. Driving on a wet road. The rear bumper where the sen- Driving on a road where the sor is located is covered with a guardrail or wall is in double foreign object such as a bumper structure. sticker, a bumper guard, a bike A big vehicle is near such as a bus rack, etc. or truck. The rear bumper is damaged, or When the other vehicle the sensor is out of the original approaches very close. default position. When the other vehicle passes at The vehicle height gets lower or a very fast speed. higher due to heavy loading in a While changing lanes. liftgate, abnormal tire pressure, If the vehicle has started at the etc. same time as the vehicle next to When the temperature of the you and has accelerated. rear bumper is high. When the vehicle in the next lane When the sensors are blocked by moves two lanes away from you other vehicles, walls or parking- OR when the vehicle two lanes lot pillars.

5 120 on_en_us.book Page 121 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

away moves to the next lane Driving on a curve from you. A motorcycle or bicycle is near. A flat trailer is near. If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller. If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car. The brake pedal is depressed. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is activated. OON058049NR ESC malfunctions. The BCW and BCA may not operate The tire pressure is low or a tire is properly when driving on a curved damaged. road. In certain instances the sys- The brake is reworked. tem may not detect the vehicle in The vehicle abruptly changes the next lane. 5 driving direction. Always pay attention to road and The vehicle makes sharp lane driving conditions, while driving. changes. The BCW and BCA may not operate The vehicle sharply stops. properly when driving on a curved Temperature is extremely low road. In certain instances the sys around the vehicle. - The vehicle severely vibrates tem may recognize a vehicle in the while driving over a bumpy road, same lane. uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch. The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice. The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) or Lane Departure Warning (LDW) do not operate normally. (if equipped)

For more information refer to OON058050NR "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys- Always pay attention to road and tem" on page 5-100. driving conditions, while driving.

5 121 on_en_us.book Page 122 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system

Driving where the road is merging/ Also, in certain instances the BCW/ dividing BCA may wrongly recognize the ground or structures. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

Driving where the heights of the lanes are different

OON058051NR The BCW and BCA may not operate properly when driving where the road is merging/dividing. In certain instances the BCW/BCA may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. OON058053NR The BCW and BCA may not operate Driving on a slope properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different. In certain instances, the BCW/BCA may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (under- pass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.). Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

OON058052NR The BCW and BCA may not operate properly when driving on a slope. In certain instances the BCW/BCA may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.

5 122 on_en_us.book Page 123 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system Driving where there is a structure Rear Cross-Traffic Collision beside the road Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system (if equipped) When your vehicle is in reverse, Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Colli- sion-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) is designed to warn you if there is cross traffic approaching your vehi OON058054NR - cle. [A]: noise barrier, [B]: guardrail The BCW and BCA may not operate Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warn- properly when driving where there ing (RCCW) is structure beside the road. 5 The RCCW uses radar sensors to In certain instances, the BCW/BCA monitor the approaching cross traf- may wrongly recognize the struc- fic from the left and right side of tures (noise barriers, guardrail, dou- the vehicle when your vehicle is in ble guardrail, median strip, bollard, reverse. street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) beside the road. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harm- OON058055NR ful interference, and The blind spot detection range var- 2. This device must accept any ies relative to the approaching vehi- interference received, including cle speed. interference that may cause undesired operation.

5 123 on_en_us.book Page 124 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid- Setting and activating the RCCW/ ance Assist (RCCA) RCCA The RCCA monitors approaching The driver can activate the systems cross traffic from the left and right by placing the ENGINE START/STOP side of the vehicle when your vehicle button to the ON position and by is approaching. selecting: The RCCA may activate the Elec- 1. Press the MODE button ( ) sev- tronic Stability Control (ESC) in cer- eral times on the steering wheel tain situations. until 'User Settings' menu appears on the LCD. 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → Park- WARNING ing safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Always be aware of road and Safety' with the MOVE switch ( traffic conditions while driving / ) and the OK button on the and be alert for unexpected situ- steering wheel. ations even though the Rear The RCCA and RCCW is ready to be Cross-Traffic Collision Warning activated when 'Rear Cross-Traffic system and Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' is selected. Collision-Avoidance Assist system When the vehicle is turned off then are operating. on again, the systems will be ready The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision to be activated. Warning system and Rear Cross- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist When the RCCW/RCCA is initially system are supplemental sys- turned on and when the engine is tems to assist you. Do not turned off then on again, the warn- entirely rely on the systems. ing light will illuminate for 3 seconds Always pay attention, while driv- on the outer side view mirror. ing, for your safety. The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Setting the initial warning activa- Warning system and Rear Cross- tion time Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist The driver can select the initial system are not substitutes for warning activation time in the User proper and safe driving. Always Settings in the LCD display by drive safely and use caution when selecting: backing up the vehicle. 1. Press the MODE button ( ) several times on the steering wheel

5 124 on_en_us.book Page 125 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system

until 'User Settings' menu appears NOTICE on the LCD. 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → Warn- If you change the warning volume, ing Timing' with the MOVE switch the warning volume of other sys- ( / ) and the OK button on tems may change. Always be aware the steering wheel. before changing the warning vol- 3. Select one of the following ume. options: Normal: The initial RCCW is acti- For more details, refer to "LCD dis- vated normally. If this setting play" on page 4-68. feels sensitive, change the option to 'Later'. Operating conditions Later: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is The RCCW/RCCA will activate when light and you are driving in a low vehicle speed is below 7 mph (10 speed. km/h) and with the shift lever in R (Reverse). 5 NOTICE * The RCCW/RCCA will not activate If you change the warning timing, when the vehicle speed exceeds 7 the warning time of other systems mph (10 km/h). The RCCW/RCCA may change. Always be aware will activate again when the speed before changing the warning timing. is below 5 mph (8 km/h). The RCCW/RCCA detecting range is approximately 1~65 ft (0.5~20 m). Setting the warning volume of the An approaching vehicle will be RCCW detected if the vehicle speed is The driver can select the warning within 5~22.5 mph (8~36 km/h). volume of the RCCW by selecting: Note that the detecting range may 1. Press the MODE button ( ) sev - vary under certain conditions. As eral times on the steering wheel always, use caution and pay close until 'User Settings' menu appears attention to your surroundings on the LCD. when backing up your vehicle. 2. Select 'Driver Assistance → Warn- ing Volume → High/Medium/Low' with the MOVE switch ( / ) and the OK button on the steering wheel.

5 125 on_en_us.book Page 126 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system RCCW alert Right If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/ right side of your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning light on the outer side view mirror will blink and a message will appear on the LCD display.

Left

OON058057NR Right

OON058056NR Left

OON058059NR If the rear view monitor is in activation, a message will also appear on the instrument cluster or multimedia screen. The warning will stop when: the detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or

OON058058NR when the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or when the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or when the other vehicle slows down.

5 126 on_en_us.book Page 127 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system RCCA alert Right If the risk of collision is detected while the RCCW is generated, brake control may be activated. The instrument cluster will inform the driver of the brake control. If the rear view monitor system is in activation, a message will also appear on the instrument cluster or multimedia screen.

Left OON058110NR Right

OON058111NR Left OON058059NR After brake control is activated, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings. The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds. The driver must pay attention as the brake is disengaged after 2 seconds. The brake control by the system OON058058NR is canceled if the driver depresses the brake pedal with sufficient power.

5 127 on_en_us.book Page 128 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system Brake control is activated once for If any other warning sound such each right/left approach after as seat belt warning chime is shifting the shift lever to R already generated, the Rear (Reverse). Cross-Traffic Collision Warning The brake control may not operate system warning may not sound. properly according to the status of the Electronic Stability Control WARNING (ESC). The same warning message is displayed on the instrument cluster Drive safely even though the when: vehicle is equipped with a Rear The ESC warning light is on. Cross-Traffic Collision Warning The ESC is engaged in a different system and Rear Cross-Traffic function. Collision-Avoidance Assist system. Do not solely rely on the system CAUTION but check your surrounding when backing the vehicle up. When the operation condition of The driver is responsible for accu- the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision rate brake control. Warning system is met, the Always pay extreme caution while warning will occur every time a driving. The Rear Cross-Traffic vehicle approaches the side or Collision Warning system and Rear rear of your stopped (0 mph (0 Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance km/h) vehicle speed) vehicle. Assist system may not operate The system's warning or brake properly or unnecessarily operate may not operate properly if the depending on traffic and driving left or right of your vehicle's rear conditions. bumper is blocked by a vehicle or The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- obstacle. Avoidance Assist system is not a The driver should always use substitute for safe driving prac- extreme caution while operating tices, but a convenience function the vehicle, whether or not the only. It is the responsibility of the warning light on the outer side driver to always drive cautiously view mirror illuminates or there is to prevent unexpected and sud- a warning alarm. den situations from occurring. Playing the vehicle audio system Pay attention to the road condi- at high volume may prevent occu- tions at all times. pants from hearing the system's warning sounds.

5 128 on_en_us.book Page 129 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system Detecting Sensor Do not apply foreign objects such The rear radars are located inside as a bumper sticker or a bumper the rear bumper for detecting the guard near the radar sensor or side and rear areas. Always keep the apply paint to the sensor area. rear bumper clean for proper opera- Doing so may adversely affect the tion of the RCCW/RCCA. performance of the sensor.

Warning message If a warning message related to the RCCW/RCCA appears, take appropriate measures as detailed below.

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked

OON058048NR 5 CAUTION The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. The system may turn off if interfered by electromagnetic waves. Always keep the sensors clean. OON058107NR NEVER disassemble the sensor This warning message may appear component or apply any impact when: on the sensor component. One or both of the sensors on the Be careful not to apply unneces- rear bumper is covered by dirt or sary force on the radar sensor or snow or a foreign object. sensor cover. If the sensor is forc- Driving in rural areas where the ibly moved out of proper align- sensor does not detect another ment, the system may not vehicle for an extended period of operate correctly. In this case, a time. warning message may not be dis- When there is inclement weather played. Have the vehicle inspected such as heavy snow or rain. by an authorized Kia dealer.

5 129 on_en_us.book Page 130 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system If any of these conditions occur, the Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning light on the BCW switch and the (BCW) system RCCW/RCCA will turn off automatically. When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors.

After any dirt or debris is removed, OON058108NR the RCCW/RCCA should operate nor- If there is a problem with the BCW, a mally after about 10 minutes of warning message will appear and driving the vehicle. the light on the switch will turn off. If the RCCW/RCCA still does not The RCCW/RCCA will turn off auto- operate normally have your vehicle matically. RCCW and RCCA will not inspected by an authorized Kia operate also if the BCW turns off dealer. due to malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia NOTICE dealer.

Turn off the BCW and RCCW system Limitations of the RCCW/RCCA when a trailer or carrier is installed. The driver must be cautious in the Press the BCW switch (the indica - below situations, because the tor on the switch will turn off) RCCW/RCCA may not detect other Deactivate the RCCW system by vehicles or objects in certain circum- deselecting 'User Settings → stances. Driver Assistance → Parking When a trailer or carrier is safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Colli- installed. sion Warning' The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow. The sensor is covered with rain, snow, mud, etc.

5 130 on_en_us.book Page 131 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system

The rear bumper where the sen- Driving on a road where the sor is located is covered with a guardrail or wall is in double foreign object such as a bumper structure. sticker, a bumper guard, a bike A big vehicle is near such as a bus rack, etc. or truck. The rear bumper is damaged, or When the other vehicle the sensor is out of the original approaches very close. default position. When the other vehicle passes at The vehicle height gets lower or a very fast speed. higher due to heavy loading in a While changing lanes. trunk (liftgate), abnormal tire If the vehicle has started at the pressure, etc. same time as the vehicle next to When the temperature of the you and has accelerated. rear bumper is high. When the vehicle in the next lane When the sensors are blocked by moves two lanes away from you other vehicles, walls or parking- OR when the vehicle two lanes lot pillars. away moves to the next lane 5 The vehicle drives on a curved from you. road. A motorcycle or bicycle is near. The road pavement (or the A flat trailer is near. peripheral ground) abnormally If there are small objects in the contains metallic components detecting area such as a shopping (i.e., possibly due to subway con- cart or a baby stroller. struction). If there is a low height vehicle There is a fixed object near the such as a sports car. vehicle, such as a guardrail. The brake pedal is depressed. While going down or up a steep Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is road where the height of the lane activated. is different. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Driving on a narrow road where malfunctions. trees or grass or overgrown. The tire pressure is low or a tire is Driving in rural areas where the damaged. sensor does not detect another The brake is reworked. vehicle for an extended period of The vehicle sharply stops. time. Temperature is extremely low Driving on a wet road. around the vehicle.

5 131 on_en_us.book Page 132 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system The vehicle severely vibrates When the vehicle is in a complex while driving over an uneven/ parking environment bumpy road, or concrete patch. The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.

Driving where there is a vehicle or structure near

OON058061NR The RCCW/RCCA may not operate properly when the vehicle is in a complex parking environment. In certain instances, the RCCW/RCCA may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the OON058060NR vehicles which are parking or pulling [A]: Structure out near your vehicle (e.g., a vehicle The RCCW/RCCA may not operate escaping beside your vehicle, a vehi- properly when driving where there cle parking or pulling out in the rear is a vehicle or structure near. area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.). In certain instances, the RCCW/RCCA may not detect the vehicle If this occurs, the warning or brake approaching from behind and the may not operate properly. warning or brake may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.

5 132 on_en_us.book Page 133 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system

When the vehicle is parked diago- When the vehicle is on/near a slope nally

OON058063NR OON058062NR The RCCW/RCCA may not operate [A]: Vehicle properly when the vehicle is on/near The RCCW/RCCA may not operate a slope. properly when the vehicle is parked In certain instances, the RCCW/RCCA diagonally. may not detect the vehicle 5 In certain instances, when the diag- approaching from the rear left/right onally parked vehicle is pulled out of and the warning or brake may not the parking space, the RCCW/RCCA operate properly. may not detect the vehicle Always pay attention to your sur- approaching from the rear left/right roundings while backing up. of your vehicle. In this case, the warning or brake may not operate Pulling into the parking space properly. where there is a structure Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.

OON058064NR [A]: Structure, [B]: Wall

5 133 on_en_us.book Page 134 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system The RCCW/RCCA may not operate This device complies with Part 15 properly when pulling in the vehicle of the FCC rules. to the parking space where there is Operation is subject to the following a structure at the back or side of two conditions: your vehicle. 1. This device may not cause harm- In certain instances, when backing ful interference, and into the parking space, the RCCW/ 2. This device must accept any RCCA may not detect the vehicle interference received, including moving in front of your vehicle. In interference that may cause this case, the warning or brake may undesired operation. not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.

When the vehicle is parked rearward

OON058065NR If the vehicle is parked rearward and the sensor detects the another vehicle in the rear area of the parking space, the system can warn or control braking. Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.

5 134 on_en_us.book Page 135 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions

Special driving conditions narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety If driving conditions deteriorate due of offroad applications. to poor weather or road conditions, you should pay even more attention Specific design characteristics give than usual to your driving. them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles. An advantage of Hazardous driving conditions the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road, which When hazardous driving conditions allows you to anticipate problems. are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- They are not designed for cornering ards, follow these suggestions: at the same speeds as conventional Drive cautiously and allow extra passenger vehicles, any more than distance for braking. low-slung sports vehicles are Avoid sudden braking or steering. designed to perform satisfactorily in When braking with non-ABS off-road conditions. Due to this risk, brakes pump the brake pedal with driver and passengers are strongly 5 a light up-and-down motion until recommended to buckle their seat the vehicle is stopped. belts. Do not pump the brake pedal on a In a rollover crash, an unbelted per- vehicle equipped with ABS. son is significantly more likely to die If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, than a person wearing a seat belt. use the second gear. Accelerate There are steps that a driver can slowly to avoid spinning the drive make to reduce the risk of a rollover. wheels. Use sand, rock salt, or other non- If at all possible, avoid sharp turns slip material under the drive or abrupt maneuvers, do not load wheels to provide traction when your roof rack with heavy cargo, stalled in ice, snow, or mud. and never modify your vehicle in any way. Reducing the risk of a rollover WARNING This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Rollover Vehicle (SUV). Utility vehicles have a As with other Sports Utility Vehicle significantly higher rollover rate (SUV), failure to operate this vehicle than other types of vehicles. SUV's correctly may result in loss of con- have higher ground clearance and a trol, an accident or vehicle rollover.

5 135 on_en_us.book Page 136 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions

Utility vehicles have a significantly Rocking the vehicle higher rollover rate than other If it is necessary to rock the vehicle types of vehicles. to free it from snow, sand, or mud, Specific design characteristics first turn the steering wheel right (higher ground clearance, nar- and left to clear the area around rower track, etc.) give this vehicle your front wheels. Then, shift back a higher center of gravity than and forth between R (Reverse) and ordinary vehicles. any forward gear. A SUV is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as con- Do not race the vehicle, and spin the ventional vehicles. wheels as little as possible. If you Avoid sharp turns or abrupt are still stuck after a few tries, have maneuvers. the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehi- In a rollover crash, an unbelted cle to avoid vehicle overheating and person is significantly more likely possible damage to the reduction to die than a person wearing a gear. seat belt. Make sure everyone in the vehicle is properly buckled up. WARNING Sudden Vehicle Movement WARNING Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if people or objects are nearby. The Your vehicle is equipped with tires vehicle may suddenly move forward designed to provide safe ride and or backwards as it becomes handling capability. Do not use a size unstuck. and type of tire and wheel that is different from the one that is originally installed on your vehicle. It can CAUTION affect the safety and performance Vehicle rocking of your vehicle, which could lead to Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle steering failure or rollover and serious injury. When replacing the tires, overheating, reduction gear dam- be sure to equip all four tires with age or failure, and tire damage. the tire and wheel of the same size, type, tread, brand and load-carrying CAUTION capacity. Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/

5 136 on_en_us.book Page 137 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions

h). Spinning the wheels at high improperly aimed headlights will speeds when the vehicle is station- make it much more difficult to see ary could cause a tire to overheat at night. which could result in tire damage Avoid staring directly at the head- that WARNING - Sudden may injure lights of oncoming vehicles. You bystanders. could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for The Electronic Stability Control your eyes to readjust to the dark- (ESC) should be turned OFF prior to ness. rocking the vehicle. Driving in the rain Smooth cornering Rain and wet roads can make driving Avoid braking or gear changing in dangerous, especially if you're not corners, especially when roads are prepared for the slick pavement. wet. Ideally, corners should always Here are a few things to consider be taken under gentle acceleration. when driving in the rain: 5 If you follow these suggestions, tire A heavy rainfall will make it wear will be held to a minimum. harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your Driving at night vehicle, so slow down. Because night driving presents more Keep your windshield wiping hazards than driving in the daylight, equipment in good shape. Replace here are some important tips to your windshield wiper blades remember: when they show signs of streak- Slow down and keep more dis- ing or missing areas on the wind- tance between you and other shield. vehicles, as it may be more diffi- If your tires are not in good condi- cult to see at night, especially in tion, making a quick stop on wet areas where there may not be pavement can cause a skid and any street lights. possibly lead to an accident. Be Adjust your mirrors to reduce the sure your tires are in good shape. glare from other driver's head- Turn on your headlights to make lights. it easier for others to see you. Keep your headlights clean and Driving too fast through large properly aimed. (On vehicles not puddles can affect your brakes. If equipped with the automatic you must go through puddles, try headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or to drive through them slowly.

5 137 on_en_us.book Page 138 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions

If you believe you may have got- Avoid using worn or damaged tires ten your brakes wet, apply them which may result in reduced traction lightly while driving until normal or tire failure. braking operation returns. Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires. Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas WARNING unless you are sure the water is no Under/over inflated tires higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water Always check the tires for proper inflation before driving. Underin slowly. Allow adequate stopping dis- - tance because brake performance flated or overinflated tires can cause poor handling, loss of vehicle may be affected. control, and sudden tire failure lead- After driving through water, dry the ing to accidents, injuries, and even brakes by gently applying them death. For proper tire pressures, several times while the vehicle is refer to "Tires and wheels" on page moving slowly. 8-5.

Driving on unpaved roads WARNING Drive carefully on unpaved roads because your vehicle may be dam- Tire tread aged by rocks or roots of trees. Always check the tire tread before Become familiar with the on driving your vehicle. Worn-out tires unpaved roads conditions where you can result in loss of vehicle control. are going to drive before you begin Worn-out tires should be replaced driving. as soon as possible. For further information and tread limits, refer Highway driving to "Tires and wheels" on page 8-5.

Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires.

5 138 on_en_us.book Page 139 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Winter driving

Winter driving Tire chains are not legal in all states. Check state laws before fitting tire Severe weather conditions in the chains. winter result in greater wear and other problems. Snow tires To minimize the problems of winter If you mount snow tires on your driving, you should follow these vehicle, make sure they are radial suggestions: tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount Snowy or icy conditions snow tires on all four wheels to bal- To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it ance your vehicle's handling in all may be necessary to use snow tires weather conditions. Keep in mind or to install tire chains on your tires. that the traction provided by snow If snow tires are needed, it is neces- tires on dry roads may not be as sary to select tires equivalent in size high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. You should drive cau and type of the original equipment - 5 tires. Failure to do so may adversely tiously even when the roads are affect the safety and handling of clear. Check with the tire dealer for your vehicle. Furthermore, speeding, maximum speed recommendations. rapid acceleration, sudden brake Do not install studded tires without applications, and sharp turns are first checking local, state and potentially very hazardous prac- municipal regulations for possible tices. restrictions against their use. During deceleration, use vehicle braking to the fullest extent. Sud- WARNING den brake applications on snowy or Snow tire size icy roads may cause skids to occur. Snow tires should be equivalent in You need to keep sufficient distance size and type to the vehicle's stan- between the vehicle in operation in dard tires. Otherwise, the safety front of your vehicle. Also, apply the and handling of your vehicle may be brake gently. It should be noted that adversely affected. installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.

5 139 on_en_us.book Page 140 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Winter driving

Tire chains driving force, but will not prevent side skids. Do not install studded tires without first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.

CAUTION When using AutoSock (fabric snow chain): OON058070NR Since the sidewalls on some radial Wrong size chains or improperly tires are thinner than other types of installed chains can damage your tires, they may be damaged by vehicle's brake lines, suspension, mounting certain types of tire body and wheels. chains on them. Therefore, the use If you hear noise caused by chains of snow tires is recommended contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the instead of tire chains. Do not mount vehicle body. tire chains on vehicles equipped with To prevent body damage, aluminum wheels; if unavoidable, retighten the chains after driving use AutoSock (fabric snow chain). 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km). Install the tire chain after reviewing the instructions provided with the tire chains. Chain installation Damage to your vehicle caused by When installing AutoSock (fabric improper tire chain use is not cov- snow chain), follow the manufac- ered by your vehicle manufacturer's turer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less warranty. than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains con- NOTICE tacting the body or chassis, stop Install AutoSock (fabric snow and tighten them. If they still make chain) on the front tires for FWD contact, slow down until the noise stops. vehicles or for AWD vehicles. It Remove the AutoSock (fabric snow should be noted that installing chain) as soon as you begin driving AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on on cleared roads. the tires will provide a greater

5 140 on_en_us.book Page 141 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Winter driving

WARNING Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them Mounting chains hitting the vehicle. When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol Hazard Warning flashers and place a coolant triangular emergency warning Your vehicle is delivered with high device behind the vehicle if available. quality ethylene glycol coolant in the Always place the vehicle in P (Park), cooling system. It is the only type of apply the parking brake and turn off coolant that should be used because the engine before installing snow it helps prevent corrosion in the chains. cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your WARNING coolant refer to "Normal mainte- Tire chains nance schedule - Non Turbo Models" 5 The use of chains may adversely on page 7-10. Before winter, have affect vehicle handling. your coolant tested to assure that Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 mph) its freezing point is sufficient for or the chain manufacturer's rec- the temperatures anticipated during ommended speed limit, whichever the winter. is lower. Drive carefully and avoid bumps, Check battery and cables holes, sharp turns, and other road Winter puts additional burdens on hazards, which may cause the the battery system. Visually inspect vehicle to bounce. Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel the battery and cables (refer to "For braking. best battery service" on page 7-29). The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia CAUTION dealer or a service station. Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.

5 141 on_en_us.book Page 142 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Winter driving

Change to "winter weight" oil if Don't let your parking brake freeze necessary Under some conditions your parking In some climates it is recommended brake can freeze in the engaged that a lower viscosity "winter position. This is most likely to hap- weight" oil be used during cold pen when there is an accumulation weather. Refer to "Recommended of snow or ice around or near the lubricants and capacities" on page rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. 8-6 for recommendations. If you If there is a risk the parking brake aren't sure what weight oil you may freeze, apply it only temporar- should use, consult an authorized ily while you put the gear shift dial Kia dealer. in P (Park) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Then To keep locks from freezing release the parking brake. To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or Don't let ice and snow accumulate glycerine into the key opening. If a underneath lock is covered with ice, squirt it with Under some conditions, snow and an approved de-icing fluid to remove ice can build up under the fenders the ice. If the lock is frozen inter- and interfere with the steering. In nally, you may be able to thaw it out severe winter conditions you should by using a heated key. Handle the periodically check underneath the heated key with care to avoid injury. vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering Use approved window washer anti- components are not obstructed. freeze in system To keep the water in the window Carry emergency equipment washer system from freezing, add Depending on the severity of the an approved window washer anti- weather, you should carry appropri- freeze solution in accordance with ate emergency equipment. Some of instructions on the container. Win- the items you may want to carry dow washer anti-freeze is available include tow straps or chains, flash- from an authorized Kia dealer and light, emergency flares, sand, most auto parts outlets. Do not use shovel, jumper cables, window vehicle coolant or other types of scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover- anti-freeze as these may damage alls, blanket, etc. the paint finish.

5 142 on_en_us.book Page 143 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Trailer towing

Trailer towing CAUTION If you are considering towing with Trailer installation your vehicle, you should first check Follow instructions in this section with your country's Department of when pulling a trailer. Pulling a Motor Vehicles to determine their trailer improperly can damage your legal requirements. vehicle and result in costly repairs Since laws vary the requirements not covered by your warranty. for towing trailers, cars, or other types of vehicles or apparatus may Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To differ. Ask an authorized Kia dealer identify what the vehicle trailering for further details before towing. capacity is for your vehicle, you should read the information in WARNING "Weight of the trailer" on page 5- 149. Towing a trailer Remember that trailering is differ- Always check your towing equip- 5 ment to confirm correct equipment ent than just driving your vehicle by size and installation before use. itself. Trailering means changes in Using incompatible or incorrectly handling, durability, and fuel econ- installed trailer equipment can omy. Successful, safe trailering effect the vehicle operation and requires correct equipment, and it endanger you and your passengers. has to be used properly. This section contains many time- You may require an additional wiring tested, important trailering tips and harness connector to install a trailer safety rules. Many of these are hitch. Please contact an authorized important for your safety and that Kia dealer for more details. of your passengers. Please read this section carefully before you pull a WARNING trailer. Weight limits Load-pulling components such as Before towing, make sure the total the engine, transmission, wheel trailer weight, GCW (Gross Combi- assemblies, and tires are forced to nation Weight), GVW (Gross Vehicle work harder against the load of the Weight), GAW (Gross Axle Weight) added weight. The engine is and trailer tongue load are all within required to operate at relatively the limits. higher speeds and under greater

5 143 on_en_us.book Page 144 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Trailer towing

loads. This additional burden gener- that the tongue will not drop to the ates extra heat. The trailer also road if it becomes separated from adds considerably to wind resis- the hitch. tance, increasing the pulling require - Instructions about safety chains ments. may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufac- Hitches turer. Follow the manufacturer's It's important to have the correct recommendation for attaching hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large safety chains. Always leave just trucks going by, and rough roads are enough slack so you can turn with a few reasons why you'll need the your trailer. And, never allow safety right hitch. Here are some rules to chains to drag on the ground. follow: Will you have to make any holes in Trailer brakes the body of your vehicle when you If your trailer is equipped with a install a trailer hitch? If you do, braking system, make sure it con- then be sure to seal the holes forms to your state's regulations later when you remove the hitch. and that it is properly installed and If you don't seal them, deadly car - operating correctly. bon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get into your vehicle, If your trailer weight exceeds the as well as dirt and water. maximum allowed weight without The bumpers on your vehicle are trailer brakes, then the trailer will not intended for hitches. Do not also require its own brakes as well. attach rental hitches or other Be sure to read and follow the bumper-type hitches to them. instructions for the trailer brakes so Use only a frame-mounted hitch you'll be able to install, adjust and that does not attach to the maintain them properly. bumper. Don't tap into or modify your Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail- vehicle's brake system. able at an authorized Kia dealer. WARNING Safety chains Trailer brakes You should always attach chains Do not use a trailer with its own between your vehicle and your brakes unless you are absolutely trailer. Cross the safety chains certain that you have properly set under the tongue of the trailer so

5 144 on_en_us.book Page 145 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Trailer towing

up the brake system. This is not a Following distance task for amateurs. Use an experi- Stay at least twice as far behind the enced, competent trailer shop for vehicle ahead as you would when this work. driving your vehicle without a trailer. This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sud Driving with a trailer - den turns. Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Before set - Passing ting out for the open road, you must get to know your trailer. Acquaint You'll need more passing distance up yourself with the feel of handling ahead when you're towing a trailer. and braking with the added weight And, because of the increased vehi- of the trailer. And always keep in cle length, you'll need to go much mind that the vehicle you are driving farther beyond the passed vehicle is now a good deal longer and not before you can return to your lane. nearly so responsive as your vehicle Due to the added load to the engine 5 is by itself. when going uphill the vehicle may also take longer to pass than it Before you start, check the trailer would on flat ground. hitch and platform, safety chains, electrical connector(s), lights, tires Backing up and mirror adjustment. If the trailer has electric brakes, start your vehi- Hold the bottom of the steering cle and trailer moving and then wheel with one hand. Then, to move apply the trailer brake controller by the trailer to the left, just move hand to be sure the brakes are your hand to the left. To move the working. This lets you check your trailer to the right, move your hand electrical connection at the same to the right. Always back up slowly time. and, if possible, have someone guide you. During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure, Making turns and that the lights and any trailer brakes are still working. When you're turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Do this so your trailer won't strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or other objects near the edge of

5 145 on_en_us.book Page 146 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Trailer towing

the road. Avoid jerky or sudden CAUTION maneuvers. Signal well in advance before turning or lane changes. Always use an approved trailer wiring harness. Failure to use an approved trailer wiring harness Turn signals when towing a trailer could result in damage to the vehicle When you tow a trailer, your vehicle electrical system. has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel Driving on grades will flash whenever you signal a turn Reduce speed and shift to a lower or lane change. Properly connected, gear before you start down a long the trailer lights will also flash to or steep downgrade. If you don't alert other drivers you're about to shift down, you might have to use turn, change lanes, or stop. your brakes so much that they When towing a trailer, the green would get hot and no longer operate arrows on your instrument panel efficiently. On a long uphill grade, will flash for turns even if the bulbs shift down and reduce your speed to on the trailer are burned out. Thus, around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce you may think drivers behind you the possibility of engine and trans- are seeing your signals when, in mission overheating. fact, they are not. It's important to If your trailer weighs more than the check occasionally to be sure the maximum trailer weight without trailer bulbs are still working. You trailer brakes and you have an auto- must also check the lights every matic transmission, you should drive time you disconnect and then in D (Drive) when towing a trailer. reconnect the wires. Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) Do not connect a trailer lighting sys- when towing a trailer will minimize tem directly to your vehicle's light- heat build up and extend the life of ing system. Use only an approved your transmission. trailer wiring harness. An authorized Kia dealer can assist Towing uphill you in installing the wiring harness. When towing a trailer on steep grades (in excess of 6%) pay close attention to the engine coolant

5 146 on_en_us.book Page 147 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Trailer towing

temperature gauge to ensure the 4. Place chocks under the trailer engine does not overheat. wheels on the down hill side of the wheels. If the needle of the coolant tem- 5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, perature gauge moves across the shift to neutral, release the park- dial towards "H" (HOT), pull over and ing brake and slowly release the stop as soon as it is safe to do so, brakes until the trailer chocks and allow the engine to idle until it absorb the load. cools down. You may proceed once 6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the the engine has cooled sufficiently. parking brake and shift the vehicle to P (Park) for automatic trans- You must decide driving speed mission. depending on trailer weight and 7. Shut off the vehicle and release uphill grade to reduce the possibility the vehicle brakes but leave the of engine and transmission over- parking brake set. heating. When you are ready to leave after parking on a hill Parking on hills 5 1. With the automatic transmission Generally, if you have a trailer in P (Park), apply your brakes and attached to your vehicle, you should hold the brake pedal down while not park your vehicle on a hill. Peo - you: ple can be seriously or fatally Start your engine; injured, and both your vehicle and Shift into gear; and the trailer can be damaged if they Release the parking brake. unexpectedly roll downhill. 2. Slowly remove your foot from the However, if you ever have to park brake pedal. your trailer on a hill, here's how to 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is do it: clear of the chocks. 1. Pull the vehicle into the parking 4. Stop and have someone pick up space. Turn the steering wheel in and store the chocks. the direction of the curb (right if headed downhill, left if headed up Maintenance when trailer towing hill). 2. If the vehicle has an automatic Your vehicle will need service more transmission, place the vehicle in often when you regularly pull a P (Park). trailer. Important items to pay par- 3. Set the parking brake and shut off ticular attention to include engine the engine. oil, automatic transmission fluid,

5 147 Driving_your_vehicle.fm Page 148 Friday, February 1, 2019 12:04 PM

Driving your vehicle Trailer towing

axle lubricant and cooling system If you do decide to pull a trailer fluid. Brake condition is another Here are some important points if important item to frequently check. Each item is covered in this manual, you decide to pull a trailer: and the Index will help you find Consider using a sway control. them quickly. If you're trailering, it's You can ask a hitch dealer about a good idea to review these sections sway control. before you start your trip. Do not do any towing with your vehicle during its first 1,200 miles Don't forget to also maintain your (2,000 km) in order to allow the trailer and hitch. Follow the mainte- engine to properly break in. Fail- nance schedule that accompanied ure to heed this caution may your trailer and check it periodically. result in serious engine or trans- Preferably, conduct the check at the mission damage. start of each day's driving. Most When towing a trailer, be sure to importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts consult an authorized Kia dealer should be tight. for further information on additional requirements such as a CAUTION towing kit, etc. Always drive your vehicle at a Air conditioning (A/C) moderate speed (less than 60 Do not use the air conditioning while mph (100 km/h)). using your vehicle to tow uphill. Due On a long uphill grade, do not to higher load during trailer usage, exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the overheating might occur on hot posted towing speed limit, which- days or during uphill driving. ever is lower. When towing check transmission The chart contains important fluid more frequently. considerations that have to do with weight:

lbs. (kg) Item Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK Without brake system 1,650 (750) Maximum trailer weight With brake system 5,000 (2,267) Maximum tongue weight 351 (159)

5 148 on_en_us.book Page 149 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Trailer towing

To identify what the vehicle traile- Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight ring capacity is for your vehicle, you should read the information in "Weight of the trailer" on page 5- 149.

Weight of the trailer

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight

OON058157NR The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) of your vehicle. This weight includes the curb 5 weight of the vehicle, any cargo you OON058156NR may carry in it, and the people who What is the maximum safe weight will be riding in the vehicle. And if of a trailer? It should never weigh you will tow a trailer, you must add more than the maximum trailer the tongue load to the GVW because weight with trailer brakes. But even your vehicle will also be carrying that can be too heavy. that weight. It depends on how you plan to use The trailer tongue should weigh a your trailer. For example, speed, maximum of 10% of the total altitude, road grades, outside tem- loaded trailer weight, within the lim- perature and how often your vehicle its of the maximum permissible is used to pull a trailer are all trailer tongue load. After you've important. The ideal trailer weight loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer can also depend on any special and then the tongue, separately, to equipment that you have on your see if the weights are proper. If they vehicle. aren't, you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer.

5 149 on_en_us.book Page 150 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit

WARNING Vehicle load limit Trailer The vehicle load limit is displayed on the tire and loading information Always follow the loading instructions provided with your trailer. label on the driver's door. Improper loading can effect vehicle operation and result in an accident. Tire and loading information label

OON069032NR

OON069033NR

OON069034NR

5 150 on_en_us.book Page 151 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit

ever, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.

OON069035NR Towing capacity: The label located on the driver's Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK Engine door sill gives the original tire size, Without trailer brakes: 1,650 lbs. cold tire pressures recommended (750 kg) With trailer brakes: 5,000 lbs. for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and (2,267 kg) vehicle capacity weight. Towing capacity is the maximum 5 trailer weight including its cargo Vehicle capacity weight: weight, your vehicle can tow 7 persons: 1,173 lbs. (532 kg) 8 persons: 1,323 lbs. (600 kg) Cargo capacity: Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- The cargo capacity of your vehicle mum combined weight of occupants will increase or decrease depending and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped on the weight and the number of with a trailer, the combined weight occupants. includes the tongue load. Steps For Determining Correct Load Seating capacity: Limit - 1. Locate the statement "The com Total - bined weight of occupants and 7 persons (Front seat: 2 persons, cargo should never exceed XXX Rear seat: 5 persons) lbs. or XXX kg'' on your vehicle's 8 persons (Front seat: 2 persons, placard. Rear seat: 6 persons) 2. Determine the combined weight Seating capacity is the maximum of the driver and passengers that number of occupants including a will be riding in your vehicle. driver, your vehicle may carry. How-

5 151 on_en_us.book Page 152 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit

3. Subtract the combined weight of Example 1 the driver and passengers from XXX lbs. or XXX kg. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. (635 kg) and there will be five 150 lbs. (68 kg) passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (295 kg). ODEEV078137NR (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs. or 635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg) Item Description Total 5. Determine the combined weight 849 lbs. (385 A Vehicle Capacity Weight of luggage and cargo being loaded kg) on the vehicle. That weight may Subtract Occupant 300 lbs. (136 not safely exceed the available B Weight kg) cargo and luggage load capacity 150 lbs. (68 kg) V 2 Available Cargo and Lug- 549 lbs. (249 calculated in Step 4. C 6. If your vehicle will be towing a gage weight kg) trailer, load from your trailer will Example 2 be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

WARNING Loose cargo Do not travel with unsecured blunt objects in the passenger compart- ODEEV078138NR ment of your vehicle (e.g. suit cases or unsecured child seats). These items may strike occupant during a sudden stop or crash.

5 152 on_en_us.book Page 153 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit

Certification label Item Description Total The certification label is located on 849 lbs. (385 A Vehicle Capacity Weight the driver's door sill at the center kg) pillar. Subtract Occupant 750 lbs. (340 B Weight kg) 150 lbs. (68 kg) V 5 Available Cargo and Lug- C 99 lbs. (45 kg) gage weight Example 3

OON058155NR This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded 5 vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The ODEEV078139NR GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants and cargo. Item Description Total 849 lbs. (385 This label also tells you the maxi- A Vehicle Capacity Weight kg) mum weight that can be supported Subtract Occupant 805 lbs. (365 by the front and rear axles, called B Weight kg) 161 lbs. (73 kg) V 5 Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Available Cargo and Lug- C 44 lbs. (20 kg) To find out the actual loads on your gage weight front and rear axles, you need to go Refer to your vehicle's tire and load- to a weigh station and weigh your ing information label for specific vehicle. Your dealer can help you information about your vehicle's with this. Be sure to spread out your capacity weight and seating posi- load equally on both sides of the tions. The combined weight of the centerline. driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.

5 153 on_en_us.book Page 154 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight

WARNING Vehicle weight Over loading This chapter will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/ Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, the GAWR for either the or trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings capability, with or without a trailer. can affect your vehicle's handling Properly loading your vehicle will and braking ability. provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before The label will help you decide how loading your vehicle, familiarize much cargo and installed equip- yourself with the following terms ment your vehicle can carry. for determining your vehicle's If you carry items inside your vehicle weight ratings, with or without a - like suitcases, tools, packages, or trailer, from the vehicle's specifica- anything else - they are moving as tions and the compliance label: fast as the vehicle. If you have to Base curb weight This is the weight stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and of the vehicle including a full tank of can cause an injury if they strike the fuel and all standard equipment. It driver or a passenger. does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment. WARNING Vehicle curb weight This is the Over loading weight of your new vehicle when Do not overload your vehicle. Over- you picked it up from your dealer loading your vehicle can cause heat plus any aftermarket equipment. buildup in your vehicle's tires and Cargo weight This figure includes all possible tire failure, increased stop - weight added to the Base Curb ping distances and poor vehicle han- Weight, including cargo and optional dling--all of which may result in a equipment. crash. GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the NOTICE total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle Overloading your vehicle may cause curb weight and all payload. damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not over- GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) load your vehicle. This is the maximum allowable

5 154 on_en_us.book Page 155 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight

weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the compliance label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the certification label located on the driver's door sill. 5 CAUTION Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower your vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations.

5 155 on_en_us.book Page 156 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM on_en_us.book Page 1 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency 6

What to do in an emergency Road warning...... 6-3 Hazard warning flasher...... 6-3 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-4 If the vehicle stalls while driving...... 6-4 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ...... 6-4 If you have a flat tire while driving...... 6-4 If the engine will not start ...... 6-5 If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ...... 6-5 If engine turns over normally but does not start...... 6-5 Emergency starting...... 6-6 Jump-starting...... 6-6 Push-starting...... 6-7 If the engine overheats...... 6-8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)...... 6-9 Effective use of the TPMS...... 6-10 Low tire pressure telltale ...... 6-11 TPMS malfunction indicator ...... 6-12 Tire replacement with TPMS...... 6-13 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules...... 6-15 If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) ...... 6-15 Jack and tools...... 6-16 Storing the spare tire ...... 6-18 Changing tires ...... 6-18 Important - use of compact spare tire ...... 6-23 Jack label...... 6-25 on_en_us.book Page 2 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

6 What to do in an emergency

Towing...... 6-26 Towing without wheel dollies when using a towing service...... 6-27 on_en_us.book Page 3 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency Road warning

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMER- located in the center fascia panel. All GENCY turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. The hazard warning flasher oper Road warning - ates whether your vehicle is run- When in an emergency situation ning or not. occurs while driving or when you The turn signals do not work park by the edge of the roadway, when the hazard flasher is on. you must alert approaching or pass- Care must be taken when using ing vehicles to be careful as they the hazard warning flasher while pass. For this, you should use the the vehicle is being towed. hazard warning flasher.

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. 6

OON068001NR It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. Depress the flasher switch with the ENGINE START/STOP button in any position. The flasher switch is

6 3 on_en_us.book Page 4 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency In case of an emergency while driving

In case of an emergency while Do not apply the brakes immedi- driving ately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of If an emergency situation occurs control. while driving, stay calm and take the 2. When the vehicle has slowed to following steps. such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the If the vehicle stalls while driving road. 3. Drive off the road as far as possi- 1. Reduce your speed gradually, ble and park on firm level ground. keeping a straight line. If you are on a divided highway, 2. Move cautiously off the road to a do not park in the median area safe place. between the two traffic lanes. 3. Turn on your hazard warning 4. When the vehicle is stopped, turn flasher. on your emergency hazard flash- 4. Try to start the vehicle again. If ers, set the parking brake and put your vehicle will not start, contact the transmission in P. an authorized Kia dealer or seek 5. Have all passengers get out of the other qualified assistance. vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is If the engine stalls at a crossroad away from traffic. or crossing 6. When changing a flat tire, follow If the engine stalls at a crossroad the instruction provided later in or crossing, set the shift lever in this section. the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe place. If your vehicle has a manual transmission not equipped with a ignition lock switch, the vehicle can move forward by shifting to the 2 (second) or 3 (third) gear and then turning the starter without depressing the clutch pedal.

If you have a flat tire while driving 1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead.

6 4 on_en_us.book Page 5 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If the engine will not start

If the engine will not start If engine turns over normally but does not start When the engine doesn't start, first 1. Check the fuel level. check to see how much fuel there is 2. With the ENGINE START/STOP and whether the battery is dis- button in the OFF position, check charged. all connectors at the ignition coils and spark plugs. Reconnect any If engine doesn't turn over or turns that may be disconnected or over slowly loose. 1. Be sure the shift lever is in N 3. Check the fuel line in the engine (Neutral) or P (Park) and the compartment. emergency brake is set. 4. If the engine still does not start, 2. Check the battery connections to call an authorized Kia dealer or be sure they are clean and tight. seek other qualified assistance. 3. Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is discharged. 4. Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened. 6 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could cause damage to your vehicle. Refer to "Jump-starting" on page 6-6.

WARNING Push/pull start Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. Push or pull starting may cause the catalytic converter to overload and create a fire hazard.

6 5 on_en_us.book Page 6 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency Emergency starting

Emergency starting WARNING When the vehicle will not start Frozen batteries because of low battery power, you Do not attempt to jump start the may need to jump start the vehicle. vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen as the battery may rupture Jump-starting or explode. Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order. WARNING Battery Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery. The battery produces hydrogen gas which will explode if exposed to flame or sparks.

WARNING Battery cables ODEEV088002NR Jump-starting can be dangerous if Do not connect the jumper cable done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid from the negative terminal of the harm to yourself or damage to your booster battery to the negative ter- vehicle or battery, follow these minal of the discharged battery, jump-starting procedures. If in directly. This can cause the dis- doubt, we strongly recommend that charged battery to overheat and crack, degradation. you have a competent technician or towing service jump-start your Make sure to connect one end of the vehicle. jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery, and the WARNING other end to a metallic point, far away from the battery. Battery Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode.

6 6 on_en_us.book Page 7 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency Emergency starting

WARNING over the battery when making connections. Sulfuric acid risk 4. Start vehicle with the booster Automobile batteries contain sulfu- battery and let it run at 2,000 ric acid. When jump starting your rpm, then start the vehicle with vehicle, be careful not to get sulfuric the discharged battery. acid on yourself, your clothing, or on If the cause of your battery dis- the vehicle. This acid is poisonous charging is not apparent, you should and highly corrosive. have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

Jump-starting NOTICE 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-volt and that its negative ter- Make sure to connect one end of the minal is grounded. jumper cable to the negative termi- If the booster battery is in nal of the booster battery, and the another vehicle, do not allow the other end to a metallic point, far vehicles to come in contact. away from the battery. 2. Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads. 3. Connect the jumper cables in the Push-starting 6 exact sequence shown in the illustration. Vehicles equipped with automatic 1)Connect on end of a jumper transmission cannot be push- cable to the positive terminal of started. Follow the directions in this the discharged battery (1). section for jump-starting. 2)Connect the other end to the positive terminal of the booster WARNING battery (2). 3)Proceed to connect one end of Tow starting vehicle the other jumper cable to the Never tow a vehicle to start it. negative terminal of the When the engine starts, the vehicle booster battery (3), then the can suddenly surge forward and other end to a solid, stationary, could cause a collision with the tow metallic point away from the vehicle. battery (4). Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean

6 7 on_en_us.book Page 8 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If the engine overheats

If the engine overheats WARNING If your temperature gauge indicates Under the hood overheating, you experience a loss While the engine is running, of power, or hear loud pinging or keep hair, hands and clothing knocking, the engine will probably be away from moving parts too hot. such as the fan and drive If this happens, you should: belts to prevent injury. 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so. 7. If the water pump drive belt is 2. Place the shift lever in P and set broken or engine coolant is leak- the parking brake. ing out, stop the engine immedi- 3. If the air conditioning is on, turn it ately and call the nearest off. authorized Kia dealer for assis- 4. If engine coolant is running out tance. under the vehicle or steam is 8. If you cannot find the cause of coming out from underneath the the overheating, wait until the hood, stop the engine. Do not engine temperature has returned open the hood until the coolant to normal. If coolant has been has stopped running or the lost, carefully add coolant to the steaming has stopped. reservoir to bring the fluid level in 5. If there is no visible loss of engine the reservoir up to the halfway coolant and no steam, leave the mark. engine running and check to be 9. Proceed with caution, keeping sure the engine cooling fan is alert for further signs of over- operating. heating. If overheating happens 1)If the fan is not running, turn again, call an authorized Kia the engine off. dealer for assistance. 6. Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing. 1)If it is not missing, check to see that it is tight. 2)If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory, check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop).

6 8 on_en_us.book Page 9 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

WARNING Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys- tem (TPMS) Radiator cap Do not remove the radiator The Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys- cap when the engine is hot. tem (TPMS) detects the pressure of This may result in coolant vehicle's tires and displays it on the being blown out of the opening and LCD display. cause serious burns.

Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

OON068002NR

OON068003NR 1. Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator 2. Low tire pressure position telltale (Shown on the LCD display)

6 9 on_en_us.book Page 10 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Tire Pressure Indicator vehicle control resulting in an acci- You can check the tire pressure in dent the assist mode on the cluster. - Refer to "User Settings mode" Each tire, including the spare (if pro- on page 4-71. vided), should be checked monthly Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 when cold and inflated to the infla- minutes later after driving. tion pressure recommended by the If tire pressure is not displayed vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle when the vehicle is stopped, placard or tire inflation pressure "Drive to display" message dis- label. plays. After driving, check the tire (If your vehicle has tires of a differ- pressure. ent size than the size indicated on You can change the tire pressure the vehicle placard or tire inflation unit in the user settings mode on pressure label, you should deter- the cluster. mine the proper tire inflation pres- - psi, kPa, bar (Refer to "User sure for those tires.) Settings mode" on page 4-71). As an added safety feature, your NOTICE vehicle has been equipped with a TPMS that illuminates a low tire The tire pressure may change due pressure telltale when one or more to factors such as parking condi- of your tires is significantly under- tion, driving style, and altitude inflated. Accordingly, when the low above sea level. tire pressure telltale illuminates, you The tire pressure shown on the should stop and check your tires as dashboard may differ from the soon as possible, and inflate them to tire pressure measured by tire the proper pressure. Driving on a pressure gauge. significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can Effective use of the TPMS lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire WARNING tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect Please note that the TPMS is not a vehicle handling, and lead to sudden substitute for proper tire mainte- tire failure that may cause loss of nance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire

6 10 on_en_us.book Page 11 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

pressure, even if under-inflation has NOTICE not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres- If any of the below happens, have sure telltale. the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer. Your vehicle has also been equipped 1. The low tire pressure telltale / with a TPMS malfunction indicator TPMS malfunction indicator does to indicate when the system is not not illuminate for 3 seconds when operating properly. The TPMS mal- the ENGINE START/STOP button function indicator is combined with is turned to the ON position or the low tire pressure telltale. When engine is running. the system detects a malfunction, 2. The TPMS malfunction indicator the telltale will flash for approxi- remains illuminated after blinking mately one minute and then remain for approximately 1 minute. continuously illuminated. This 3. The Low tire pressure position sequence will continue upon subse- telltale remains illuminated. quent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, Low tire pressure telltale the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as 6 Low tire pressure position telltale intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, When the TPMS warning indicators are illuminated, one or more of your including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on tires is significantly under-inflated. the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. OON068004NR If the telltale illuminates, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased

6 11 on_en_us.book Page 12 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

stopping distances. You should stop the outside temperature is and check your tires as soon as pos- extremely high or low sible. When filling tires with more air, con- Inflate the tires to the proper pres- ditions to turn off the low tire pressure as indicated on the vehicle's sure telltale may not be met. This is placard or tire inflation pressure because a tire inflator has a margin label located on the driver's side of error in performance. The low center pillar outer panel. If you can- tire pressure telltale will be turned not reach a service station or if the off if the tire pressure is above the tire cannot hold the newly added air, recommended tire inflation pres- replace the low pressure tire with sure. the spare tire. Then the TPMS malfunction indica- WARNING tor and the Low Tire Pressure tell- Low pressure damage tale may turn on and illuminate Do not drive on low pressure tires. after restarting and about 20 min- Significantly low tire pressure can utes of continuous driving before cause the tires to overheat and fail you have the low pressure tire making the vehicle unstable result- repaired and replaced on the vehicle. ing in increased braking distances In winter or cold weather, the low and a loss of vehicle control. tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire TPMS malfunction indicator inflation pressure in warm weather. The low tire pressure telltale will It does not mean your TPMS is mal- illuminate after it blinks for approxi- functioning because the decreased mately one minute when there is a temperature leads to a proportional problem with the TPMS. lowering of tire pressure. If the system is able to correctly You should check the tire inflation detect an underinflation warning at pressure and adjust the tires to the the same time as system failure, it recommended tire inflation pressure will illuminate both the TPMS mal- when driving your vehicle in the fol- function and the low tire pressure lowing conditions. position telltales. For example, if the from a warm area to a cold area Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS from a cold area to a warm area malfunction indicator illuminates, but if the Front Right, Rear Left, or

6 12 on_en_us.book Page 13 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Rear Right tire is underinflated, the CAUTION low tire pressure position telltales may illuminate together with the Repair Agents TPMS malfunction indicator. Never use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by Kia to repair Have the system checked by an and/or inflate a low pressure tire. authorized Kia dealer as soon as The sealant not approved by Kia possible to determine the cause of may damage the tire pressure sen- the problem. sor. The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is Each wheel is equipped with a tire moving around electric power pressure sensor mounted inside the supply cables or radios transmit - tire behind the valve stem. You ters such as at police stations, must use TPMS specific wheels. It is government and public offices, recommended that you always have broadcasting stations, military your tires serviced by an authorized installations, airports, or trans- Kia dealer. mitting towers, etc. This can interfere with normal operation Even if you replace the low pressure of the TPMS. tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire The TPMS malfunction indicator Pressure telltale will remain on until 6 may illuminate if the vehicle is the low pressure tire is repaired and equipped with snow chains or placed on the vehicle. some personal electronic devices After you replace the low pressure (such as a laptop computer, tire with the spare tire, the TPMS mobile charger, remote starter or malfunction indicator may illumi- navigation) are being used in the nate after a few minutes. This is vehicle. This can interfere with because the TPMS sensor mounted normal operation of the TPMS. on the spare wheel is not yet activated. Tire replacement with TPMS Once the low pressure tire is inflated If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire again to the recommended pressure Pressure telltale will come on. Have and installed on the vehicle or the the flat tire repaired by an autho- TPMS sensor mounted on the rized Kia dealer as soon as possible replaced spare wheel is initiated by or replace the flat tire with the an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS spare tire. malfunction indicator and the low

6 13 on_en_us.book Page 14 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

tire pressure telltale will turn off for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that within a few minutes of driving. 3 hour period. If the indicator has not disappeared Never use tire sealant if your vehicle after a few minutes of driving, is equipped with a TPMS. The liquid please visit an authorized Kia dealer. sealant can damage the tire pres- If an original mounted tire is sure sensors. The TPMS cannot alert you to replaced with the spare tire, the severe and sudden tire damage TPMS sensor on the replaced spare caused by external factors such wheel should be initiated and the as nails or road debris. TPMS sensor on the original If you feel any vehicle instability, mounted wheel should be deacti- immediately take your foot off vated. If the TPMS sensor on the the accelerator, apply the brakes original mounted wheel located in gradually and with light force, and the spare tire carrier still activates, slowly move to a safe position off the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys- the road. tem may not operate properly. Have the tire with TPMS serviced or NOTICE replaced by an authorized Kia dealer. Protecting TPMS You may not be able to identify a low tire by simply looking at it. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire's System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability inflation pressure. Please note that to warn the driver of low tire pres a tire that is hot (from being driven) - sure conditions and/or TPMS mal- will have a higher pressure mea- functions. Tampering with, surement than a tire that is cold modifying, or disabling the Tire (from sitting stationary for at least Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile components may void the warranty (1.6 km) during that 3 hour period). for that portion of the vehicle. Allow the tire to cool before mea- suring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure. A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven

6 14 on_en_us.book Page 15 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

This device complies with Part 15 If you have a flat tire (with of the FCC rules. spare tire) Operation is subject to the following If you have a flat tire, you can two conditions: change the flat tire to a spare tire 1. This device may not cause harm- using tools. ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any WARNING interference received, including interference that may cause Driving on a flat tire will cause per- undesired operation. manent damage to the tire. Re- 3. Changes or modifications not inflating a tire after it has been expressly approved by the party driven on while severely underin- responsible for compliance could flated or flat may cause a blowout void the user's authority to oper- and a serious crash. Never attempt ate the device. to re-inflate a tire that has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat. In this case, repair or replace the flat tire as soon as possible. 6 WARNING Changing as tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.

CAUTION Be careful as you use the jack handle to stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has sharp edges that could cause cuts.

6 15 on_en_us.book Page 16 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

Jack and tools WARNING Changing tires Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway. Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on firm level ground. If you cannot OON068005NR find a firm level place off the road, 1. Jack handle call a towing service company for 2. Wheel nut wrench assistance. 3. Driver Be sure to use the correct front 4. Socket and rear jacking positions on the 5. Jack vehicle; never use the bumpers or The jack and tools are stored in the any other part of the vehicle for luggage side trim. jacking support. The vehicle can roll off the jack Remove the tray cover indicated in causing serious injury or death. the illustration. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. Jacking instructions Do not start or run the engine The jack is provided for emergency while the vehicle is on the jack. tire changing only. Do not allow anyone to remain in To prevent the jack from "rattling" the vehicle while it is on the jack. while the vehicle is in motion, Make sure any children present store it properly. are in a secure place away from Follow jacking instructions to the road and from the vehicle to reduce the possibility of personal be raised with the jack. injury. WARNING Tire jack Do not place any portion of your body under a vehicle that is only supported by a jack since the vehicle

6 16 on_en_us.book Page 17 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

can easily roll off the jack. Use vehi- To prevent the jack from "rattling" cle support stands. while the vehicle is in motion, store it properly.

WARNING NOTICE Changing tires Retreaded tires Never attempt vehicle repairs in the Possibly substantial variations in the traffic lanes of a public road or high - design and age of the tire casing way. structures can limit service life and have a negative impact on road Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the safety. shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on Removing the spare tire a firm level ground. If you cannot find a firm, level place off the Your spare tire is stored underneath road, call a towing service com- the back of your vehicle, directly pany for assistance. below the right sliding door. Be sure to use the correct front To remove the spare tire: and rear jacking positions on the 1. Open the luggage floor cover and 6 vehicle; never use the bumpers or find the plastic hex bolt cover on any other part of the vehicle for the floor. jack support. Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack. Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack.

WARNING

Running vehicle on jack OON068006NR Do not start or run the engine of the 2. Remove the cover. vehicle while the vehicle is on the 3. Use the tool to loosen the bolt jack as this may cause the vehicle to enough to lower the spare tire. fall off the jack.

6 17 on_en_us.book Page 18 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

Turn the tool counterclockwise Storing the spare tire until the spare tire reaches the ground.

OON068010NR 1. Place the wheel under the vehicle OON068007NR and install the retainer through 4. After the spare tire reaches the the wheel center. ground, continue to turn the tool 2. Turn the tool clockwise until it counterclockwise, and draw the clicks. spare tire outside. Never rotate Ensure the spare tire retainer is the tool excessively, otherwise the spare tire carrier may be properly aligned with the center of damaged. the spare tire to prevent the spare tire from "rattling". Otherwise, it may cause the spare tire to fall off the carrier and lead to an accident.

Changing tires

WARNING A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack OON068008NR causing serious injury or death to 5. Remove the retainer from the you or those nearby. Take the fol- center of the spare tire. lowing safety precautions: Never place any portion of your body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. NEVER attempt to change a tire in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move

6 18 on_en_us.book Page 19 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

the vehicle completely off the 4. Remove the wheel lug nut road on level, firm ground away wrench, jack and spare tire from from traffic before trying to the vehicle. change a tire. If you cannot find a level, firm place off the road, call a towing service for assistance. Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle. ALWAYS place the jack on the designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the

vehicle for jacking support. OON068030NR Do not start or run the engine 5. Block both the front and rear of while the vehicle is on the jack. the wheel that is diagonally oppo- Do not allow anyone to remain in site from the jack position. the vehicle while it is on the jack. Keep children away from the road WARNING and the vehicle. Jack location 1. Park on a level surface and apply To reduce the possibility of injury, 6 the parking brake firmly. be sure to use only the jack provided 2. Place the transmission shift lever with the vehicle in the correct jack in P (Park). position; never use any other part of 3. Activate the hazard warning the vehicle for jack support. flashers.

WARNING Changing a tire To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. OON068029NR We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be blocked, and that

6 19 on_en_us.book Page 20 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do not remove any nut until the tire has been raised off the ground.

OON068013NR 8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground. This mea- surement is approximately 1 in (30 mm). OON068011NR 7. Place the jack at the front (1) or rear (2) jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to line up with the jack.

OON068014NR Before removing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for movement or slippage. 9. Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers. 10.Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away. OON068012NR 11.To put the wheel on the hub, pick up the spare tire, line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them. If this is difficult, tip

6 20 on_en_us.book Page 21 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

the wheel slightly and get the top Make sure the wheel makes good hole in the wheel lined up with the contact with the hub when top stud. installed. If the contact of the 12.Jiggle the wheel back and forth mounting surface between the until the wheel can slide over the wheel and hub is not good, the other studs. wheel nuts could come loose and Wheels may have sharp edges. cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of Handle them carefully to avoid a wheel may result in loss of con possible severe injury. Before put- - ting the wheel into place, be sure trol of the vehicle. that there is nothing on the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that prevents the wheel WARNING from fitting solidly against the Wheel covers will not fit on the vehi- hub. cle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, WARNING the cover or the spare could be Installing a wheel damaged. When you install a wheel, always 13.To install the wheel, hold it on remove any corrosion, dirt or for - the studs, put the wheel nuts on eign materials present on the the studs and tighten them finger 6 mounting surfaces of the wheel tight. or the surface of the wheel hub, 14.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is brake drum or brake disc that completely seated, then tighten contacts the wheel. Make sure to the nuts as much as possible with secure any fasteners that attach your fingers again. the rotor to the hub so they do 15.Insert the wrench into the jack not interfere with the mounting and lower the vehicle to the surfaces of the wheel. Installing ground by turning the wheel nut wheels without correct metal-to- wrench counterclockwise. 16.Position the wrench as shown in metal contact at the wheel the drawing and tighten the mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts. Be sure the socket is wheel nuts to loosen and the seated completely over the nut. wheel to come off while your Do not stand on the wrench han- vehicle is in motion, resulting in dle or use an extension pipe over loss of vehicle control, personal the wrench handle. injury or death.

6 21 on_en_us.book Page 22 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

17.Go around the wheel, tightening adjust it until it is correct. Always every nut following the numerical reinstall the valve cap after checking sequence shown in the image or adjusting the tire pressure. If the until they are all tight. Double- cap is not replaced, dust and dirt check each nut for tightness. may get into the tire valve and air may leak from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as soon as possible. After you have changed the wheels, always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations.

CAUTION OON068015NR 18.After changing wheels, have an Reusing lug nuts authorized Kia dealer tighten the Make certain during wheel removal wheel nuts to their proper torque that the same nuts that were as soon as possible. removed are reinstalled - or, if 19.To prevent the jack, wheel lug replaced, that nuts with metric nut wrench and spare tire from threads and the same chamfer con- rattling while the vehicle is in figuration are used. Your vehicle has motion, store them properly. metric threads on the wheel studs 20.Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing and nuts. Installation of a non-met- the spare tire. Adjust it to the ric thread nut on a metric stud will specified pressure, if necessary. not secure the wheel to the hub Refer to "Tires and wheels" on properly and will damage the stud page 8-5. so that it must be replaced. Wheel nut tightening torque: Note that most lug nuts do not have 79~94 lbf6ft (11~13 kgf6m) metric threads. Be sure to use If you have a tire gauge, remove the extreme care in checking for thread valve cap and check the air pressure. style before installing aftermarket If the pressure is lower than recom- lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, con- mended, drive slowly to the nearest sult an authorized Kia dealer. service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high,

6 22 on_en_us.book Page 23 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

WARNING WARNING Wheel studs Spare tire If the studs are damaged, they may The compact spare tire is for emer- lose their ability to retain the wheel. gency use only. Do not operate your This could lead to the loss of the vehicle on this compact spare at wheel and a collision resulting in speeds over 50 mph (80 km/h). The serious injuries. original tire should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to avoid failure of the spare possibly leading WARNING to bodily injury or death. Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come The compact spare should be loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa). off, causing a crash. NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after Important - use of compact spare tire installing the spare tire. Adjust it to Your vehicle is equipped with a com the specified pressure, as neces- - 6 pact spare tire. This compact spare sary. tire takes up less space than a regular-size tire. This tire is smaller than When using a compact spare tire, a conventional tire and is designed observe the following precautions: for temporary use only. Under no circumstances should You should drive carefully when you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a the compact spare is in use. The higher speed could damage the compact spare should be replaced tire. by the proper conventional tire Ensure that you drive slowly and rim at the first opportunity. enough for the road conditions to The operation of this vehicle is avoid all hazards. Any road haz- not recommended with more than ard, such as a pothole or debris, one compact spare tire in use at could seriously damage the com- the same time. pact spare. Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure, loss of vehicle control, and possible personal injury.

6 23 on_en_us.book Page 24 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

Do not exceed the vehicle's maxi- The compact spare tire should not mum load rating or the load-car- be used on any other wheels, nor rying capacity shown on the should standard tires, snow tires, sidewall of the compact spare wheel covers or trim rings be used tire. with the compact spare wheel. If Avoid driving over obstacles. The such use is attempted, damage to compact spare tire diameter is these items or other vehicle com- smaller than the diameter of a ponents may occur. conventional tire and reduces the Do not use more than one com- ground clearance approximately 1 pact spare tire at a time. inch (25 mm), which could result Do not tow a trailer while the in damage to the vehicle. compact spare tire is installed. Do not take this vehicle through an automatic vehicle wash while the compact spare tire is installed. Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly. This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain. Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle. The compact spare tire's tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel.

6 24 on_en_us.book Page 25 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)

Jack label Type A

OSK3068043NR Type B

OSK3068044NR Type C

OSK3068045NR * The actual jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack. 1. Model Name 2. Maximum allowable load 3. When using the jack, set your parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under the frame 7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point. 8. Move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with intelligent variable transmission. 9. The jack should be used on firm level ground. 10.Jack manufacturer 11.Production date 12.Representative company and address

6 25 on_en_us.book Page 26 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency Towing

Towing truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should If emergency towing is necessary, always be lifted, not the rear. we recommend having it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commer- On All Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles, cial tow-truck service. your vehicle must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed Towing service equipment with all the wheels off the ground.

WARNING Side and curtain Air bag If your vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bag, set the ENGINE START/STOP button to ACC position when the vehicle is being towed. The side and curtain air bag may deploy when the ENGINE START/ STOP button to ON position and the rollover sensor detects the situation

OON068016NR as a rollover. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of NOTICE wheel dollies (1) or flatbed is recom- If the EPB does not release normal- mended. ly, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer by loading the vehi- On Front Wheel Drive (FWD) vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have cles, it is acceptable to tow the vehi- the system checked. cle with the rear wheel on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow

6 26 on_en_us.book Page 27 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

What to do in an emergency Towing

CAUTION Towing without wheel dollies when using a towing service Towing When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies: 1. Set the ENGINE START/STOP button to ACC position. 2. Place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral). OON068017NR 3. Release the parking brake.

CAUTION Towing gear position Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may OON068018NR cause internal damage to the vehi- Do not tow the vehicle backwards cle. with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the transmission. Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed 6 equipment.

WARNING If you tow the vehicle while the front wheels are touching the ground, the vehicle motor may generate electricity and the motor components may be damaged or a fire may occur. When a vehicle fire occurs due to the battery, there is a risk of a second fire. Contact the fire department when towing the vehicle.

6 27 on_en_us.book Page 28 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM on_en_us.book Page 1 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance 7

Maintenance Engine compartment ...... 7-4 Maintenance services...... 7-5 Owner maintenance ...... 7-7 Scheduled maintenance service...... 7-9 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...... 7-13 Engine oil and filter ...... 7-17 Checking the engine oil level...... 7-17 Changing the engine oil and filter...... 7-18 Engine coolant...... 7-18 Checking the coolant level...... 7-19 Changing the coolant ...... 7-20 Brake fluid...... 7-21 Checking the brake fluid level...... 7-21 Washer fluid...... 7-22 Checking the washer fluid level...... 7-22 Parking brake ...... 7-23 Air cleaner filter ...... 7-23 Replacing air cleaner filter ...... 7-23 Climate control air filter ...... 7-25 Inspecting and replacing climate control air filter ...... 7-25 Wiper blades ...... 7-26 Front windshield wiper blade ...... 7-27 Replacing front windshield wiper blade...... 7-27 Replacing rear window wiper blade...... 7-28 Battery ...... 7-29 Tires and wheels...... 7-32 on_en_us.book Page 2 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

7 Maintenance

Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-33 Tire rotation ...... 7-34 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-35 Tire replacement ...... 7-35 Wheel replacement ...... 7-36 Tire traction...... 7-36 Tire maintenance...... 7-36 Tire sidewall labeling...... 7-37 Tire terminology and definitions ...... 7-40 All season tires...... 7-42 Summer tires ...... 7-43 Snow tires...... 7-43 Tire chains...... 7-43 Radial-ply tires...... 7-44 Low aspect ratio tire...... 7-44 Fuses...... 7-45 Replacing inner panel fuse...... 7-47 Replacing engine compartment fuse ...... 7-48 Fuse/relay panel description ...... 7-50 Light bulbs...... 7-59 Headlamp bulb ...... 7-62 Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / Position lamp / Daytime running lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED Type) bulb (Headlamp Type B) ...... 7-63 Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / Front turn signal lamp bulb (Headlamp Type A)...... 7-63 Replacing Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb (Headlamp Type A) ...... 7-63 Replacing front fog lamp bulb...... 7-64 Replacing side repeater lamp (LED Type) bulb...... 7-64 on_en_us.book Page 3 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance 7

Replacing turn signal lamp (bulb Type) bulb...... 7-64 Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A) ...... 7-65 Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type B) ...... 7-65 Replacing Back lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A/B) ...... 7-65 Replacing High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED type) bulb.....7-66 Replacing license plate lamp bulb...... 7-66 Replacing map lamp (bulb type) bulb...... 7-66 Replacing map lamp (LED type) bulb ...... 7-67 Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb ...... 7-67 Replacing room lamp (bulb type) bulb...... 7-68 Replacing room lamp (LED type) bulb...... 7-68 Replacing personal lamp (LED Type) bulb ...... 7-68 Replacing glove box lamp...... 7-69 Replacing luggage lamp bulb ...... 7-69 Replacing luggage lamp (LED Type) bulb ...... 7-69 Appearance care ...... 7-70 Exterior care...... 7-70 Interior care...... 7-76 Emission control system ...... 7-78 California perchlorate notice ...... 7-81 on_en_us.book Page 4 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Engine compartment

MAINTENANCE

Engine compartment Open the hood to see the engine compartment.

Gasoline Engine (Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI)

OON078001NR * The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Negative battery terminal 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Engine oil dipstick 9. Radiator cap 10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir

7 4 on_en_us.book Page 5 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Maintenance services

Maintenance services information to establish your compliance with the servicing and main You should exercise the utmost care - tenance requirements of your to prevent damage to your vehicle vehicle warranties. and injury to yourself whenever Detailed warranty information is performing any maintenance or provided in your Warranty & Con inspection procedures. - sumer Information manual. Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing Repairs and adjustments required of your vehicle, we strongly recom- as a result of improper maintenance mend that you have an authorized or a lack of required maintenance Kia dealer perform this work. are not covered. An authorized Kia dealer has fac- We recommend you have your vehi- tory-trained technicians and genu- cle maintained and repaired by an ine Kia parts to service your vehicle authorized Kia dealer. Authorized properly. For expert advice and Kia dealers meet Kia's high service quality service, see an authorized quality standards and receive tech- Kia dealer. nical support from Kia in order to Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- provide you with a high level of ser- cient servicing may result in opera- vice satisfaction. tional problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, NOTICE 7 an accident, or personal injury. NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert The National Highway Traffic Safety Owner's responsibility Administration (NHTSA) has issued a general warning to all vehicle own- NOTICE ers of all brands regarding the risks Maintenance Service and Record associated with vehicle underbody Retention are the owner's responsi- corrosion. From your initial pur- bility. chase, take the following steps to You should retain documents that prevent unsafe corrosion damage to show proper maintenance has been your vehicle: performed on your vehicle in accor- Wash the undercarriage of your dance with the scheduled mainte- vehicle regularly during the winter nance service charts shown on the and whenever your vehicle has following pages. You need this

7 5 on_en_us.book Page 6 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Maintenance services

been exposed to such salts or NOTICE chemicals. Do a thorough washing of the Improper owner maintenance during undercarriage at the end of the the warranty period may affect winter. warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Warranty & Consumer Use professional service techni- Information manual provided with cians or governmental inspection the vehicle. If you're unsure about stations to annually inspect for any servicing or maintenance proce- corrosion. dure, have it done by an authorized Immediately seek an inspection of Kia dealer. your vehicle if you become visually aware of corrosion flaking or scaling or if you become aware of WARNING a change in vehicle performance, Maintenance work such as soft or spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of Do not wear jewelry or loose cloth- directional control, suspension ing while working under the hood of your vehicle with the engine run noises or rattling metal straps. - ning. These items can become NHTSA further advises that after entangled in moving parts, if you a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essen- must run the vehicle in the engine tial that you take these indicated while working under the hood, make maintenance steps to ensure that certain that you remove all jewelry you protect yourself from unsafe (especially rings, bracelets, watches, corrosion conditions. and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near cooling fans. Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section WARNING gives instructions only for the main- Touching metal parts tenance items that are easy to per- Do not touch metal parts (including form. strut bars) while the vehicle is oper- As explained earlier in this section, ating or hot. Doing so could result in several procedures can be done only serious bodily injury. Turn the vehi- by an authorized Kia dealer with cle off and wait until the metal parts special tools. cool down to perform maintenance work on the vehicle.

7 6 on_en_us.book Page 7 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Owner maintenance

Owner maintenance WARNING The following lists detail the vehicle Hot coolant checks and inspections that should Be careful when checking your be performed by the owner or an engine coolant level when the authorized Kia dealer. They should engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant be performed at the indicated fre- and steam may blow out under quencies to help ensure the safe pressure. and dependable operation of your vehicle. Any adverse conditions should be While operating your vehicle: brought to the attention of your Check for vibrations in the steer- dealer as soon as possible. ing wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the These owner maintenance checks steering wheel, or change in its are generally not covered by war- straight-ahead position. ranties and you may be charged for Notice if your vehicle constantly labor, parts and lubricants used. turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level When you stop for fuel: road. Check the engine oil level. When stopping, listen and check Check the coolant level in coolant for unusual sounds, pulling to one reservoir. side, increased brake pedal travel Check the windshield washer fluid or "hard-to-push" brake pedal. 7 level. If any slipping or changes in the Look for low or under-inflated operation of your transmission tires. Check if the front of the occurs, check the transmission radiator and condenser are clean fluid level. and not blocked with leaves, dirt Check the automatic transmission or insects etc. If any of the above P (Park) function. parts are extremely dirty or you Check the parking brake. are not sure of their condition, Check for fluid leaks under your take your vehicle to an authorized vehicle (water dripping from the Kia dealer. air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

7 7 on_en_us.book Page 8 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Owner maintenance

At least monthly: Inspect and lubricate automatic Check the coolant level in the transmission linkage and controls. coolant reservoir. Clean the battery and terminals. Check the operation of all exterior Check the brake fluid level. lights, including the stoplights, Visually inspect steering, suspen- turn signals and hazard warning sion, and chassis components for flashers. damaged, loose, or missing parts Check the inflation pressures of all or signs of wear. tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall): Check the radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage. Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid. Check the headlight alignment. Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function.

At least once a year: Clean the body and door drain holes. Lubricate the door hinges and check the hood hinges. Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches. Lubricate the door rubber weath- erstrips. Check the air conditioning system.

7 8 on_en_us.book Page 9 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service

Scheduled maintenance service If your vehicle is operated in any of the prior listed conditions, you Follow the Normal Maintenance should inspect, replace or refill more Schedule if the vehicle is usually frequently, using the severe usage operated where none of the follow- maintenance schedule instead of ing conditions apply. the normal usage maintenance Follow the Maintenance Under schedule. Severe Usage Conditions if any of the following conditions apply. Repeated driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather. Driving in heavy dust condition. Driving in heavy traffic area. 7 Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly. Towing a trailer , a camper, or storing cargo on roof rack. Vehicle towing, driving for patrol car, taxi, or other commercial use. Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h). Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition.

7 9 on_en_us.book Page 10 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service

Normal maintenance schedule - Non Turbo Models The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R: Replace or change

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MilesV1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 KmV1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months, after that, Drive belts*1 inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months Engine oil and engine oil fil- R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R ter Fuel additives*2 Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I Spark plugs Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km) Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Valve clearance*3 Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, after that, Coolant (Engine) replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake lines, hoses and con- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I nections Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I and boots Drive shaft and boots - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Suspension ball joints and mounting I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I bolts Air conditioner compressor/ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I refrigerant Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Cooling system - - - I - I - I - I - I - I - Automatic Transmission No check, No service required fluid

7 10 on_en_us.book Page 11 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MilesV1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 KmV1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Rear axle oil (AWD)*4 Inspect every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months Transfer case oil (AWD)*4 Vapor hose and fuel filler cap - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel tank air filter*5 - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel lines, hoses and con- - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - nections Bolt and nuts on chassis and I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I body Parking brake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I *1. The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *2. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3. Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation. *4. Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water. *5. Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended as the level of maintenance will be dependent upon the quality fuel used in the vehicle.

7 11 on_en_us.book Page 12 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R: Replace I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Maintenance Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition operation Every 3,750 miles (6,000 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, Engine oil and engine oil filter R km) or 6 months I, J, K Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K Every 60,000 miles Automatic transmission fluid R A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J (100,000 km) Every 75,000 miles Rear axle oil (AWD) R C, E, G, H, I, J (120,000 km) Every 75,000 miles Transfer case oil (AWD) R C, E, G, H, I, J (120,000 km) Every 75,000 miles Manual transmission fluid R C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J (120,000 km) Brake discs and pads, calipers and I More frequently C, D, E, G, H rotors Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H Steering gear rack, linkage and I More frequently C, D, E, F, G boots Suspension ball joints and I More frequently C, D, E, F, G mounting bolts Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Climate control air filter I More frequently C, E, G

Severe Driving Conditions A: Repeatedly driving short distance C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal unpaved, graveled or salt-spread temperature or less than 10 miles roads. (16 km) in freezing temperature. D: Driving in areas using salt or B: Extensive low speed driving for other corrosive materials or in very long distances. cold weather. E: Driving in heavy dust condition. F: Driving in heavy traffic area.

7 12 on_en_us.book Page 13 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items

G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or Explanation of scheduled main- mountain roads. tenance items H: Towing a trailer , a camper, or storing cargo on roof rack. The following parts require sched- I: Vehicle towing, driving for patrol uled maintenance. car, taxi, or other commercial use. J: Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) Engine oil and filter K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.

Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary.

Fuel filter 7 Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is generally not needed. This may vary depending on fuel quality. If you experience any of the following: fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, or a hard starting issue, inspection and, if necessary, replacement may be needed. Have the fuel filter inspected or replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 13 on_en_us.book Page 14 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec- ent. Hoses should be replaced tions immediately if there is any evidence Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and of deterioration or damage. connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized Kia dealer Air cleaner filter replace any damaged or leaking A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is parts immediately. recommended when the filter is replaced. Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap Spark plugs should be inspected at those inter- Make sure to install new spark plugs vals specified in the maintenance of the correct heat range. schedule. Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor- Valve clearance (if equipped) rectly replaced. Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if Vacuum crankcase ventilation necessary. An authorized Kia dealer hoses should perform the operation. Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical Cooling system damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and Check the cooling system compo- excessive swelling indicate deterio- nents, such as the radiator, coolant ration. Particular attention should reservoir, hoses and connections for be paid to examine those hose sur- leakage and damage. Replace any faces nearest to high heat sources, damaged parts. such as the exhaust manifold. Inspect the hose routing to assure Coolant that the hoses do not come in con- The coolant should be changed at tact with any heat source, sharp the intervals specified in the main- edges or moving components which tenance schedule. might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are pres-

7 14 on_en_us.book Page 15 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items

Automatic transmission fluid NOTICE Automatic transmission fluid should NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert not be checked under normal usage NHTSA has warned all vehicle own- conditions. But in severe conditions, ers of all brands that they must the fluid should be changed at an maintain their vehicles in a manner authorized Kia dealer in accordance which will prevent brake hose and to the scheduled maintenance at brake line failures due to corrosion the beginning of this section. when such vehicles are exposed to winter road salt and related chemi- NOTICE cals. While serious corrosion condi- Automatic transmission fluid color is tions typically only manifest usually red. As the vehicle is driven, themselves as safety issues after 7 the automatic transmission fluid will years of vehicle use, the corrosion begin to look darker. process starts immediately and It is the normal condition and you thus underbody cleaning mainte- should not judge the need to replace nance must commence from your the fluid based upon the changed vehicle's first exposure to road salts color. and chemicals. NHTSA urges vehicle owners to take the following steps to prevent corrosion: CAUTION 1. Wash the undercarriage of your Transmission fluids vehicle regularly throughout the 7 The use of a non-specified fluid winter and do a thorough washing in the spring to remove road salt could result in transmission mal- and other de-icing chemicals. function and failure. Use only specified automatic transmission fluid. 2. Monitor the brake system for (Refer to "Recommended lubricants signs of corrosion by having regu- and capacities" on page 8-6.) lar professional inspections and watching for signs of problems, including loss of brake fluid, Brake hoses and lines unusual leaks and soft or spongy feel in the brake pedal. Visually check for proper installa- 3. Replace the entire brake pipe tion, chafing, cracks, deterioration assembly if you find severe corro- and any leakage. Replace any dete- sion that causes scaling or flaking riorated or damaged parts immedi- of brake components. ately.

7 15 on_en_us.book Page 16 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items

Brake fluid Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ Check the brake fluid level in the lower arm ball joint brake fluid reservoir. The level With the vehicle stopped and off, should be between "MIN" and "MAX" check for excessive free-play in the marks on the side of the reservoir. steering wheel. Use only hydraulic brake fluid con- Check the linkage for bends or dam- forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi- age. Check the dust boots and ball cation. joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged Parking brake parts. Inspect the parking brake system Drive shafts and boots including the parking brake lever (or pedal) and cables. Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged Exhaust pipe and muffler parts and, if necessary, repack the Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, grease. muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the Air conditioning refrigerant engine and listen carefully for any Check the air conditioning lines and exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con- connections for leakage and dam- nections or replace parts as neces- age. sary.

Checking fluid levels Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors When checking engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, and washer Check the pads for excessive wear, fluid, always be sure to clean the discs for run out and wear, and cali- area around any filler plug, drain pers for fluid leakage. plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant or fluid. This Suspension mounting bolts is especially important in dusty or Check the suspension connections sandy areas and when the vehicle is for looseness or damage. Retighten used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the to the specified torque. plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.

7 16 on_en_us.book Page 17 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Engine oil and filter

Engine oil and filter cloth. When mixed with debris, it can cause engine damage. The engine oil and filter should be The brake fluid constantly changed at the intervals specified in absorbs moisture from the air. the maintenance schedule. If the This lowers the boiling point of vehicle is being driven in severe con- the brake fluid. If the boiling point ditions, more frequent oil and filter is too low, vapor pockets may changes are required. form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard. Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level 5. Pull the dipstick out again and ground. check the level. The level should 2. Start the engine and allow it to be between F and L. reach normal operating tempera- Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI ture.

WARNING Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for a 7 OON078002NR few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. Lambda Ⅱ 3.8L - GDI 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.

CAUTION Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine. Do not spill engine oil, when adding or changing engine oil. If you drop the engine oil on the engine room, wipe it off immediately. OON078003NR When you wipe the oil level gauge, you should wipe it with a clean

7 17 on_en_us.book Page 18 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Engine coolant

Do not overfill. Use a funnel to help Engine coolant prevent oil from being spilled on The high-pressure cooling system engine components. Use only the has a reservoir filled with year specified engine oil. (Refer to "Rec- round antifreeze coolant. The reser- ommended lubricants and capaci- voir is filled at the factory. ties" on page 8-6.) Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at Changing the engine oil and filter the beginning of the winter season, Have engine oil and filter changed by and before traveling to a colder cli- an authorized Kia dealer according mate. to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter. WARNING Radiator/Inverter cap WARNING Never attempt to remove the radia- Used engine oil may cause irritation tor or inverter cap while the engine or cancer of the skin if left in con- is operating or hot. Doing so might tact with the skin for prolonged lead to cooling system and engine periods of time. Used engine oil con- damage and could result in serious tains chemicals that have caused bodily injury from escaping hot cool- cancer in laboratory animals. Always ant or steam. protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and Recommended coolant warm water as soon as possible When adding coolant, use only after handling used oil. deionized water or soft water for Do not leave used engine oil within your vehicle and never mix hard the reach of children. water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or damage. Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant. Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.

7 18 on_en_us.book Page 19 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Engine coolant

The cooling circuit of a vehicle Engine room rear view equipped with a heat pump system may freeze in extremely low temperature when the concen- tration of the antifreezing liquid is below 45%. For mixture percentage, refer to the following table.

Ambient Tem- Mixture Percentage (volume) perature Antifreeze Water OON078005NR 5 /F (-15 /C) 35 65 -13 /F (-25 /C) 40 60 Checking the coolant level -31 /F (-35 /C) 50 50 -49 /F (-45 /C) 60 40 WARNING WARNING Removing radiator cap Radiator cap Never attempt to remove the radiator cap while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so might lead to cooling system damage and could result in serious per- 7 sonal injury from escaping hot coolant or steam.

1. Turn the vehicle off and wait until it cools down. 2. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it coun- OON078004NR terclockwise slowly to the first Do not remove the radiator cap stop. when the engine and radiator are 3. Step back while the pressure is hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam released from the cooling system. may blow out under pressure which may result in serious injury.

7 19 on_en_us.book Page 20 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Engine coolant

4. When you are sure all the pres- Changing the coolant sure has been released, press Have the coolant changed by an down on the cap, using a thick authorized Kia dealer according to towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it. the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter. WARNING CAUTION Cooling fan Use caution when Put a thick cloth or fabric around working near the the radiator cap before refilling the blade of the cooling coolant in order to prevent the cool- fan. The electric ant from overflowing into engine motor (cooling fan) is controlled by parts such as the alternator. coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. it may sometimes operate even when the vehicle is not running.

5. Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. 6. Replace any swollen or deterio- rated hoses. 7. Check the coolant level. The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine room is cool. 8. If the coolant level is low, add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection.

7 20 on_en_us.book Page 21 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Brake fluid

Brake fluid 2. If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with The brake fluid acts to transmit accumulated mileage. This is a force to the brake when the driver normal condition associated with depresses the brake pedal. Brake the wear of the brake linings. If fluid must be maintained periodi- the fluid level is excessively low, cally to ensure that the brakes have the brake system checked operate smoothly. by an authorized Kia dealer. Use only the specified brake fluid. Checking the brake fluid level (Refer to "Recommended lubricants Check the fluid level in the reservoir and capacities" on page 8-6.) periodically. The fluid level should be Never mix different types of fluid. between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. In the event the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid, the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. When changing and adding brake fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined 7 OON078006NR by a doctor as soon as possible. 1. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap CAUTION thoroughly to prevent brake fluid Brake fluid contamination. Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint CAUTION damage will result. Proper fluid Only use brake fluid in the brake Brake fluid, which has been exposed system. Small amounts of improper to open air for an extended time fluids can cause damage to the should never be used as its quality brake system. cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.

7 21 on_en_us.book Page 22 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Washer fluid

Washer fluid WARNING Washer fluid is used when wiping Flammable Fluid the windshield of the vehicle with a Do not allow the washer fluid to windshield wiper. You should check come in contact with open flames or and refill washer fluid periodically to sparks. The windshield washer fluid make sure that it doesn't run out. reservoir is flammable under certain circumstances. This can result in a Checking the washer fluid level fire.

WARNING Coolant Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on

OON078007NR the windshield and may cause The reservoir is translucent so that loss of vehicle control. you can check the level with a quick visual inspection. WARNING Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if Windshield fluid necessary. Plain water may be Do not drink the windshield washer used if washer fluid is not avail- fluid. The windshield washer fluid is able. However, use washer solvent poisonous to humans and animals. with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.

7 22 on_en_us.book Page 23 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Parking brake

Parking brake Air cleaner filter Inspect the parking brake system A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is including the parking brake lever (or recommended when the filter is pedal) and cables. replaced. 1. Check whether the stroke is within specification when the Replacing air cleaner filter parking brake pedal is depressed with 66 lbs., 294 N (30 kg) of Air cleaner filter must be replaced force. when necessary, and should not be washed.

OON058011NR Also, the parking brake alone OON078009NR should securely hold the vehicle You can clean the filter when on a fairly steep grade. inspecting the air cleaner compart- 2. If the stroke is more or less than ment. Clean the filter by using com- 7 specified, have the parking brake pressed air. adjusted by an authorized Kia 1. Pull out the air cleaner cover. dealer. Stroke: 7~8 notch

OON078010NR

7 23 on_en_us.book Page 24 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Air cleaner filter

2. Unlock by turning the locking lever CAUTION downward. Air filter maintenance Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in excessive engine wear. When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a non-genuine part could damage OON078011NR the air flow sensor. 3. Pull the air cleaner filter to replace.

OON078012NR 4. Lock the cover with the reverse order. Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals. (Refer to "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models" on page 7-12.)

7 24 on_en_us.book Page 25 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Climate control air filter

Climate control air filter The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier.

OON078014NR Inspecting and replacing climate 3. Remove the climate control air fil- control air filter ter cover while pressing the lock on the upper side of the cover. When you replace the climate con, trol air filter, replace it performing the following procedure. Be careful to avoid damaging other components. 1. Open the glove box and remove the stoppers on both sides.

OON078015NR 7 4. Replace the climate control air filter.

OON078013NR 2. With the glove box open, pull the pin and the support strap (1).

OON078016NR

7 25 on_en_us.book Page 26 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Wiper blades

5. Reassemble in the reverse order Wiper blades of disassembly. When the wipers no longer clean When replacing the climate control adequately, the blades may be worn air filter install it properly. Other- or cracked, and require replacement. wise, the system may produce noise To prevent damage to the wiper and the effectiveness of the filter arms or other components, do not may be reduced. attempt to move the wipers manually. The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.

Blade inspection

ODEEV098012NR Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic vehicle washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean. Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial vehicle washes. If the blades

7 26 on_en_us.book Page 27 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Wiper blades

are not wiping properly, clean both Replacing front windshield wiper the window and the blades with a blade good cleaner or mild detergent, and Type A rinse thoroughly with clean water. 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose Front windshield wiper blade the plastic locking clip.

ODEEV098013NR OON079076NR To inspect or replace the windshield CAUTION wiper blades and to prevent damaging the hood, move the windshield Wiper arms wiper blades to the service position Do not allow the wiper arm to fall as follows; against the windshield, since it After turning off the engine, may chip or crack the windshield. move the wiper switch to the sin- Do not pull wiper arm forward, 7 gle wiping (MIST) position within since arm could chip hood paint. 20 seconds and hold the switch more than 2 seconds until the 2. Compress the clip and slide the wiper blade is in the fully up posi- blade assembly downward. tion

ODEEV098016NR

7 27 on_en_us.book Page 28 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Wiper blades

3. Lift it off the arm. 3. Install the new blade assembly.

ODEEV098015NR ODEEV098017NR 4. Install the blade assembly in the 4. Return the wiper arm on the reverse order of removal. windshield. Type B 5. Turn ignition to the ON position and wiper arms will return to the 1. Raise the wiper arm. normal operating position. 2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it. Replacing rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.

ODEEV098016NR

OON079074NR

7 28 on_en_us.book Page 29 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Battery

2. Install the new blade assembly by Battery inserting the center part into the The battery powers the engine in slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place. order to move the vehicle as well as supplying power to the various devices installed in the vehicle.

For best battery service

OON079075NR 3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. To prevent damage to the wiper OON078017NR arms or other components, have an Keep the battery securely authorized Kia dealer replace the mounted. wiper blade. Keep the battery top clean and dry. Keep the terminals and connec - 7 tions clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda. If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.

7 29 on_en_us.book Page 30 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Battery

WARNING An inappropriately disposed battery can be Risk of explosion harmful to the environ- Keep lit cigarettes and all ment and human health. other flames or sparks Dispose the battery according to away from the battery. your local law(s) or regulation. The battery contains The battery contains lead. hydrogen -- a highly com- Do not dispose of it after bustible gas which will use. Please return the bat- explode if it comes in contact with a tery to an authorized Kia dealer to flame or spark. be recycled. Keep batteries out of the reach of children because Never attempt to recharge the bat- batteries contain highly tery when the battery cables are corrosive SULFURIC ACID connected. and electrolytes. Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin, eyes, WARNING clothing or paint finish. Risk of electrocution Wear eye protection when Never touch the electrical ignition charging or working near a system while the vehicle is running. battery. Always provide This system works with high volt- ventilation when working age which can "zap" you. in an enclosed space.

Always read the following NOTICE instructions carefully when If you connect unauthorized elec- handling a battery. tronic devices to the battery, the If any electrolyte gets into battery may be discharged. Never your eyes, flush your eyes use unauthorized devices. with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If electrolyte gets WARNING on your skin, thoroughly wash the Recharging battery contacted area. If you feel pain or Never attempt to recharge the bat- burning sensation, get medical tery when the battery cables are attention immediately. connected.

7 30 on_en_us.book Page 31 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Battery

WARNING 2. the electrolyte temperature of any cell exceeds 120 /F (49 /C). Battery lead compound Wear eye protection when check- Battery posts, terminals, and ing the battery during charging. related accessories contain lead and Disconnect the battery charger in lead compounds. Wash hands after the following order. handling. 1. Turn off the battery charger main switch. 2. Unhook the negative clamp Battery recharging from the negative battery ter- Your vehicle has a maintenance- minal. free, calcium-based battery 3. Unhook the positive clamp from If the battery becomes discharged the positive battery terminal. in a short time (because, for Before performing maintenance example, the headlights or inte- or recharging the battery, turn rior lights were left on while the off all accessories and stop the vehicle was not in use), recharge it vehicle. by slow charging (trickle) for 10 The negative battery cable must hours. be removed first and installed last If the battery gradually dis- when the battery is disconnected. charges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being CAUTION used, recharge it at 20~30 A for AGM battery (if equipped) two hours. 7 Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) bat- When recharging the battery, teries are maintenance free and observe the following precautions: have the AGM battery serviced by The battery must be removed a professional workshop. Kia rec- from the vehicle and placed in an ommends to visit an authorized area with good ventilation. Kia dealer. Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or For charging your AGM battery, flame near the battery. use only fully automatic battery Watch the battery during chargers that are specially devel- charging, and stop or reduce the oped for AGM batteries. charging rate in following cases: When replacing the AGM battery, 1. the battery cells begin gassing use parts for replacement from a (boiling) violently professional workshop.Kia recom-

7 31 on_en_us.book Page 32 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

mends to visit an authorized Kia Tires and wheels dealer. For proper maintenance, safety, and Do not open or remove the cap on maximum fuel economy, you must top of the battery. This may always maintain the recommended cause leaks of internal electrolyte tire inflation pressures and stay that could result in severe injury. within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your Reset items vehicle. The following items should be reset Recommended cold tire inflation after the battery has been dis- pressures charged or the battery has been disconnected. All tire pressures should be checked Auto up/down window (Refer to when the tires are cold. "Cold Tires" "Window opening and closing" on means the vehicle has not been page 4-38) driven for at least three hours or Trip computer (Refer to "Trip driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). information (trip computer)" on Recommended pressures must be page 4-78) maintained for the best ride, vehicle Climate control system (Refer to handling, and minimum tire wear. "Automatic climate control system (if equipped)" on page 4-140) For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tires and wheels" on page 8-5. All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the driver's side center pillar.

7 32 on_en_us.book Page 33 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

Tire pressure Always observe the following: Check tire pressure when the tires are cold. (After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn't been driven more than 1 mile (1.6 km) since startup.) Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres-

ODEEV098028NR sure of other tires. Never overload your vehicle. Be WARNING careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is Tire underinflation equipped with one. Inflate your tires consistent with Warm tires normally exceed rec- the instructions provided in this ommended cold tire pressures by manual. Regularly check the tire 4~6 psi (28~41 kPa). Do not inflation pressure, and correct it as release air from warm tires to needed: at least twice a month and adjust the pressure or the tires before any long trips on the road. If will be underinflated. you fail to observe this precaution, you may be driving on underinflated WARNING tires, which may not only compro- mise your vehicle's driving stability, Tire Inflation 7 but also lead to tire damage and the Overinflation or underinflation can risk of an accident. This risk is much reduce tire life, adversely affect higher on hot days and when driving vehicle handling, and lead to sudden for long periods at high speeds. tire failure. This could result in loss of vehicle control and potential Failure to maintain specified pres- injury. sure may result in excessive wear, poor handling, reduced fuel economy, deformation of tire and/or Checking tire inflation pressure wheel, harsh ride conditions, possi- Check your tires once a month or bility for additional damage from more. road hazards, or result in tire failure. Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure. You cannot tell if your

7 33 on_en_us.book Page 34 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

tires are properly inflated simply by leading to accidents, injuries, and looking at them. Radial tires may even death. The recommended cold look properly inflated even when tire pressure for your vehicle can be they're underinflated. found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side Check the tire's inflation pressure center pillar. when the tires are cold. "Cold" means your vehicle has been sitting or at least three hours or driven no Tire rotation more than 1 mile (1.6 km). To equalize tread wear, it is recom- 1. Remove the valve cap from the mended that the tires be rotated tire valve stem. every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) or 2. Press the tire gauge firmly onto sooner if irregular wear develops. the valve to get a pressure mea- surement. If the cold tire inflation During rotation, check the tires for pressure matches the recom- correct balance. mended pressure on the tire and When rotating tires, check for loading information label, no fur- uneven wear and damage. Abnormal ther adjustment is necessary. wear is usually caused by incorrect 3. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended tire pressure, improper wheel align- amount. ment, out of-balance wheels, severe 4. If you overfill the tire, release air braking or severe cornering. Look by pushing on the metal stem in for bumps or bulges in the tread or the center of the tire valve. side of tire. Replace the tire if you 5. Recheck the tire pressure with find either of these conditions. the tire gauge. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is 6. Be sure to put the valve caps back visible. After rotation, be sure to on the valve stems. They help bring the front and rear tire pres- prevent leaks by keeping out dirt sures to specification and check lug and moisture. nut tightness. (proper torque is Inspect your tires frequently for 79~94 lbf6ft [11~13 kgf6m]) proper inflation as well as wear and damage. Always use a tire pressure Refer to "Tires and wheels" on page gauge. 8-5. Tires with too much or too little Disc brake pads should be inspected pressure wear unevenly. This could for wear whenever tires are rotated. result in poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure

7 34 on_en_us.book Page 35 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

CAUTION Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights. ODEEV098029NR Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from Tire replacement front to rear and not from right to If the tire is worn evenly, a tread left. wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. WARNING Mixing tires Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics.

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were ODEEV098030NR aligned and balanced carefully at the This shows there is less than 1/16 7 factory to give you the longest tire inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the life and best overall performance. tire. Replace the tire when this hap- In most cases, you will not need to pens. have your wheels aligned again. Do not wait for the band to appear However, if you notice unusual tire across the entire tread before wear or your vehicle pulling one way replacing the tire. or the other, the alignment may need to be reset. The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) works by comparing the speed of If you notice your vehicle vibrating the wheels. The tire size affects when driving on a smooth road, wheel speed. When replacing tires, your wheels may need to be rebal- all 4 tires must use the same size anced. originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can

7 35 on_en_us.book Page 36 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

cause the ABS and Electronic Stabil- CAUTION ity Control (ESC) to work irregularly. Wheels It is best to replace all four tires at Wheels that do not meet Kia specifi- the same time. If that is not possi - cations may fit poorly and result in ble, or necessary, then replace the damage to the vehicle or unusual two front or two rear tires as a pair. handling and poor vehicle control. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling. Tire traction NOTICE Tire traction can be reduced if you We recommend that when replac- drive on worn tires, tires that are ing tires, use the same originally improperly inflated or on slippery supplied with the vehicles. If not, road surfaces. that affects driving performance. Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. Slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice Wheel replacement on the road to reduce the possibility When replacing the metal wheels of losing control of the vehicle. for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original Tire maintenance factory units in diameter, rim width and offset. In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to A wheel with an incorrect size may decrease tire wear. adversely affect many things: wheel If you find a tire is worn unevenly, and bearing life, braking and stop- have your dealer check the wheel ping abilities, handling characteristics, ground clearance, body-to-tire alignment. clearance, snow chain clearance, When you have new tires installed, speedometer and odometer calibra- make sure they are balanced. This tion, headlight aiming and bumper will increase vehicle ride comfort height. and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.

7 36 on_en_us.book Page 37 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

Tire sidewall labeling nator could vary depending on your This information identifies and vehicle.) describes the fundamental charac- P235/65R17 108T teristics of the tire and also provides P: Applicable vehicle type (tires the Tire Identification Number (TIN) marked with the prefix "P" are for safety standard certification. intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks; however, not all tires have this marking). 235: Tire width in millimeters. 65: Aspect ratio. The tire's section height as a percentage of its width. R: Tire construction code (Radial). 17: Rim diameter in inches. 108: Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum ODEEV098031NR load the tire can carry. The TIN can be used to identify the T: Speed Rating Symbol. See the tire in case of a recall. speed rating chart in this section for additional information. 1. Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is Wheel size designation shown. Wheels are also marked with 7 important information that you 2. Tire size designation need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the let- A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire ters and numbers in the wheel size size designation. You will need this designation mean. information when selecting replace- Example wheel size designation: ment tires for your vehicle. The fol- 7.0JX17 lowing explains what the letters and 7.0: Rim width in inches. numbers in the tire size designation J: Rim contour designation. mean. 17: Rim diameter in inches. Example tire size designation: Tire speed ratings (These numbers are provided as an The chart below lists many of the example only; your tire size desig- different speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle

7 37 on_en_us.book Page 38 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

tires. The speed rating is part of the DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 represents tire size designation on the sidewall that the tire was produced in the of the tire. This symbol corresponds 16th week of 2018. to that tire's designed maximum safe operating speed. WARNING

Speed Rating Maximum Speed Tire age Symbol Replace tires within the recom- S 112 mph (180 km/h) mended time frame. Failure to T 118 mph (190 km/h) replace tires as recommended can H 130 mph (210 km/h) result in sudden tire failure, which V 149 mph (240 km/h) could lead to a loss of control and an W 270 km/h (168 mph) accident. Y 300 km/h (186 mph)

3. Checking tire life 4. Tire ply composition and mate- Any tires that are over 6 years old, rial based on the manufacturing date, The number of layers or plies of should be replaced by new ones. You rubber- coated fabric in the tire. can find the manufacturing date on Tire manufacturers also must indi- the tire sidewall (possibly on the cate the materials in the tire, which inside of the wheel), displaying the include steel, nylon, polyester, and DOT code. The DOT code is a series others. The letter "R" means radial of numbers on a tire consisting of ply construction; the letter "D" numbers and English letters. The means diagonal or bias ply con- manufacturing date is designated struction; and the letter "B" means by the last four digits (characters) belted-bias ply construction. of the DOT code. DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO 5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure The front part of the DOT means a plant code number, tire size and This number is the greatest amount tread pattern and the last four of air pressure that should be put in numbers indicate week and year the tire. Do not exceed the maxi- manufactured. mum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to "Tire and loading informa- For example: tion label" on page 5-150 for recommended inflation pressure.

7 38 on_en_us.book Page 39 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

6. Maximum load rating on the government course as a tire This number indicates the maximum graded 100. The relative performance of tires load in kilograms and pounds that depends upon the actual conditions can be carried by the tire. When of their use. Performance may replacing the tires on the vehicle, depart significantly from the norm always use a tire that has the same due to variations in driving habits, load rating as the factory installed service practices and differences in tire. road characteristics and climate. These grades are molded on the 7. Uniform tire quality grading side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard Quality grades can be found where or optional equipment on your vehi- applicable on the tire sidewall cle may vary with respect to grade. between tread shoulder and maximum section width. Traction - AA, A, B & C For example: The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those TREADWEAR 200 grades represent the tire's ability to TRACTION AA stop on wet pavement as measured TEMPERATURE A under controlled conditions on spec- Tires degrade over time, even when ified government test surfaces of they are not being used. Regardless asphalt and concrete. A tire marked of the remaining tread, we recom- C may have poor traction performance. mend that tires be replaced after 7 The traction grade assigned to this approximately six (6) years of nor - tire is based on straight-ahead mal service. Heat caused by hot cli- braking traction tests, and does not mate or frequent high loading include acceleration, cornering, conditions can accelerate the aging hydroplaning, or peak traction char- process. acteristics.

Tread wear Temperature -A, B & C The tread wear grade is a compara- The temperature grades are A (the tive rating based on the wear rate highest), B and C representing the of the tire when tested under con- tire's resistance to the generation of trolled conditions on a specified heat and its ability to dissipate heat government test course. For exam- when tested under controlled condi- ple, a tire graded 150 would wear tions on a specified indoor labora- one-and-a-half times (1<) as well tory test wheel.

7 39 on_en_us.book Page 40 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

Sustained high temperature can Bead The tire bead contains steel cause the material of the tire to wires wrapped by steel cords that degenerate and reduce tire life, and hold the tire onto the rim. excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C cor- Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in responds to a level of performance which the plies are laid at alternate which all passenger vehicle tires angles less than 90 degrees to the must meet under the Federal Motor centerline of the tread. Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Cold Tire Pressure The amount of Grades B and A represent higher air pressure in a tire, measured in levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the mini- pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- mum required by law. pascals (kPa) before a tire has built up heat from driving. Tire terminology and definitions Curb Weight The weight of a motor Refer to the following for detailed vehicle with standard and optional definitions of the terms that are equipment (including the maximum found in the tire description. capacity of fuel, oil and coolant), but without passengers and cargo. Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on DOT Markings A code molded into the tire. Air pressure is expressed in the sidewall of a tire signifying that pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- the tire is in compliance with the pascal (kPa). U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards. The Accessory Weight The combined DOT code includes the Tire Identifi weight of optional accessories. - cation Number (TIN), an alphanu- Some examples of optional accesso- meric designator which can also ries are automatic transmission, identify the tire manufacturer, pro power seats, and air conditioning. - duction plant, brand and date of Aspect Ratio The relationship of a production. tire's height to its width. GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Belt A rubber coated layer of cords GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating that is located between the plies for the Front axle. and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating materials. for the Rear axle.

7 40 on_en_us.book Page 41 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

Intended Outboard Sidewall The side designed to seat multiplied by 150 of an asymmetrical tire that must lbs. (68 kg). always face outward when mounted Occupant Distribution Designated on a vehicle. seating positions. The metric unit for Kilopascal (kPa) Outward Facing Sidewall The side of air pressure. a asymmetrical tire that has a par- Light truck (LT) tire A tire desig- ticular side that faces outward nated by its manufacturer as pri- when mounted on a vehicle. The marily intended for use on outward facing sidewall bears white lightweight trucks or multipurpose lettering or bears manufacturer, passenger vehicles. brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the Load ratings The maximum load same moldings on the inner facing that a tire is rated to carry for a sidewall. given inflation pressure. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire A tire Load Index An assigned number used on passenger cars and some ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- light duty trucks and multipurpose sponds to the load carrying capacity vehicles. of a tire. Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel Maximum Inflation Pressure The cords. maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- Pneumatic tire A mechanical device 7 mum air pressure is molded onto made of rubber, chemicals, fabric the sidewall. and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive Maximum Load Rating The load rat- wheel, provides the traction and ing for a tire at the maximum per- contains the gas or fluid that sus missible inflation pressure for that - tire. tains the load. Production options weight The Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight combined weight of installed regular The sum of curb weight; accessory production options weighing over 5 weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight. lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previ- Normal Occupant Weight The num- ously considered in curb weight or ber of occupants a vehicle is accessory weight. Examples include heavy duty brakes, ride levelers,

7 41 on_en_us.book Page 42 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

roof rack, heavy duty battery, and determined by tire manufacturers special trim. using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into Recommended Inflation Pressure the sidewall of the tire. Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure and Vehicle Capacity Weight The weight shown on the tire placard. of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in the rated cargo and luggage load. which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire the centerline of the tread. Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maxi Rim A metal support for a tire and - mum occupant and cargo weight. upon which the tire beads are seated. Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Sidewall The portion of a tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each between the tread and the bead. axle its share of the curb weight, Speed Rating An alphanumeric code accessory weight, and normal occu- assigned to a tire indicating the pant weight and driving by 2. maximum speed at which a tire can Vehicle Placard A label permanently operate. attached to a vehicle showing the Traction The friction between the original equipment tire size and rec- tire and the road surface. The ommended inflation pressure. amount of grip provided. Tread The portion of a tire that All season tires comes into contact with the road. Kia specifies all season tires on Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands, some models to provide good per- sometimes called "wear bars," that formance for use all year round, show across the tread of a tire including snowy and icy road condi- when only 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tions. tread remains. All season tires are identified by ALL UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and Standards, a tire information sys- Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tem that provides consumers with tires have better snow traction than ratings for a tire's traction, tem- all season tires and may be more perature and treadwear. Ratings are appropriate in some areas.

7 42 on_en_us.book Page 43 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

Summer tires WARNING Kia specifies summer tires on some Do not use summer tires at tem- models to provide superior perfor- peratures below 45 /F (7 /C) or mance on dry roads. when driving on snow or ice. At Summer tire performance is sub- temperatures below 45 /F (7 /C), stantially reduced in snow and ice. summer tires can lose elasticity, and Summer tires do not have the tire therefore traction and braking traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow) power as well. Change the tires on on the tire side wall. if you plan to your vehicle to winter or all- operate your vehicle in snowy or icy weather tires of the same size as conditions, Kia recommends the use the standard tires of the vehicle. of snow tires or all season tires on Both types of tires are identified by all four wheels. the M+S (Mud and Snow) marking. Using summer tires at very cold Snow tires temperatures could cause cracks to form, thereby damaging the tires If you equip your vehicle with snow permanently. tires, they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires. Tire chains Snow tires should be installed on all Tire chains, if necessary, should be four wheels; otherwise, poor han- installed on the front wheels. dling may result. 7 Be sure that the chains are installed Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 in accordance with the manufac- kPa) more air pressure than the turer's instructions. pressure recommended for the To minimize tire and chain wear, do standard tires on the tire label on not continue to use tire chains when the driver's side of the center pillar, they are no longer needed. or up to the maximum pressure When driving on roads covered shown on the tire sidewall, which- with snow or ice, drive at less ever is less. than 20 mph (30 km/h). Do not drive faster than 75 mph Use the SAE "S" class or wire (120 km/h) when your vehicle is chains. equipped with snow tires. If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the

7 43 on_en_us.book Page 44 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Tires and wheels

chain to avoid contact with the Longer wearing tires can be more vehicle body. susceptible to irregular tread wear. To prevent body damage, It is very important to follow the tire retighten the chains after driving rotation interval shown in this sec- 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km). tion to achieve the tread life poten- Do not use tire chains on vehicles tial of these tires. Cuts and equipped with aluminum wheels. punctures in radial-ply tires are In unavoidable circumstance, use repairable only in the tread area, a wire type chain. because of sidewall flexing. Consult Use wire chains less than 0.47 your tire dealer for radial-ply tire inches (12 mm) to prevent dam- repairs. age to the chain's connection. Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped) Radial-ply tires Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect Radial-ply tires provide improved ratio is lower than 50, are provided tread life, road hazard resistance for sporty looks. and smoother high speed ride. Because the low aspect ratio tires The radial-ply tires used on this are optimized for handling and vehicle are of belted construction, braking, it may be more uncomfort- and are selected to complement the able to ride in and there is more ride and handling characteristics of noise compare with normal tires. your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as CAUTION bias-ply or bias belted tires of the Because the sidewall of the low same size, and use the same recommended inflation pressure. aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal, the wheel and tire of the Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias- low aspect ratio tire is easier to be ply or bias belted tires is not recom- damaged. So, follow the instructions mended. Any combinations of below. radial-ply and bias-ply or bias When driving on a rough road or belted tires when used on the same off road, drive cautiously because vehicle will seriously deteriorate tires and wheels may be dam- vehicle handling. The best rule to aged. And after driving, inspect follow is: Identical radial-ply tires tires and wheels. should always be used as a set of When passing over a pothole, four. speed bump, manhole, or curb

7 44 on_en_us.book Page 45 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

stone, drive slowly so that the Fuses tires and wheels are not dam- A vehicle's electrical system is pro- aged. tected from electrical overload If the tire is impacted, we recom- damage by fuses. mend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Blade type Kia dealer. To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,900 miles (3,000 km).

ODEEV098032NR It is not easy to recognize the tire Cartridge type damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from ODEEV098077NR the tire. Multi fuse If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not 7 be covered by the warranty. You can find out the tire information on the tire sidewall. ODEEV098078NR BFT

ODEEV098079NR * Left side: Normal, Right side: Blown

7 45 on_en_us.book Page 46 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, Do not arbitrarily modify or add- one located in the driver's side panel on electric wiring to the vehicle. bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery. NOTICE If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, When replacing a fuse, Turn check the appropriate circuit fuse. If ENGINE START/STOP button to a fuse has blown, the element inside the OFF position and turn off the fuse will melt. switches of all electrical devices then remove battery (-) terminal. If the electrical system does not The actual fuse/relay panel label work, first check the driver's side may differ from equipped items. fuse panel. If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. WARNING Avoid using the system involved and Electrical Fire immediately consult an authorized Always ensure replacements fuses Kia dealer. and relays are securely fastened Three kinds of fuses are used: blade when installed. Failure to do so can type for lower amperage rating, result in a vehicle fire. cartridge type, and multi fuse for Do not remove fuses, relays and higher amperage ratings. terminals fastened with bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays and termi- WARNING nals may be fastened incompletely, and it may cause a possible fire. If Fuse replacement fuses, relays and terminals fastened Never replace a fuse with any- with bolts or nuts are blown, we thing but another fuse of the recommend that you consult with same rating. an authorized Kia dealer. A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly a fire. Never install a wire or aluminum CAUTION foil instead of the proper fuse - When replacing a blown fuse or even as a temporary repair. It relay, make sure the new fuse or may cause extensive wiring dam- relay fits tightly into the clips. Fail- age and a possible fire. ure to tightly install the fuse or

7 46 on_en_us.book Page 47 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

relay may cause damage to the wir- NOTICE ing and electric systems. Remodeling Prohibited Do not rewire your vehicle in any CAUTION way as doing so may affect the per- Do not input any other objects formance of several safety features except fuses or relays into fuse/ in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehicle may also void your warranty and relay terminals such as a screw- cause you to be responsible for any driver or wiring. It may cause contact failure and system subsequent vehicle damage which malfunction. may result. Do not plug in screwdrivers or aftermarket wiring into the ter- Replacing inner panel fuse minal originally designed for fuse 1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP and relays only. The electrical button to the OFF positio and all system and wiring of the vehicle other switches off. interior may be damaged or 2. Open the fuse panel cover. burned due to contact failure. If you directly connect the wire on the taillight or replace the bulb which is over the regulated capacity to install trailers etc., the inner junction block can get burned. 7

WARNING Electrical wiring repairs OON078018NR All electrical repairs should be per- 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight formed by authorized Kia dealer- out. Use the removal tool pro- ships using approved Kia parts. vided on the engine fuse panel Using other wiring components, cover. especially when retrofitting multimedia or theft alarm system, car phone or radio may cause vehicle damage and increase the risk of a vehicle fire.

7 47 on_en_us.book Page 48 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

NOTICE If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn signal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction even without any problem to the lamps, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer for assistance.

OON078064NR Replacing engine compartment 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it fuse if it is blown. 1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP Spare fuses are provided in the button to the OFF positio and all engine compartment fuse panel. other switches off. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by rating, and make sure it fits pressing the tab and pulling the tightly in the clips. cover up. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer. If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the power outlet fuse. If the head lamp, turn signal lamp,

stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail OON078020NR lamp, High Mounted Stop Lamp 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it (HMSL) do not work and the fuses if it is blown. To remove or insert are OK, check the fuse panel in the the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment. If a fuse is engine compartment fuse panel. blown, it must be replaced. 4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

7 48 on_en_us.book Page 49 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

CAUTION NOTICE Always securely install the fuse Do not disassemble nor assemble panel cover in the engine compart- the multi fuse when it is secured ment to protect against electrical with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or failure which may occur from water partial assembly torque may cause contact. Listen for the audible click- a fire. Have the vehicle checked by ing sound to ensure fuse panel cover an authorized Kia dealer. is securely fastened.

Main fuse Multi fuse

OON078022NR

OON078021NR If the main fuse is blown, it must be If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 7 removed as follows: 1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP 1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button to the OFF positio and all button to the OFF positio and all other switches off. other switches off. 2. Disconnect the negative battery 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. cable. 3. Remove the nuts shown in the 3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above. picture above. 4. Replace the fuse with a new one 4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. of the same rating. 5. Reverse these steps to reinstall 5. Reverse these steps to reinstall the multi fuse. the multi fuse.

7 49 on_en_us.book Page 50 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

NOTICE The electronic system may not function correctly even when the engine compartment and internal fuse box's individual fuses are not disconnected. In such case the cause of the problem may be disconnec- tion of the main fuse (BFT type), which is located inside the positive battery terminal (+) cap. OON078023NR Since the main fuse is designed 3. Replace the fuse with a new one more intricately than other parts, of the same rating. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order of have the vehicle checked by an removal. authorized Kia dealer. NOTICE NOTICE If the battery fuse is blown, have Do not disassemble nor assemble the vehicle checked by an autho- the multi fuse when it is secured rized Kia dealer. with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly torque may cause a fire. Have the vehicle checked by CAUTION an authorized Kia dealer. Visually inspect the battery cap to ensure it is securely closed. If the battery cap is not securely closed, Battery fuse moisture may enter the system and If the battery fuse is blown, it must damage the electrical components. be removed as follows: 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Fuse/relay panel description 2. Remove the nuts shown in the Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, picture below. you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

7 50 on_en_us.book Page 51 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

Driver's side fuse panel NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label on the inside of the fuse cover. This diagram will provide you with the specific information OON078024NR for your vehicles.

OON078025NR

7 51 on_en_us.book Page 52 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.

Description Fuse rating Protected component ATM (Auto Transmission) Shift Lever Switch, Stop Lamp MODULE 4 7.5 A Switch, Driver Door Module SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module, Pas- AIR BAG 1 15 A senger Occupant Detection Sensor BRAKE SWITCH 7.5 A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Stop Lamp Switch Front A/C Control Module, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio), MODULE 9 15 A Power Tail Gate Module, Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, MODULE 12 7.5 A Head-Up Display Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Front A/C Control MODULE 10 10 A Module, Rear A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Data Link Connector AIR BAG IND 10 A Front A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster IBU 1 7.5 A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) Surround View Monitor Unit, AC Inverter Outlet, AC Inverter Unit, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat MODULE 2 7.5 A Warmer Control Module,2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module LH/RH,2ND Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH Hazard Switch, Rain Sensor, Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Mood Lamp Control Unit, Driver/Passenger MODULE 8 7.5 A Mood Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp, Rear Dooe Mood Lamp LH/RH Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer S/HEATER (FRT) 20 A Control Module AIR BAG 2 15 A SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module Multifunction Camera Unit, Crash Pad Switch, IBU (Inte- grated Body Control Unit), Smart Cruise Control Radar, ATM MODULE 5 7.5 A (Auto Transmission) Shift Lever Indicator, 4WD ECM (Engine Control Module), Console Switch, Electric Parking Brake Switch IBU 2 15 A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) SUNROOF 2 20 A Rear Sunroof Controller MODULE 1 7.5 A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety P/WINDOW RH 25 A Power Window Module RH 2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module LH, 2ND Seat RR SEAT (LH) 25 A Warmer Control, Module LH, 2ND Seat LH Reclining Folding Actuator CLUSTER 7.5 A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display

7 52 on_en_us.book Page 53 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

Description Fuse rating Protected component MDPS 10 A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit E/R Junction Block (Blower FRT Relay, Blower RR Relay, PTC A/C 7.5 A Heater 1/2 Relay), Front A/C Control Module, Rear A/C Con- trol Module ICM (Integrated Circuit Module) Relay Box (Child Lock/Unlock CHILD LOCK 15 A Relay) Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, T/Turn DOOR LOCK 20 A Unlock Relay SUNROOF 1 20 A Front Sunroof Controller MODULE 11 10 A Rear Occupant Detection Sensor Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power P/WINDOW LH 25 A Window Module LH MODULE 3 7.5 A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP), Front A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Center fascia Keyboard, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer LIN Switch, MODULE 6 7.5 A Driver IMS Control Module, Rear Power Window Switch LH/ RH, Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module,2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module LH/RH,2ND Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH WASHER 15 A Multifunction Switch 2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module RH, 2ND Seat RR SEAT (RH) 25 A Warmer Control, Module RH, 2ND Seat RH Reclining Folding Actuator WIPER RR 15 A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor 7 AMP 25 A Low DC-DC Converter (AMP) IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Low DC-DC Converter ACC 7.5 A (Audio/AMP) P/SEAT (PASS) 30 A Passenger Seat Manual Switch P/SEAT (DRV) 30 A Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch

7 53 on_en_us.book Page 54 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

Engine compartment fuse panel

OON078027NR

OON078028NR

7 54 on_en_us.book Page 55 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected MDPS 80 A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit COOLING FAN 80 A Cooling Fan Controller EPB 60 A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module ICU Junction Block (IPS 8/IPS 10/IPS 11/IPS 12/IPS 13/IPS B+2 50 A 14/IPS 15) ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, RR SEAT (LH), P/ B+3 50 A SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS), MODULE 11) ICU Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE 8, S/HEATER (FRT), P/ B+4 50 A WINDOW RH, AMP, SUNROOF 1) ESC 1 40 A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module ESC 2 40 A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module PTC HEATER 1 50 A PTC Heater 1 Relay PTC HEATER 2 50 A PTC Heater 2 Relay ECU 6 15 A ECM (Engine Control Module) TCU 1 15 A TCM (Transmission Control Module) TCU 3 15 A TCM (Transmission Control Module) ICU Junction Block (Fuse - DOOR LOCK, IBU (Integrated Body B+5 50 A Control Unit) 1, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) 2, BRAKE SWITCH, CHILD LOCK, RR SEAT (RH), SUNROOF 2) BLOWER FRT 1 40 A Blower FRT Relay OIL PUMP 40 A Electric Oil Pump Inverter REAR HEATED 40 A Rear Heated Relay 7 ICU Junction Block (IPS 1/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 6/IPS 7, Long/ B+1 50 A Short Term Load Latch Relay) BLOWER RR 1 40 A Blower RR Relay 4WD 20 A 4WD ECM (Engine Control Module) AMS 10 A Battery Sensor H/LAMP HI 15 A H/Lamp HI Relay IG2 40 A Start Relay, PCB Block (IG2 Relay) INVERTER 30 A AC Inverter Unit POWER TAIL GATE 30 A Power Tail Gate Module TRAILER 30 A Trailer Connector Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Front A/C Control HEATED MIRROR 10 A Module BLOWER RR 2 10 A Rear A/C Control Module WIPER FRT 2 10 A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)

7 55 on_en_us.book Page 56 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected BLOWER FRT 2 10 A Front A/C Control Module WIPER FRT 1 30 A Wiper FRT Relay B/ALARM HORN 15 A B/Alarm Horn Relay FUEL PUMP 20 A Fuel Pump Relay ACC 1 40 A ACC 1 Relay ACC 2 40 A ACC 2 Relay ECU 5 30 A Engine Control Relay IG1 40 A IG1 Relay A/C 10 A A/C Relay HORN 15 A Horn Relay POWER OUTLET 2 20 A Front Power Outlet Rear USB Charger, Luggage USB Charger, Driver/Passenger ACC 3 15 A Seat Cushion USB Charger ACC 4 10 A Front USB Charger, Rear USB Charger RH ICU 10 A ICU Junction Block (Fuse - ACC) SENSOR 1 10 A Fuel Pump Relay SENSOR 4 15 A Canister Close Valve, Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4 Data Link Connector, ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Mod- ESC 3 10 A ule TCM (Transmission Control Module), Transaxle Range TCU 2 10 A Switch SENSOR 6 10 A Electric Oil Pump Inverter ECU 4 10 A ECM (Engine Control Module) POWER OUTLET 1 20 A Luggage Power Outlet POWER OUTLET 3 20 A Rear Power Outlet SENSOR 5 10 A Oil Pump Solenoid A/C Relay, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve SENSOR 2 10 A #1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/Exhaust), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #1/#2, Electronic Thermostat SENSOR 3 20 A Cooling Fan Controller ECU 1 20 A ECM (Engine Control Module) ECU 2 20 A ECM (Engine Control Module) ECU 3 20 A ECM (Engine Control Module) IGN COIL 20 A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6

7 56 on_en_us.book Page 57 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

Refer to the following table for the relay type.

Relay Name Type Blower FRT Relay MINI Rear Heated Relay MINI Start Relay MICRO PTC Heater 1 Relay MICRO PTC Heater 2 Relay MICRO H/LAMP HI Relay MICRO Blower RR Relay MICRO Wiper Lo Relay MICRO Wiper Hi Relay MICRO Wiper FRT Relay MICRO FUEL PUMP Relay MICRO

7 57 on_en_us.book Page 58 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Fuses

Battery terminal cover

OON078031NR

NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

7 58 on_en_us.book Page 59 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Light bulbs

Light bulbs rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wir Light bulbs are installed in various - ing system. parts of the vehicle to provide lighting inside and outside the vehicle as Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do well as to alert other vehicles. so may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. Bulb replacement precaution This may damage the headlights or Please keep extra bulbs on hand cause condensation to build up on with appropriate wattage ratings in the lens. To prevent damage or fire, case of emergencies. make sure bulbs are fully seated Refer to "Bulb wattage" on page 8- and locked. 4. When changing lamps, first turn off CAUTION the vehicle at a safe place, firmly Headlamp Lens apply the parking brake and detach To prevent damage, do not clean the the battery's negative (-) terminal. headlamp lens with chemical solvents or strong detergents. WARNING Working on the lights Prior to working on the light, firmly NOTICE apply the parking brake, ensure that If the light bulb or lamp connector 7 the vehicle start/stop button is in is removed while the lamp is still OFF position and turn off the lights on, the fuse box's electronic sys- to avoid sudden movement of the tem may log it as a malfunction. vehicle and burning your fingers or Therefore, a lamp malfunction receiving an electric shock. incident may be recorded as a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in Use only bulbs of the specified the fuse box. wattage. It is normal for an operating lamp to flicker momentarily. This is due CAUTION to a stabilization function of the vehicle's electronic control device. Light replacement If the lamp lights up normally Be sure to replace the burned-out after momentarily blinking, then bulb with one of the same wattage it is functioning as normal.

7 59 on_en_us.book Page 60 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Light bulbs

However, if the lamp continues to because other parts of the vehicle flicker several times or turns off must be removed before you can completely, there may be an error get to the bulb. This is especially in the vehicle's electronic control true if you have to remove the device. Please have the vehicle headlamp assembly to get to the checked by an authorized Kia bulb(s). dealer immediately. Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to NOTICE the vehicle. If non-genuine parts or substandard bulbs are used, it may We recommend that the headlight lead to blowing a fuse or other wir- aiming be adjusted by an authorized ing damages. Kia dealer after an accident or after the headlight assembly is rein- Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to stalled. the vehicle. If additional lights are installed, it may lead to lamp malfunctions and flickering. Addition- NOTICE ally, the fuse box and other writing may be damaged. After driving in heavy rain or washing, headlamp and taillamp lenses could appear frosty. This condition Light bulb position (Front) is caused by the temperature dif- Headlamp Type A ference between the lamp inside and outside. This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn't indicate a problem with your vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

If you don't have the necessary OON078033NR tools, the correct bulbs and the expertise, consult an authorized Kia dealer. In many cases, it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs

7 60 on_en_us.book Page 61 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Light bulbs

Headlamp Type B Light bulb position (Rear) Rear combination lamp - Type A

OON078035NR

Fog lamp OON078040NR Rear combination lamp - Type B

OON078037NR 7 1. Headlamp (Bulb Type) (Low/High) OON078042NR 2. Position lamp / Daytime running Rear turn signal lamp lamp (LED Type) 3. Front turn signal lamp (Bulb Type) 4. Side marker (Bulb Type) 5. Headlamp (LED Type) (Low) 6. Headlamp (LED Type) (Sub Low) 7. Headlamp (LED Type) (High) 8. Position lamp / Daytime running lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED Type) 9. Side marker (LED Type) 10.Front fog lamp (LED Type) OON078044NR

7 61 on_en_us.book Page 62 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Light bulbs

High Mounted Stop Lamp (HMSL) Light bulb position (Side)

OON078047NR OON078050NR License plate lamp 1. Side repeater lamp (LED type)

Headlamp bulb

OON078049NR 1. Tail lamp (Bulb Type) 2. Stop lamp (Bulb Type) OSK3078081NR 3. Back up lamp (Bulb Type) 4. Side marker (Bulb Type) WARNING 5. Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb Type) 6. Tail lamp / Stop lamp (LED Type) Halogen bulbs 7. Side marker (LED Type) Handle halogen bulbs with care. 8. High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED Halogen bulbs contain pressurized Type) gas that will produce flying pieces 9. License plate lamp (Bulb Type) of glass if broken. Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may

7 62 on_en_us.book Page 63 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Light bulbs

cause the bulb to overheat and Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / burst when lit. A bulb should be Front turn signal lamp bulb (Head- operated only when installed in a lamp Type A) headlamp. If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it.

Replacing Headlamp (Low/High) / Position lamp / Daytime running OON078052NR lamp / Turn signal lamp (LED Type) 1. Open the hood. bulb (Headlamp Type B) 2. Remove the bulb socket-connector by turning it counterclockwise. If the Headlamp (Low/High)/ Posi- 3. Remove the bulb from the lamp tion lamp/Daytime running lamp/ assembly. Turn signal lamp (1) does not oper- 4. Install a new bulb. ate, have the vehicle checked by an 5. Connect the bulb socket-connec- authorized Kia dealer. tor.

Replacing Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb (Headlamp Type A) 7 If the position lamp + DRL (LED) (1) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OON078051NR

OON078065NR

7 63 on_en_us.book Page 64 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Light bulbs

The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the position lamp + DRL (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Replacing front fog lamp bulb (if OON078050NR equipped) The LED lamps cannot be replaced If the front fog lamp (1) does not as a single component because it is operate, have the vehicle checked by an integrated unit. The LED lamps an authorized Kia dealer. have to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the side repeater lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Replacing turn signal lamp (bulb Type) bulb

OON078038NR

Replacing side repeater lamp (LED Type) bulb If the side repeater lamp (LED), does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OON078057NR If the rear turn signal lamp (Bulb Type) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 64 on_en_us.book Page 65 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Light bulbs

Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb Replacing Stop and tail lamp bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A) (Rear combination lamp Type B)

OON078054NR OON078053NR 1. Open the liftgate. If the Stop and tail lamp (LED Type) 2. Loosen the lamp assembly retain- does not operate, have your vehicle ing screws with a screwdriver. checked by an authorized Kia dealer. 3. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of Replacing Back lamp bulb (Rear the vehicle. combination lamp Type A/B) 4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 5. Remove the bulb from the socket 7 by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it OON078070NR until it locks into place. If the Back lamp bulb (Bulb Type) (1) 7. Install the socket in the assembly does not operate, have your vehicle by aligning the tabs on the socket checked by an authorized Kia dealer. with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockwise. 8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.

7 65 on_en_us.book Page 66 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Light bulbs

Replacing High Mounted Stop Lamp 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, (LED type) bulb gently pry the lamp assembly If the High Mounted Stop Lamp from interior. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it (LED) (1), does not operate, have straight out. the vehicle checked by an autho - 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. rized Kia dealer. 4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

Replacing map lamp (bulb type) bulb

OON078046NR The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps

have to be replaced with the unit. OON078061NR A skilled technician should check or 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, repair the High Mounted Stop Lamp gently pry the lens cover from (LED), for it may damage related lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it parts of the vehicle. straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. Replacing license plate lamp bulb 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.

NOTICE Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- ings.

OON078066NR

7 66 on_en_us.book Page 67 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Light bulbs

Replacing map lamp (LED type) WARNING bulb Interior lamps If the map lamp (LED) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by Prior to working on the Interior an authorized Kia dealer. lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.

If the map lamp (LED type) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to OON078058NR be replaced with the unit. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because they A skilled technician should check or are part of an integrated unit. The repair the map lamp (LED), for it LED lamps have to be replaced with may damage related parts of the the unit. vehicle. A skilled technician should check or repair the map lamp (LED), for it NOTICE 7 may damage related parts of the Be careful not to dirty or damage vehicle. the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- ings. Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb

OON078073NR

7 67 on_en_us.book Page 68 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Light bulbs

Replacing room lamp (bulb type) bulb

OON078059NR The LED lamps cannot be replaced OON078062NR as a single component because they 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, are part of an integrated unit. The gently pry the lens cover from LED lamps have to be replaced with lamp housing. the unit. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. A skilled technician should check or 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. repair the Room lamp (LED), for it 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the may damage related parts of the lamp housing notches and snap vehicle. the lens into place. Replacing personal lamp (LED Type) NOTICE bulb Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- ings.

Replacing room lamp (LED type) bulb If the Room lamp (LED) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. OON078060NR If the personal lamp (LED) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 68 on_en_us.book Page 69 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Light bulbs

The LED lamps cannot be replaced Replacing luggage lamp bulb as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the personal lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Replacing glove box lamp

OON078068NR 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.

OON078069NR 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Replacing luggage lamp (LED Type) gently pry the lamp assembly bulb 7 from interior. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- OON078067NR ings. If the luggage lamp (LED) (1) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 69 on_en_us.book Page 70 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Appearance care

The LED lamps cannot be replaced Appearance care as a single component because they Use the information in the following are part of an integrated unit. The sections to keep the exterior and LED lamps have to be replaced with interior of your vehicle clean. the unit.

A skilled technician should check or Exterior care repair the Liftgate room lamp (LED), Use the information in the following for it may damage related parts of sections to maintain the exterior of the vehicle. your vehicle. Keeping the exterior clean is not only aesthetically pleas- NOTICE ing, but it also helps to prolong the Be careful not to dirty or damage life of the vehicle. the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- ings. Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.

Finish maintenance

Washing To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean.

7 70 on_en_us.book Page 71 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Appearance care

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, High-pressure washing industrial pollution and similar When using high-pressure washers, deposits can damage your vehicle's make sure to maintain sufficient finish if not removed immediately. distance from the vehicle. Even prompt washing with plain Insufficient clearance or excessive water may not completely remove pressure can lead to component all these deposits. A mild soap, safe damage or water penetration. for use on painted surfaces, may be Do not spray the camera, sensors or used. its surrounding area directly with a After washing, rinse the vehicle high pressure washer. Shock applied thoroughly with lukewarm or cold from high pressure water may water. Do not allow soap to dry on cause the device to not operate the finish. normally. After washing the vehicle, test the Do not bring the nozzle tip close to brakes while driving slowly to see if boots (rubber or plastic covers) or they have been affected by water. If connectors as they may be dam- braking performance is impaired, aged if they come into contact with dry the brakes by applying them high pressure water. lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed. WARNING CAUTION After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if Do not use strong soap, chemical they have been affected by water. If detergents or hot water, and do braking performance is impaired, 7 not wash the vehicle in direct sun- dry the brakes by applying them light or when the body of the lightly while maintaining a slow for- vehicle is warm. ward speed. Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle, especially with high-pressure water. Water may leak through the windows and wet the interior. To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.

7 71 on_en_us.book Page 72 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Appearance care

CAUTION Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually Wetting engine compartment strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing. Be careful not to touch the lens when waxing the lamps.

CAUTION Drying vehicle Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the OON078063NR finish. Water washing in the engine com- Do not use steel wool, abrasive partment including high pressure cleaners, acid detergents or water washing may cause the strong detergents containing high failure of electrical circuits located alkaline or caustic agents on in the engine compartment. chrome-plated or anodized alumi Never allow water or other liquids - num parts. This may result in to come in contact with electrical/ damage to the protective coating electronic components inside the and cause discoloration or paint vehicle as this may damage them. deterioration. After the vehicle has been washed, brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic Finish damage repair conditions until the braking effect has been fully restored. Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly Waxing rust and may develop into a major Wax the vehicle when water will no repair expense. longer bead on the paint. Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.

7 72 on_en_us.book Page 73 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Appearance care

NOTICE The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has warned all vehi- If your vehicle is damaged and cle owners of all brands of the need requires any metal repair or to take the following steps: replacement, be sure the body shop Wash the undercarriage of your applies anti-corrosion materials to vehicle regularly during the winter the parts repaired or replaced. and whenever your vehicle has been exposed to such salts or chemicals. Bright-metal maintenance Do a thorough washing of the To remove road tar and insects, use undercarriage at the end of the a tar remover, not a scraper or winter. other sharp object. Use professional service techni- To protect the surfaces of bright cians or governmental inspection metal parts from corrosion, apply a stations to annually inspect for coating of wax or chrome preserva- corrosion. tive and rub to a high luster. Immediately seek an inspection of your vehicle if you become visu- During winter weather or in coastal ally aware of corrosion flaking or areas, cover the bright metal parts scaling or if you become aware of with a heavier coating of wax or a change in vehicle performance, preservative. If necessary, coat the such as soft or spongy brakes, parts with non-corrosive petroleum fluids leaking, impairment of jelly or other protective compound. directional control, suspension 7 noises or rattling metal straps. Underbody maintenance Road salt and other corrosive chem- Aluminum wheel maintenance icals are used in cold weather states The aluminum wheels are coated to melt snow and prevent ice accu- with a clear protective finish. mulation. If these chemicals are not Do not use any abrasive cleaner, regularly removed, they will corrode polishing compound, solvent, or the vehicle underbody and, over wire brushes on aluminum time, damage many parts: the fuel wheels. They may scratch or lines, the fuel tank retention sys- damage the finish. tem, the vehicle's suspension, the Clean the wheel when it has exhaust system, and even the body cooled. frame.

7 73 on_en_us.book Page 74 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Appearance care

Use only a mild soap or neutral which leave unprotected metal detergent, and rinse thoroughly exposed to corrosion. with water. Also, be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted High-corrosion areas roads. This helps prevent corro- If you live in an area where your sion. vehicle is regularly exposed to cor- Avoid washing the wheels with rosive materials, corrosion protec- high speed vehicle wash brushes. tion is particularly important. Some Do not use any alkaline or acid of the common causes of acceler- detergents It may damage and ated corrosion are road salts, dust corrode the aluminum wheels control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution. coated with a clear protective finish. Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in Corrosion protection which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is Protecting your vehicle from corro - accelerated by high humidity, par- sion ticularly when temperatures are By using the most advanced design just above freezing. In such condi- and construction practices to com- tions, the corrosive material is kept bat corrosion, we produce vehicles in contact with the vehicle's surface of the highest quality. However, this by moisture that evaporates slowly. is only part of the job. To achieve Mud is particularly corrosive the long-term corrosion resistance because it dries slowly and holds your vehicle can deliver, the owner's moisture in contact with the vehicle. cooperation and assistance is also Although the mud appears to be required. dry, it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion. Common causes of corrosion High temperatures can also acceler- The most common causes of corro- ate corrosion of parts that are not sion on your vehicle are: properly ventilated so the moisture Road salt, dirt and moisture that can be dispersed. For all these rea- is allowed to accumulate under- sons, it is particularly important to neath the vehicle. keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other Removal of paint or protective materials. This applies not only to coatings by stones, gravel, abra - the visible surfaces but particularly sion or minor scrapes and dents to the underside of the vehicle.

7 74 on_en_us.book Page 75 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Appearance care

To help prevent corrosion and not be trapped inside to accel- You can help prevent corrosion from erate corrosion. beginning by observing the following: Keep your garage dry Don't park your vehicle in a damp, Keep your vehicle clean poorly ventilated garage. This cre- The best way to prevent corrosion is ates a favorable environment for to keep your vehicle clean and free corrosion. This is particularly true if of corrosive materials. Attention to you wash your vehicle in the garage the underside of the vehicle is par- or drive it into the garage when it is ticularly important. still wet or covered with snow, ice or If you live in a high-corrosion area mud. Even a heated garage can con- where road salts are used, near the tribute to corrosion unless it is well ocean, areas with industrial pollu- ventilated so moisture is dispersed. tion, acid rain, etc., you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. Keep paint and trim in good condi- In winter, hose off the underside of tion your vehicle at least once a month Scratches or chips in the finish and be sure to clean the underside should be covered with "touch-up" thoroughly when winter is over. paint as soon as possible to reduce When cleaning underneath the vehi- the possibility of corrosion. If bare cle, give particular attention to the metal is showing through, the 7 components under the fenders and attention of a qualified body and other areas that are hidden from paint shop is recommended. view. Do a thorough job; just damp- Bird droppings: Bird droppings are ening the accumulated mud rather highly corrosive and may damage than washing it away will accelerate painted surfaces in just a few hours. corrosion rather than prevent it. Always remove bird droppings as Water under high pressure and soon as possible. steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and Don't neglect the interior corrosive materials. Moisture can collect under the floor When cleaning lower door panels, mats and carpeting and cause cor- rocker panels and frame members, rosion. Check under the mats peri- be sure that drain holes are kept odically to be sure the carpeting is open so that moisture can escape dry. Use particular care if you carry

7 75 on_en_us.book Page 76 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Appearance care

fertilizers, cleaning materials or CAUTION chemicals in the vehicle. Leather These should be carried only in When cleaning leather products proper containers and any spills or (steering wheel, seats etc.), use leaks should be cleaned up, flushed neutral detergents or low alcohol with clean water and thoroughly content solutions. If you use high dried. alcohol content solutions or acid/ alkaline detergents, the color of the Interior care leather may fade or the surface Use the information in the following may get stripped off. sections to maintain the interior of your vehicle. Taking care of leather seats Interior general precautions Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the Prevent chemicals such as perfume, seat. It will prevent abrasion or cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand damage of the leather and main- cleaner, and air freshener from contain its quality. tacting the interior parts because Wipe the natural leather seat they may cause damage or discolor- cover often with dry or soft cloth. ation. If they do contact the interior Sufficient use of a leather protec- parts, wipe them off immediately. If tive may prevent abrasion of the necessary, use a vinyl cleaner, see cover and helps maintain the product instructions for correct color. Be sure to read the instruc- usage. tions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or CAUTION protective agents. Electrical components Leather with bright colors (beige, cream beige) is easily contami Never allow water or other liquids to - nated and clear in appearance. come in contact with electrical/elec- Clean the seats frequently. tronic components inside the vehicle Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It as this may damage them. may cause the surface to crack.

7 76 on_en_us.book Page 77 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Appearance care

Cleaning the leather seats and moderate pressure using a soft Remove all contaminations sponge or microfiber cloth. instantly. Refer to instructions Velcro closures on clothing or sharp below for removal of each contami- objects may cause snagging or nant. scratches on the surface of the Cosmetic products (sunscreen, seats. foundation, etc.) Make sure not to rub such objects - Apply cleansing cream on a against the surface. cloth and wipe the contaminated point. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim water with a dry cloth. Beverages (coffee, soft drink, Vinyl etc.) Remove dust and loose dirt from - Apply a small amount of neutral vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum detergent and wipe until con - cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a taminations do not smear. vinyl cleaner. Oil - Remove oil instantly with Fabric absorbable cloth and wipe with Remove dust and loose dirt from stain remover for natural fabric with a whisk broom or vac- leather only. uum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap Chewing gum solution recommended for uphol- 7 - Harden the gum with ice and stery or carpets. Remove fresh remove gradually. spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive Fabric seat cover (if equipped) immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be Please clean the fabric seats regu- affected. Also, its fire-resistant larly with a vacuum cleaner in con- properties can be reduced if the sideration of fabric material material is not properly maintained. characteristics. If they are heavily Using anything but recommended soiled with beverage stains, etc., use cleaners and procedures may affect a suitable interior cleaner. To pre- the fabric's appearance and fire- vent damage to seat covers, wipe resistant properties. off the seat covers down to the seams with a large wiping motion

7 77 on_en_us.book Page 78 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Emission control system

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web- Emission control system bing The emission control system of Clean the belt webbing with any your vehicle is covered by a written mild soap solution recommended for limited warranty. Please see the cleaning upholstery or carpet. Fol- warranty information contained in low the instructions provided with the Warranty & Consumer Informa- the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye tion manual in your vehicle. the webbing because this may weaken it. Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. Cleaning the interior window glass There are three emission control If the interior glass surfaces of the systems, as follows. vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- 1. Crankcase emission control sys- ered with an oily, greasy or waxy tem film), they should be cleaned with a 2. Evaporative emission control sys- glass cleaner. Follow the directions tem on the glass cleaner container. 3. Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper func- CAUTION tion of the emission control sys- Rear window tems, it is recommended that you Do not scrape or scratch the inside have your vehicle inspected and of the rear window. This may result maintained by an authorized Kia in damage of the rear window dealer in accordance with the main- defroster grid. tenance schedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test (With Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system) To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the ESC off by pressing the ESC switch. After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC back on by pressing the ESC switch again.

7 78 on_en_us.book Page 79 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Emission control system

1. Crankcase emission control sys- Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) tem The Purge Control Solenoid Valve The Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCSV) is controlled by the Engine system is employed to prevent air Control Module (ECM); when the pollution caused by blow-by gases engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so being emitted from the crankcase. that evaporated fuel is not taken This system supplies fresh filtered into the engine. After the engine air to the crankcase through the air warms up during ordinary driving, intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the PCSV opens to introduce evapo- the fresh air mixes with blow-by rated fuel to the engine. gases, which then pass through the Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) 3. Exhaust emission control system valve into the induction system. The exhaust emission control system is a highly effective system 2. Evaporative emission control which controls exhaust emissions (including Onboard Refueling Vapor while maintaining good vehicle per- Recovery (ORVR)) system formance. The evaporative emission control system is designed to prevent fuel Vehicle modifications vapors from escaping into the This vehicle should not be modified. atmosphere. (The ORVR system is Modification of your vehicle could designed to allow the vapors from affect its performance, safety or the fuel tank to be loaded into a durability and may even violate gov- 7 canister while refueling at the gas ernmental safety and emissions station, preventing the escape of regulations. In addition, damage or fuel vapors into the atmosphere.) performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty. Canister If you use unauthorized electronic Fuel vapors generated inside the devices, it may cause the vehicle fuel tank are absorbed and stored in to operate abnormally, wire dam the onboard canister. When the - age, battery discharge and fire. engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn For your safety, do not use unau- into the surge tank through the thorized electronic devices. Purge Control Solenoid Valve.

7 79 on_en_us.book Page 80 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance Emission control system

Engine exhaust gas precautions When the engine stalls or fails to (carbon monoxide) start, excessive attempts to Carbon monoxide can be present restart the engine may cause with other exhaust fumes. There- damage to the emission control fore, if you smell exhaust fumes system. of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired Operating precautions for catalytic immediately. If you ever suspect converters exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle, drive it only with all WARNING the windows fully open. Have your Catalytic converter vehicle checked and repaired Keep away from the catalytic con- immediately. verter and exhaust system while the vehicle is running or immedi- WARNING ately thereafter. The exhaust and Exhaust catalytic systems are very hot and may burn you. Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous WARNING and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to Fire avoid CO poisoning. Do not park, idle or drive the vehicle over or near flammable Do not operate the engine in con- objects, such as grass, vegetation, fined or closed areas (such as paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust garages) any more than what is system can ignite flammable necessary to move the vehicle in items under your vehicle. or out of the area. Also, do not remove the heat sink When the vehicle is stopped in an around the exhaust system, do open area for more than a short not seal the bottom of the vehicle time with the engine running, or do not coat the vehicle for cor- adjust the ventilation system (as rosion control. It may present a needed) to draw outside air into fire risk under certain conditions. the vehicle. Never sit in a parked or stopped Your vehicle is equipped with a cata- vehicle for any extended time lytic converter emission control with the engine running. device.

7 80 on_en_us.book Page 81 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Maintenance California perchlorate notice

Therefore, the following precautions California perchlorate notice must be observed: Use only UNLEADED FUEL for Perchlorate Material-special han- gasoline engines. dling may apply, See Do not operate the vehicle when www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ there are signs of engine mal- perchlorate. function, such as misfire or a Notice to California Vehicle Disman- noticeable loss of performance. tlers: Perchlorate containing mate- Do not misuse or abuse the rials, such as air bag inflators, engine. Examples of misuse are seatbelt pre-tensioners and key- coasting with the ignition off and less remote entry batteries, must descending steep grades in gear be disposed of according to Title 22 with the ignition off. California Code of Regulations Sec- Do not operate the engine at high tion 67384.10 (a). idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more). Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer. Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, 7 damaging the catalytic converter. Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle. Additionally, such actions could void your warranties.

7 81 on_en_us.book Page 82 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM on_en_us.book Page 1 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information 8 and Reporting safety defects

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects Dimensions...... 8-2 Engine ...... 8-2 Gross Vehicle Weight...... 8-2 Luggage volume...... 8-3 Air conditioning system...... 8-3 Bulb wattage ...... 8-4 Tires and wheels...... 8-5 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-6 Recommended SAE viscosity number ...... 8-7 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...... 8-8 Vehicle certification...... 8-8 Tire specification and pressure label...... 8-9 Engine Number...... 8-9 Refrigerant label...... 8-10 Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)...... 8-10 Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) ...... 8-13 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only) ...... 8-14 Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)...... 8-14 on_en_us.book Page 2 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Dimensions Reporting safety defects

SPECIFICATIONS, CONSUMER INFORMATION AND REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Dimensions

Item 7 Seater 8 Seater Overall length 196. 8 in (5,000 mm) ← Overall width 78.3 in (1,990 mm) ← Without Roof rack 68.9 in (1,750 mm) ← Overall height With Roof rack 70.9 in (1,800 mm) ← 245/60 R18 67.2 in (1,708 mm) ← Front 245/50 R20 67.2 in (1,708 mm) ← Tread 245/60 R18 67.6 in (1,716 mm) ← Rear 245/50 R20 67.6 in (1,716 mm) ← Wheelbase 114.1 in (2,900 mm) ←

Engine

Item Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK Displacement: cu in (cc) 230.55 (3,778) Bore x Stroke: in (mm) 3.78 X 3.43 (96 X 87) Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6 No. of cylinders 6, V-type

Gross Vehicle Weight

lbs. (kg)

FWD AWD ITEM 7 Seater 8 Seater 7 Seater 8 Seater Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK 5,776 (2,620) 5,776 (2,620) 5,917 (2,684) 5,917 (2,684)

8 2 on_en_us.book Page 3 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Luggage volume Reporting safety defects

Luggage volume

cu ft (l) ITEM 7 Seater 8 Seater MIN. 21.2 (601) 21.2 (601) SAE MAX. 86.8 (2,457) 86.8 (2,457) Min: Behind 3rd row. Max: Behind front seat to roof.

Air conditioning system

oz (g)

ITEM Weight of volume Classification Refrigerant 33.500.9 (950025) R-1234yf Compressor lubricant 7.400.35 (210010) FD46XG (IDEMITUS) Contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.

8 3 on_en_us.book Page 4 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Bulb wattage Reporting safety defects

Bulb wattage

Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage (W) Low HB3 60 Bulb type High HB3 60 Headlamp Low LED LED LED type High LED LED 27/8W Bulb type 27 Turn signal lamp 1157NA Front LED type LED LED Day time running lamp/Position lamp LED LED Bulb type W5W 5 Side marker LED type LED LED Fog lamp* LED LED Side repeater lamp (outside mirror) LED LED Stop lamp P21/5W 21/5 Bulb type Tail lamp P21/5W 21/5 Side marker W5W 5 Stop lamp LED LED Rear combination lamp Tail lamp LED LED LED type Side marker LED LED Rear Turn signal LED LED lamp Back up lamp W16W 16 Turn signal lamp 28/8W LL 28 High Mounted Stop Lamp LED LED License plate lamp W5W 5 Bulb type FESTOON 10 Map lamp LED type LED LED Bulb type FESTOON 10 Room lamp LED type LED LED Bulb type FESTOON 5 Interior Vanity mirror lamp LED type LED LED Personal lamp* LED LED Glove box lamp* FESTOON 5 Bulb type FESTOON 10 Cargo lamp LED type LED LED

*: if equipped

8 4 on_en_us.book Page 5 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Tires and wheels Reporting safety defects

Tires and wheels

Inflation pressure [psi (kPa)] Wheel lug nut Whe Load Speed Tire torque Item el Supplier Capacity capacity Normal load*1 Maximum load size lbf6ft (kgf6m, size LI*2 kg SS*3 km/h Front Rear Front Rear N6m) 245/60 7.5JX Michelin 35 35 35 35 105 925 H 210 Full size R18 18 Pirelli (240) (240) (240) (240) 79 ~ 94 tire 245/50 7.5JX Michelin 35 35 35 35 102 850 V 240 (11~13, R20 20 (240) (240) (240) (240) Pirelli 107 ~ 127) Compact T155/ 4.0T 1,15 60 60 60 60 Kumho 113 M 130 Spare tire 90 R18 X18 0 (420) (420) (420) (420) *1. Normal load - Up to 3 persons *2. Load Index *3. Speed Symbol

NOTICE CAUTION We recommend that when replac- When replacing tires, use the same ing tires, use the same originally size originally supplied with the supplied with the vehicles. vehicle. If not, that affects driving perfor- Using tires of a different size can mance. damage the related parts or make it When driving in high altitude work irregularly. grades, it is natural for the atmo- spheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary. 8 Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5 psi(10.5 kPa)/km

8 5 on_en_us.book Page 6 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Recommended lubricants and capacities Reporting safety defects

Recommended lubricants and capacities To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil*1*2 (drain and refill) Recommends Gasoline Lambda II 3.8 6.87 US qt. (6.5 l) ACEA A5 or above*3 Engine GDI ATK

Automatic transaxle Gasoline Lambda II 3.8 ATF SP-IV 7.4 US qt. (7.0 l) fluid Engine GDI ATK (Recommended SK, MICHANG) Mixture of antifreeze and dis- Gasoline Lambda II 3.8 Approx. 12.9 US. qt. tilled water Coolant Engine GDI ATK (12.2 l) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator) 0.4900.02 US. qt. Brake fluid Gasoline Engine FMVSS135 DOT-3 or DOT-4 (0.4600.02 l) HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/85 Rear differential oil (AWD) 0.74 US qt. (0.7 l) (SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W/85 or equivalent) HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/85 Transfer case oil Gasoline Lambda II 3.8 0.74 US qt. (0.7 l) (Recommended: SK HCT-5 (AWD) Engine GDI ATK GEAR OIL 75W85 or equivalent) Refer to "Fuel requirements" Fuel 75 US qt. (71 l) on page 1-2 *1. Refer to "Recommended SAE viscosity number" on page 8-7. *2. Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3. If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL, IL SAC GF-3, ACEA A3.

8 6 on_en_us.book Page 7 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Recommended lubricants and capacities Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity num- Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has ber an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and CAUTION engine oil flowability). Lower viscos- Always be sure to clean the area ity engine oils can provide better around any filler plug, drain plug, or fuel economy and cold weather per- dipstick before checking or draining formance, however, higher viscosity any lubricant. This is especially engine oils are required for satisfac- important in dusty or sandy areas tory lubrication in hot weather. and when the vehicle is used on Using oils of any viscosity other unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug than those recommended could and dipstick areas will prevent dirt result in engine damage. When and grit from entering the engine choosing an oil, consider the range and other mechanisms that could be of temperature your vehicle will be damaged. operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers /C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature (/F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Lambda II 3.8 GDI 10W-30 ATK*1 5W-30

*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W- 30 (ACEA A5). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart. 8 An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to the international Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Cer- tification Mark.

8 7 on_en_us.book Page 8 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Reporting safety defects

Vehicle Identification Number Vehicle certification (VIN) The vehicle certification label The Vehicle Identification Number attached on the driver's (or front (VIN) is the number used in register- passenger's) side center pillar gives ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- the Vehicle Identification Number ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. (VIN). Frame number

OON088002NR

OON088004NR The number is punched on the floor under the passenger seat. To check the number, open the cover. VIN label (if equipped)

OON088008NR The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.

8 8 on_en_us.book Page 9 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Tire specification and pressure label Reporting safety defects

Tire specification and pressure Engine Number label The engine number is stamped on The tires supplied on your new vehi- the engine block as shown in the cle are chosen to provide the best drawing. performance for normal driving. Gasoline engine (Lambda II 3.8 GDI ATK)

OON088003NR OON088005NR The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.

8 9 on_en_us.book Page 10 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Refrigerant label Reporting safety defects

Refrigerant label Consumer Assistance (U.S. only) The refrigerant label is located on Roadside Assistance is provided on the underside of the hood. all new current model year Kia Vehi- cles from the date the vehicle is delivered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (inservice date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60 months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable to your model year vehi- OON088006NR cle. Kia Motors America (KMA) reserves the right to limit or deny services or other benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment, the claims and/or service requests are excessive in frequency or type of occurrence.

Toll free consumer assistance from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Mon- day through Friday and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542). For more information regarding assistance available, please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer Information Manual.

Emergency roadside assistance hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333- 4Kia (4542).

8 10 on_en_us.book Page 11 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Consumer Assistance (U.S. only) Reporting safety defects

Please note that you must provide NOTICE your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time Roadside Assistance benefits are of your call. The VIN can be found on not available for any Kia vehicle that the dash of your vehicle on the has ever been or should be issued a driver's side, on the door jamb of the "salvage" title or similar "branded" title under any state's law or has driver's door, your vehicle's registration or proof of insurance card. been declared a "total loss" or equivalent by a financial institution Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 or insurance company. roadside assistance providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require a battery jump, or need Trip interruption help changing a tire, a Kia Roadside Trip interruption expense benefits Assistance Representative will dis- are provided in the event that a patch someone to deliver a small warranty-related disablement quantity of gas, change a flat tire occurs more than 150 miles from with your inflated spare, or arrange your home, and the repairs require a battery jump to allow you to pro- more than 24 hours to complete. ceed to your destination. We have Reasonable reimbursement is access to a network of over 10,000 included for meals, lodging, or rental locksmiths to help you should you vehicle expenses. Trip interruption become locked out of your Kia. coverage is limited to $100 per day In the event that mechanical diffi- subject to a three day maximum culty renders your vehicle undrive- limit per incident. You must contact able due to a warranty-related the Kia Roadside Assistance Center concern, Kia's Roadside Assistance to obtain pre-authorization of 8 Representative will arrange to expenses. Once the Kia Roadside transport your vehicle to the near- Assistance Center gives authoriza- est Kia dealer or to an authorized tion for trip interruption benefits, Kia alternative service location. they will assist you in making the necessary arrangements. Insurance Your vehicle must be accessible to deductibles, expenses, and claims our dispatch transport vehicle, as paid by your insurance company or determined by our driver, to receive other providers are not eligible for this service. reimbursement.

8 11 on_en_us.book Page 12 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Consumer Assistance (U.S. only) Reporting safety defects

Fleet vehicles are excluded from Even if vehicles like yours are sold reimbursement under Kia's Trip there, mechanical specifications Interruption Policy. required by the government may vary enough from the country of Registering your vehicle in a foreign purchase to cause additional country problems. 3. There may not be an Authorized If you plan to register your vehicle in Kia Dealer in the area in which you a foreign country, you should con- plan to register your vehicle. You firm that it conforms to the regula- may additionally experience diffi- tions in that country. Even if you culty in obtaining services in a successfully register the vehicle in a foreign country for any number foreign country, you may experi- of reasons. ence the following problems and should therefore consider the possi- Further, we cannot assume any bility of having to deal with them: responsibility for problems that 1. The fuel specified for your vehicle result from unsatisfactory service may be unavailable. If other than or lack of service outside of the the specified fuel is used, it could United States. cause damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and other fuel-related parts which may not be covered under your New Vehi- cle Emissions Limited Warranty. 2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country, problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturer's warranty. Because vehicles like yours may not be marketed in the new country of registration, parts, servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable.

8 12 on_en_us.book Page 13 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) Reporting safety defects

Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer concerning The electrical system of your vehicle the proper equipment and installa is designed to perform under all - tion. reasonably expected operating conditions. Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all However, before any additional elec- applicable safety standards. trical equipment is installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia For your safety, however, we Dealer, in order to ensure that you strongly urge you to read and follow do not void your warranty. all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under Certain electrical equipment, or the the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" way in which it is installed, may and "WARNING". adversely affect the operation of your vehicle, including such sys- If, after reading this manual, you tems as the engine control system, have any questions regarding the the audio system and the electrical operation of your vehicle, safety charging system and thus poten- issues and defects please contact tially void all or part of your war- your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assis- ranty. tance hot line as below: National Consumer Affairs Manager We assume no responsibility for any Kia Motors America, Inc. expense you may incur or for any P.O. Box 52410 malfunction of your vehicle or any Irvine, CA 92619-2410 of its components or systems that 1-800-333-4Kia (4542) may result from the installation of additional electrical equipment that 8 is not supplied, or recommended for installation by, Kia.

Installation of a mobile two-way radio system If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly, or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid

8 13 on_en_us.book Page 14 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only) Reporting safety defects

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Online factory authorized man- only) uals (U.S. only)

If you believe that your vehicle has a The following publications are avail- defect which could cause a crash or able on www.KiaTechinfo.com. could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the Service manual National Highway Traffic Safety This manual covers maintenance Administration (NHTSA) in addition and recommended procedures for to notifying Kia Motors America, Inc. repair to engine and chassis compo- If NHTSA receives similar com- nents. It is written for the Journey- plaints, it may open an investigation, man mechanic, but is simple enough and if it finds that a safety defect for most mechanically inclined own- exists in a group of vehicles, it may ers to understand. order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become Electrical troubleshooting manual involved in individual problems This manual complements the Ser between you, your dealer, or Kia - vice Manual by providing indepth Motors America, Inc. troubleshooting information for To contact NHTSA, you may call the each electrical circuit in your vehicle. Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1- 888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- Owner's manual 9153); go to http://www.safer- This manual describes the overall car.gov; download the SaferCar features and operating procedures mobile application; or write to: for the vehicle. Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

8 14 on_en_us.book Page 1 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Abbreviation A

Abbreviation on_en_us.book Page 2 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Abbreviation

ABBREVIATION EPB A/C Electronic Parking Brake Air conditioning EPS ABS Electronic Power Steering Anti-lock Brake System ESC ADS Electronic Stability Control Auto Defogging System FCA AGM Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Absorbent Glass Mat FCC AWD Federal Communications Commis All Wheel Drive - sion BCA FMVSS Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Assist Standards BCW FWD Blind-Spot Collision Warning Front Wheel Drive BVM GAW Bind-spot View Monitor Gross Axle Weight CRS GAWR Child Restraint System Gross Axle Weight Rating DAW GVW Driver Attention Warning Gross Vehicle Weight DRL GVWR Daytime Running Light Gross Vehicle Weight Rating EBD HAC Electronic Brake force Distribution Hill-start Assist Control ECM HBA Electric Chromic Mirror High Beam Assist EDR HDA Event Data Recorder Highway Driving Assist

A 2 on_en_us.book Page 3 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Abbreviation

HUD RCCW Head-Up Display Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warn- ISG ing Idle Stop and Go ROA LATCH Rear Occupant Alert Lower Anchors and Tether for SCC CHildren Smart Cruise Control LDW SEA Lane Departure Warning Safe Exit Assist LDWS SRS Lane Departure Warning System Supplemental Restraint System LFA SRSCM Lane Following Assist SRS Control Module LKA SUV Lane Keeping Assist Sports Utility Vehicle MIL SVM Malfunction Indicator Lamp Surround View Monitor NHTSA TIN National Highway Traffic Safety Tire Identification Number Administration TPMS ODS Tire Pressure Monitoring System Occupant Detection System VIN ORVR Vehicle Identification Number Onboard Refueling Vapor Recov- VSM ery Vehicle Stability Management PCSV Purge Control Solenoid Valve RCCA Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist

A 3 on_en_us.book Page 4 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM on_en_us.book Page 1 Thursday, January 31, 2019 2:23 PM

Index I

Index Index.fm Page 2 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

INDEX good driving practices 5-17 ignition key interlock system 5-17 moving up a steep grade from a A standing start 5-18 adjusting steering wheel angle overriding the shift lock 5-16 and height 4-53 shift lock system 5-16 transmission ranges 5-14 air bags 3-53 automatic ventilation 4-155 air bag collision sensors 3-71 air bag warning label 3-76 AWD 5-19 inflation conditions 3-72 safe operation 5-21 non-inflation conditions 3-74 occupant detection system (ODS) 3-59 B supplemental restraint system (SRS) 3-75 battery 7-29 air cleaner filter 7-23 for best battery service 7-29 recharging the battery 7-31 air ventilation seat 4-160 reset items 7-32 all wheel drive (AWD) system 5-19 battery saver function 4-110 anti-lock brake system (ABS) 5-36 before driving 5-7 appearance care 7-70 blind-spot collision warning exterior care 7-70 interior care 7-76 (BCW) 5-111 limitations 5-120 armed stage 4-13 setting and activating 5-113 assist mode 4-70 blind-spot collision-avoidance audio system 4-173 assist (BCA) 5-112 radio 4-174 limitations 5-120 shark fin antenna 4-173 setting and activating 5-113 USB port 4-174 blind-spot view monitor auto defogging system 4-154 (BVM) 4-109 auto hold 5-33 bonnet, see the hood 4-40 auto light 4-111 brake fluid 7-21 automatic climate control brake system 5-26 system 4-140 anti-lock brake system (ABS) 5-36 air conditioning 4-146 applying Auto Hold 5-33 controlling air intake 4-145 applying the EPB 5-28 controlling fan speed 4-145 auto hold 5-33 controlling rear climate 4-147 automatic application of EPB 5-30 heating and air conditioning automatic release of EPB 5-29 automatically 4-141 canceling Auto Hold 5-34 mode selection 4-143 electronic parking brake (EPB) 5-28 temperature control 4-144 electronic stability control (ESC) 5-38 turning off the front air climate good braking practices 5-43 control 4-146 hill-start assist control (HAC) 5-43 automatic transmission 5-13

I 2 Index.fm Page 3 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

power brakes 5-26 displays, see instrument releasing the EPB with EPB cluster 4-64 switch 5-29 door locks 4-15 trailer stability assist (TSA) 5-43 central door lock switch 4-18 vehicle stability management from inside the vehicle 4-16 (VSM) 5-41 from outside the vehicle 4-15 bulb replacement precaution 7-59 drinks holders, see cup holders 4-158 C drive mode 4-80 drive mode integrated control center console storage 4-156 system (AWD) 5-53 central door lock switch 4-18 drive mode integrated control check exhaust system 5-6 system (FWD) 5-49 child restraint system (CRS) 3-42 driver attention warning climate control air filter 7-25 (DAW) 5-108 climate control system malfunction 5-109 air conditioning refrigerant label 4-130 resetting 5-109 checking the amount of air conditioner setting and activating 5-108 refrigerant and compressor lubricant driving at night 5-137 4-129 climate control air filter 4-128 driving in flooded areas 5-138 system operation 4-126 driving in the rain 5-137 coat hook 4-169 driving info display 4-81 combined instrument, see driving on unpaved roads 5-138 instrument cluster 4-64 consumer assistance 8-10 E cup holder 4-158 electric chromic mirror (ECM) 4-56 electric chromic mirror (ECM) D with HomeLink 4-56 dashboard illumination, see electric power steering 4-51 instrument cluster control 4-65 electrical equipment 8-13 dashboard, see instrument electronic child safety lock cluster 4-64 system 4-19 day/night rearview mirror 4-55 electronic parking brake (EPB) 5-28 daytime running light 4-110 electronic stability control defogging (windshield) 4-151 (ESC) 5-38 defroster 4-125 emergency 6-3 defrosting (windshield) 4-151 engine will not start 6-5 dimensions 8-2 hazard warning flasher 6-3 road warning 6-3 disarmed stage 4-14 emergency starting 6-6 jump-starting 6-6

I 3 Index.fm Page 4 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

push-starting 6-7 front radar/camera sensor 5-62 emergency while driving 6-4 limitations 5-65 engine stalls at a crossroad or malfunction 5-64 crossing 6-4 prerequisite for activation 5-59 flat tire while driving 6-4 setting and activation 5-58 vehicle stalls while driving 6-4 setting initial warning activation emission control system 7-78 time 5-58 engine compartment 7-4 warning message and brake engine coolant 7-18 control 5-59 recommended coolant 7-18 fuel filler lid 4-42 engine coolant temperature fuel gauge 4-66 gauge 4-66 fuel requirements 1-2 engine oil and filter 7-17 fuses 7-45 engine overheats 6-8 fuse/relay panel description 7-50 replacing engine compartment engine start/stop button 5-9 fuse 7-48 illuminated engine start/stop replacing inner panel fuse 7-47 button 5-9 position 5-9 starting the engine 5-11 G starting the engine with smart gauges 4-65 key 5-11 engine will not start 6-5 glove box 4-156 exterior features 4-172 glove box lamp 4-123 roof rack 4-172 good braking practices 5-43

F H FCC 4-177 hazardous driving conditions 5-135 flat tire 6-15 head up display (HUD) 4-97 changing tires 6-18 headlight position 4-111 jack and tools 6-16 heated steering wheel 4-54 jack label 6-25 heating and air conditioning storing spare tire 6-18 automatically 4-141 use of compact spare tire 6-23 heating and air conditioning floor mat anchor(s) 4-170 manually 4-132, 4-142 fog light (front) 4-114 high beam assist (HBA) 4-114 forward collision-avoidance assist highway driving 5-138 (FCA) (SCC equipped) hill-start assist control (HAC) 5-43 warning message and warning HomeLink 4-57 light 5-63 Canadian programming garage & forward collision-avoidance assist gate openers 4-60 (FCA) Sensor fusion type 5-57 operating 4-59 brake operation 5-61 programming 4-57

I 4 Index.fm Page 5 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

programming rolling code 4-58 hood 4-40 L closing the hood 4-41 lane following assist (LFA) 5-90 hood open warning 4-41 activating/deactivating 5-91 opening the hood 4-40 cautions for driver 5-94 horn 4-54 limitations 5-93 lane keeping assist (LKA) 5-100 activating/deactivating 5-102 I drivers attention 5-106 idle stop and go (ISG) 5-45 function change 5-107 deactivating 5-47 LCD display 4-68 illuminated engine start/stop assist mode 4-70 button 5-9 LCD display control 4-68 immobilizer system 4-12 LCD display modes 4-69 indicator lights 4-93 master warning mode 4-71 inside rearview mirror 4-55 trip computer mode 4-70 instrument cluster 4-64 turn by turn (TBT) mode 4-70 gauges 4-65 user settings mode 4-71 instrument cluster control 4-65 LCD display messages 4-82 interior features 4-158 LCD display modes 4-69 air ventilation seat 4-160 LCD Displays coat hook 4-169 LCD display messages 4-82 cup holder 4-158 LCD displays 4-78 floor mat anchor(s) 4-170 drive mode 4-80 luggage net holder 4-171 driving info display 4-81 power outlet 4-162 service mode 4-81 seat warmer 4-159 trip information (trip computer) 4-78 side curtain 4-170 leading vehicle departure sun visor 4-161 alert 5-88 USB charger 4-163 setting 5-88 wireless smart phone charging liftgate system 4-166 closing the manual liftgate 4-24 interior light 4-121 closing the power liftgate 4-28 automatic turn off function 4-121 opening the manual liftgate 4-23 glove box lamp 4-123 opening the manual liftgate in liftgate room lamp 4-122 emergency 4-24 map lamp 4-121 opening the power liftgate 4-27 room lamp 4-122 power liftgate non-opening vanity mirror lamp 4-123 conditions 4-29 resetting the power liftgate 4-31 setting the speed of opening/ J closing 4-30 jump-starting 6-6 liftgate room lamp 4-122

I 5 Index.fm Page 6 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

light bulbs bulb replacement precaution 7-59 O lighting 4-110 occupant detection system auto light 4-111 (ODS) 3-59 battery saver function 4-110 odometer 4-67 daytime running light 4-110 online factory authorized headlight position 4-111 manuals 8-14 high beam assist (HBA) 4-114 operating high beam 4-112 operating front fog light 4-114 outside rearview mirror 4-61 operating high beam 4-112 operating turn signals 4-113 outside temperature gauge 4-67 parking tail light 4-111 owner maintenance 7-7 lights bulbs 7-59 headlamp bulb 7-62 P replacing bulbs 7-62 luggage box 4-157 parking distance warning 4-102 non-operational conditions 4-104 luggage net holder 4-171 operation 4-102 self-diagnosis 4-106 M parking distance warning- maintenance services 7-5 reverse 4-99 owner maintenance precautions 7-6 non-operational conditions 4-100 owners responsibility 7-5 operation 4-99 manual climate control precautions 4-100 self-diagnosis 4-101 system 4-131 parking tail light 4-111 heating and air conditioning manually 4-132, 4-142 power brakes 5-26 manual liftgate 4-23 power liftgate 4-26 map lamp 4-121 power outlet 4-162 master warning mode 4-71 power window lock switch 4-39 mirrors 4-55 push-starting 6-7 adjusting the outside rearview mirrors 4-61 R day/night rearview mirror 4-55 electric chromic mirror (ECM) 4-56 rear cross-traffic collision electric chromic mirror (ECM) with avoidance assist (RCCA) 5-124 HomeLink 4-56 limitations 5-130 folding the outside rearview setting and activating 5-124 mirror 4-62 rear cross-traffic collision inside rearview mirror 4-55 warning (RCCW) 5-123 outside rearview mirror 4-61 limitations 5-130 setting and activating 5-124

I 6 Index.fm Page 7 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

rear occupant alert (ROA) vapor hose and fuel filler cap 7-14 system 4-21 scheduled maintenance rear view monitor 4-106 service 7-9 record your key number 4-7 maintenance under severe usage reducing the risk of a rollover 5-135 conditions 7-12 replacing smart key battery 4-11 normal maintenance schedule 7-10 reporting safety defects 8-14 seat 3-5 adjustment 3-9 resetting the sunroof 4-50 armrest 3-21 risk of burns when parking or driver position memory 3-12 stopping vehicle 1-5 folding the rear seat 3-21 rocking the vehicle 5-136 headrest 3-15 roof rack 4-172 seat leather 3-9 room lamp 4-122 seatback hook 3-18 seatback pocket 3-18 seat belts 3-27 S 3-point system 3-30 safe exit assist (SEA) system 4-20 care of seat belts 3-41 scheduled maintenance items 7-13 child restraint system (CRS) 3-42 air cleaner filter 7-14 installing a CRS 3-46 air conditioning refrigerant 7-16 precautions 3-39 automatic transmission fluid 7-15 pre-tensioner seat belt 3-37 brake discs, pads, calipers and seat belt warning 3-28 rotors 7-16 seat warmer 4-159 brake fluid 7-16 service mode 4-81 brake hoses and lines 7-15 side curtain 4-170 checking fluid levels 7-16 sliding the sunroof for front coolant 7-14 seat 4-48 cooling system 7-14 smart cruise control 5-71 drive belts 7-13 limitations 5-83 drive shafts and boots 7-16 engine oil and filter 7-13 setting 5-74 exhaust pipe and muffler 7-16 switch 5-73 turning smart cruise control off 5-79 fuel filter 7-13 fuel lines, fuel hoses and smart key 4-7 connections 7-14 battery replacement 4-11 parking brake 7-16 immobilizer system 4-12 spark plugs 7-14 smart key function 4-7 steering gear box, linkage and boots/ smart key precautions 4-10 lower arm ball joint 7-16 smart key function 4-7 suspension mounting bolts 7-16 smart key precautions 4-10 vacuum crankcase ventilation smart power liftgate 4-32 hoses 7-14 deactivating 4-34 valve clearance 7-14 detecting area 4-35

I 7 Index.fm Page 8 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

smooth cornering 5-137 supplemental restraint system snow tires 5-139 (SRS) 3-75 snowy or icy conditions 5-139 surround view monitoring special driving conditions 5-135 (SVM) 4-107 driving at night 5-137 driving in flooded areas 5-138 driving in the rain 5-137 T driving on unpaved roads 5-138 tachometer 4-65 hazardous driving conditions 5-135 theft-alarm stage 4-14 highway driving 5-138 theft-alarm system 4-13 reducing the risk of a rollover 5-135 armed stage 4-13 rocking the vehicle 5-136 disarmed stage 4-14 smooth cornering 5-137 theft-alarm stage 4-14 speedometer 4-65 tilt and telescopic steering 4-53 starting difficulties, see vehicle tilting the sunroof for front will not start 6-5 seat 4-48 starting the engine with smart tire chains 5-140 key 5-11 tire pressure indicator 6-10 steering wheel 4-51 tire pressure monitoring system adjusting steering wheel angle and (TPMS) 6-9 height 4-53 malfunction indicator 6-12 electric power steering 4-51 tire pressure indicator 6-10 heated steering wheel 4-54 tire replacement with TPMS 6-13 horn 4-54 tires and wheels 7-32 tilt and telescopic steering 4-53 recommended cold tire inflation storage compartment 4-156 pressures 7-32 center console storage 4-156 tire maintenance 7-36 glove box 4-156 tire pressure 7-33 luggage box 4-157 tire replacement 7-35 sunglass holder 4-157 tire sidewall labeling 7-37 sun visor 4-161 tire terminology and definitions 7-40 sunglass holder 4-157 wheel alignment and tire balance 7-35 sunroof 4-46 wheel replacement 7-36 resetting the sunroof 4-50 towing 6-26 sliding the sunroof for front seat 4-48 towing service 6-26 sunroof open warning 4-51 without wheel dollies 6-27 sunshade 4-49 trailer stability assist (TSA) 5-43 tilting the sunroof for front seat 4-48 trailer towing 5-143 sunroof inside air driving with a trailer 5-145 recirculation 4-155 hitches 5-144 sunroof open warning 4-51 maintenance when trailer sunshade 4-49 towing 5-147 pull a trailer 5-148

I 8 Index.fm Page 9 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

safety chains 5-144 window opening and closing 4-38 trailer brakes 5-144 windshield defrosting and transmission shift indicator 4-68 defogging 4-151 automatic transmission shift auto defogging system 4-154 Indicator 4-68 defogging logic 4-153 trip computer mode 4-70 windshield washers 4-117 trip information winter driving 5-139 (trip computer) 4-78 snow tires 5-139 turn by turn (TBT) mode 4-70 snowy or icy conditions 5-139 turn signals 4-113 tire chains 5-140 wiper blades 7-26 blade inspection 7-26 U replacing wiper blade 7-27 USB charger 4-163 wipers and washers user settings mode 4-71 auto control 4-118 operating windshield washer 4-119 rear window wiper and washer 4-120 V windshield washers 4-117 vanity mirror lamp 4-123 windshield wipers 4-117 vehicle break-in process 1-4 wireless smart phone charging Vehicle capacity weight system 4-166 determining correct load limit 5-151 vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1-5 vehicle load limit 5-150 certification label 5-153 tire and loading information label 5-150 vehicle stability management (VSM) 5-41 vehicle weight 5-154

W warning and indicator lights 4-87 indicator lights 4-93 warning lights 4-87 warning lights 4-87 washer fluid 7-22 welcome system 4-124 window opening and closing 4-38 windows 4-36 power window lock switch 4-39

I 9 Index.fm Page 10 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

I 10 Index.fm Page 11 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

I 11 Index.fm Page 12 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

I 12 Index.fm Page 13 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

I 13 Index.fm Page 14 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

I 14 Index.fm Page 15 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

I 15 Index.fm Page 16 Thursday, January 31, 2019 3:08 PM

I 16 Owner's Manual | 영어/미국 2019 KIA MOTORS AMERICA. INC. 2019 KIA MOTORS